Samsung Electronics Co SMN900A Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ User Manual H
Samsung Electronics Co Ltd Multi-Band GSM/ EDGE/ WCDMA/ LTE Phone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID and ANT+ H
Users Manual
SM-N900A Preliminary M O B I L E P H O N E User Manual Please read this manual before operating your phone, and keep it for future reference. Intellectual Property on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie ta AllIntellectualProperty,asdefinedbelow,ownedbyorwhichisotherwisethepropertyofSamsungoritsrespectivesuppliers relatingtotheSAMSUNGPhone,includingbutnotlimitedto,accessories,parts,orsoftwarerelatingthereto(the“Phone System”),isproprietarytoSamsungandprotectedunderfederallaws,statelaws,andinternationaltreatyprovisions.Intellectual Propertyincludes,butisnotlimitedto,inventions(patentableorunpatentable),patents,tradesecrets,copyrights,software, computerprograms,andrelateddocumentationandotherworksofauthorship.Youmaynotinfringeorotherwiseviolatethe rightssecuredbytheIntellectualProperty.Moreover,youagreethatyouwillnot(andwillnotattemptto)modify,prepare derivativeworksof,reverseengineer,decompile,disassemble,orotherwiseattempttocreatesourcecodefromthesoftware.No titletoorownershipintheIntellectualPropertyistransferredtoyou.AllapplicablerightsoftheIntellectualPropertyshallremain withSAMSUNGanditssuppliers. Open Source Software SomesoftwarecomponentsofthisproductincorporatesourcecodecoveredunderGNUGeneralPublicLicense(GPL),GNULesser GeneralPublicLicense(LGPL),OpenSSLLicense,BSDLicenseandotheropensourcelicenses.Toobtainthesourcecodecovered undertheopensourcelicenses,pleasevisit: http://opensource.samsung.com. Disclaimer of Warranties; Exclusion of Liability EXCEPTASSETFORTHINTHEEXPRESSWARRANTYCONTAINEDONTHEWARRANTYPAGEENCLOSEDWITHTHEPRODUCT,THE PURCHASERTAKESTHEPRODUCT"ASIS",ANDSAMSUNGMAKESNOEXPRESSORIMPLIEDWARRANTYOFANYKIND WHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTOTHEPRODUCT,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHEMERCHANTABILITYOFTHEPRODUCTOR ITSFITNESSFORANYPARTICULARPURPOSEORUSE;THEDESIGN,CONDITIONORQUALITYOFTHEPRODUCT;THE PERFORMANCEOFTHEPRODUCT;THEWORKMANSHIPOFTHEPRODUCTORTHECOMPONENTSCONTAINEDTHEREIN;OR COMPLIANCEOFTHEPRODUCTWITHTHEREQUIREMENTSOFANYLAW,RULE,SPECIFICATIONORCONTRACTPERTAINING By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) SM-N900A_UM_English_UCUAMH2_WC_081213_D1 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta THERETO.NOTHINGCONTAINEDINTHEINSTRUCTIONMANUALSHALLBECONSTRUEDTOCREATEANEXPRESSORIMPLIED WARRANTYOFANYKINDWHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTOTHEPRODUCT.INADDITION,SAMSUNGSHALLNOTBELIABLEFOR ANYDAMAGESOFANYKINDRESULTINGFROMTHEPURCHASEORUSEOFTHEPRODUCTORARISINGFROMTHEBREACHOF THEEXPRESSWARRANTY,INCLUDINGINCIDENTAL,SPECIALORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,ORLOSSOFANTICIPATEDPROFITS ORBENEFITS. rie Modification of Software on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op SAMSUNGISNOTLIABLEFORPERFORMANCEISSUESORINCOMPATIBILITIESCAUSEDBYYOUREDITINGOFREGISTRYSETTINGS, ORYOURMODIFICATIONOFOPERATINGSYSTEMSOFTWARE. USINGCUSTOMOPERATINGSYSTEMSOFTWAREMAYCAUSEYOURDEVICEANDAPPLICATIONSTOWORKIMPROPERLY.YOUR CARRIERMAYNOTPERMITUSERSTODOWNLOADCERTAINSOFTWARE,SUCHASCUSTOMOS. SAFE™ (Samsung Approved For Enterprise) SAFE™:"SAFE™"(SamsungforEnterprise)isamarkforaSamsungdevicewhichhasbeentestedagainstSamsung'sown internalcriteriaforinteroperabilitywithcertainthirdpartysecurity-relatedsolutionsforMDMandVPN.Thetestingincludesfield testingwithlocalnetworkconnectionandmenutreetestingwhichtestsfunctionalityofthesolutionsinconjunctionwiththe Samsungdevice.Duringthetesting,thedeviceistestedwiththesecuritysolutionstoseeifthesolutionsworkwiththedeviceas describedbythethirdpartysecuritysolutionproviders.Thetesting,forexample,includesfieldtestingwithlocalnetwork connectionandmenutreetestingwhichtestsfunctionalityofthesolutionsinconjunctionwiththeSamsungdevice.Formore informationaboutSamsung'sSAFE™program,pleaserefertowww.samsung.com/us/safe. DisclaimerofWarranties:EXCEPTASOTHERWISEPROVIDEDINTHEIRSTANDARDENDUSERLICENSEANDWARRANTY,TOTHE FULLEXTENTPERMITTEDBYLAWSAMSUNGELECTRONICSCO.,LTD.,SAMSUNGTELECOMMUNICATIONSAMERICA,LLC,AND THEIRAFFILIATES(COLLECTIVELYREFERREDTOHEREINASTHE"SAMSUNGENTITIES")EXPRESSLYDISCLAIMANYANDALL WARRANTIES,EXPRESSORIMPLIED,INCLUDINGANYWARRANTYOFMERCHANTABILITY,FITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE, INTEROPERABILITYORNON-INFRINGEMENT,WITHRESPECTTOINFORMATIONTECHNOLOGYSECURITYPROTECTION,SAFE™ By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie ta DEVICESANDAPPLICATIONSTESTEDWITHSAFE™DEVICES.INNOEVENTSHALLTHESAMSUNGENTITIESBELIABLEFORANY DIRECT,INDIRECT,INCIDENTAL,PUNITIVE,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESOFANYKINDWHATSOEVERWITHRESPECTTO INFORMATIONTECHNOLOGYSECURITYPROTECTION,SAFE™DEVICESORAPPLICATIONSTESTEDWITHSAFE™DEVICES.In addition,informationtechnologysecurityprotectionwillbeaffectedbyfeaturesorfunctionalityassociatedwith,amongother thingsthee-mailplatform,masterdatamanagement,andvirtualprivatenetworksolutionsselectedbythesoftwareprovider, solutionprovideroruser.Choiceofane-mail,masterdatamanagement,andvirtualprivatenetworksolutionisatthesole discretionofthesoftwareprovider,solutionprovideroruserandanyassociatedeffectoninformationtechnologysecurity protectionissolelytheresponsibilityofthesoftwareprovider,solutionprovideroruser.Forcompletestatementoflimited warranty,pleaserefertowww.samsung.com/us/safe,availableonthewebandwhereSamsungsmartphoneandGalaxyTab™ devicesaresold.[101212] Samsung Telecommunications America (STA), LLC Headquarters: 1301E.LookoutDrive Richardson,TX75082 CustomerCareCenter: 1000KleinRd. Plano,TX75074 TollFreeTel:1.888.987.HELP(4357) By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y InternetAddress: http://www.samsung.com ta ©2013SamsungTelecommunicationsAmerica,LLC.SamsungisaregisteredtrademarkofSamsungElectronicsCo.,Ltd. rie DoyouhavequestionsaboutyourSamsungMobilePhone?For24hourinformationandassistance,weofferanewFAQ/ARS System(AutomatedResponseSystem)at:http://www.samsung.com/us/support. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Nuance®,VSuite™,T9®TextInput,andtheNuancelogoaretrademarksorregisteredtrademarksofNuanceCommunications, Inc.,oritsaffiliatesintheUnitedStatesand/orothercountries. TheBluetooth®wordmark,figuremark(stylized“BDesign”),andcombinationmark(Bluetoothwordmarkand“BDesign”)are registeredtrademarksandarewhollyownedbytheBluetoothSIG. microSD™andthemicroSDlogoareTrademarksoftheSDCardAssociation. Openwave®isaregisteredTrademarkofOpenwave,Inc. LTEisatrademarkofETSI. and aretrademarksofSRSLabs,Inc.CSHeadphoneandWOWHDtechnologiesareincorporatedunderlicense fromSRSLabs,Inc. ,DivX®,DivXCertified®andassociatedlogosaretrademarksofRoviCorporationoritssubsidiariesandareusedunder license. DivXCertified®toplayDivX®videouptoHD720p,includingpremiumcontent. ABOUTDIVXVIDEO:DivX®isadigitalvideoformatcreatedbyDivX,LLC,asubsidiaryofRoviCorporation.ThisisanofficialDivX Certified®devicethathaspassedrigoroustestingtoverifythatitplaysDivXvideo.Visitwww.divx.comformoreinformationand softwaretoolstoconvertyourfilesintoDivXvideos. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Wi-FiisaregisteredtrademarkoftheWirelessFidelityAlliance,Inc. rie ta ABOUTDIVXVIDEO-ON-DEMAND:ThisDivXCertified®devicemustberegisteredinordertoplaypurchasedDivXVideo-onDemand(VOD)movies.Toobtainyourregistrationcode,locatetheDivXVODsectioninyourdevicesetupmenu(tapApps > General > About device > Legal information > License settings > DivX® VOD > Register).Gotovod.divx.comfor Settings > moreinformationonhowtocompleteyourregistration. Google,theGooglelogo,Android,theAndroidlogo,GooglePlay,Gmail,GoogleMail,GoogleMaps,GoogleMusic,Google Hangouts,Picasa,YouTubeandothermarksaretrademarksofGoogleInc. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op SwypeandtheSwypelogosaretrademarksofSwype,Inc.©2010Swype,Inc.Allrightsreserved. DevicespurchasedforuseonAT&T'ssystemaredesignedforuseexclusivelyonAT&T'ssystem.Youagreethatyouwon'tmake anymodificationstotheEquipmentorprogrammingtoenabletheEquipmenttooperateonanyothersystem.Avoiceplanis requiredonallvoice-capabledevices,unlessspecificallynotedotherwiseinthetermsgoverningyouragreement.Somedevices orplansmayrequireyoutosubscribetoadataplan. Yourphoneisdesignedtomakeiteasyforyoutoaccessawidevarietyofcontent.Foryourprotection,AT&Twantsyoutobe awarethatsomeapplicationsthatyouenablemayinvolvethelocationofyourphonebeingshared.Forapplicationsavailable throughAT&T,AT&Toffersprivacycontrolsthatletyoudecidehowanapplicationmayusethelocationofyourphoneandother phonesonyouraccount.However,AT&T'sprivacytoolsdonotapplytoapplicationsavailableoutsideofAT&T.Pleasereviewthe termsandconditionsandtheassociatedprivacypolicyforeachlocation-basedservicetolearnhowlocationinformationwillbe usedandprotected. YourphonemaybeusedtoaccesstheInternetandtodownload,and/orpurchasegoods,applications,andservicesfromAT&Tor elsewherefromthirdparties.AT&TprovidestoolsforyoutocontrolaccesstotheInternetandcertainInternetcontent.These controlsmaynotbeavailableforcertaindeviceswhichbypassAT&Tcontrols. AT&TmaycollectcertaintypesofinformationfromyourdevicewhenyouuseAT&Tservicestoprovidecustomersupportandto improveitsservices.FormoreinformationonAT&T'sPrivacyPolicy,visithttp://www.att.com/privacy. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y rie ta YourphonefeaturesearSmart™,anintelligentvoiceprocessorthatdeliversaclearvoiceexperience,allowingyoutohear and be heard™innearlyanyenvironment.earSmarttechnologyusesthescienceofhumanhearingtodistinguishsounds,identifyyour voiceandsuppresssurroundingnoise,forclearconversationsjustaboutanywhere. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op How Does It Work? •TheearSmartvoiceprocessorinyourphonecapturesyourvoiceandallthesoundsaroundyou. •Workinglikethehumanear,itprocessesanddistinguishesthesesounds,isolatesyourvoiceconversation,andremovesbackgroundnoise- frombothendsofacall. •Italsoautomaticallyequalizesandadjustsvoicevolumesoyoucanhearandtalknaturally,eveninthenoisiestplaces. •WithearSmarttechnology,youcantalkwhereyouwant,andhaveclearconversationsformobilecalls,videochats,evenspeakerphonecalls, withoutworryingaboutsurroundingnoise. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Table of Contents ta NotificationBar ......................... 39 MemoryCard .......................... 40 EnteringText........................... 41 Section 3: Call Functions ............................ 47 DisplayingYourPhoneNumber ............. 47 MakingaCall .......................... 47 MakingEmergencyCalls .................. 48 MakingaCallUsingSpeedDial ............. 49 MakingaCallfromtheAddressBook........ 50 AnsweringaCall ........................ 50 DialingOptions......................... 51 CallLog............................... 51 CallDuration ........................... 54 OptionsDuringaCall..................... 54 CallSettings........................... 58 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op SettingUpYourPhone .................... 6 ChargingaBattery ....................... 9 SwitchingthePhoneOnorOff ............. 11 LockingandUnlockingtheTouchScreen..... 12 SettingupyourPhonewithReady2Go??? ..... 12 CreatingaSamsungAccount .............. 12 CreatingaNewGoogleAccount ............ 13 RetrievingyourGoogleAccountPassword..... 13 SettingUpYourVoiceMail ................ 13 rie Section 1: Getting Started ............................ 6 Section 2: Understanding Your Phone ....... 15 FeaturesofYourPhone ................... 15 FrontViewofYourPhone ................. 16 SideViewsofYourPhone................. 17 RearViewofYourPhone.................. 18 SPen................................ 19 DisplayLayout ......................... 23 MenuNavigation........................ 27 UsingtheMultiWindow .................. 30 CustomizingYourHomeScreen ............ 34 Section 4: Contacts and Your Address Book ......................................................... 65 AT&TAddressBookActivation ............. 65 AddingaNewContact.................... 66 EditinganExistingContact ................ 68 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta TypesofMessages ..................... 98 CreatingandSendingMessages ........... 98 MessageOptions ....................... 99 ViewingNewReceivedMessages ......... 101 DeletingMessages .................... 102 MessageSearch ...................... 103 MessagingSettings .................... 103 UsingEmail.......................... 105 UsingGmail .......................... 107 GoogleTalk.......................... 108 Google+............................ 109 Messenger........................... 109 MessagesApp ........................ 110 ChatON ............................. 110 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Section 5: Multimedia .................................78 Section 6: Messaging ..................................98 rie UsingContacts .........................68 JoiningContacts........................70 SynchronizingAccounts...................71 AddressBookOptions....................72 Groups................................74 AddressBookFavorites ...................75 ManagingAddressBookContacts...........75 AT&TLocker...........................78 MediaHub.............................78 MusicHub .............................80 MusicPlayer...........................81 UsingPlaylists ..........................83 GooglePlayMusic .......................84 VideoPlayer............................85 PlayMovies&TV ........................86 Gallery................................86 Camera ...............................89 UsingtheCamera .......................89 CameraOptions.........................90 UsingtheCamcorder .....................94 CamcorderOptions......................95 Section 7: Changing Your Settings ...........113 AccessingSettings..................... 113 SettingsTabs......................... 113 Wi-FiSettings ........................ 114 Bluetoothsettings ..................... 115 DataUsage .......................... 116 Morenetworks........................ 116 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2 rie ta Dateandtime ......................... 146 BlockingMode ........................ 146 Powersavingmode..................... 147 Accessibility .......................... 147 AccessorySettings..................... 149 Backupandreset ...................... 150 ApplicationManager .................... 151 Battery .............................. 153 Storage .............................. 153 Security ............................. 154 AboutDevice.......................... 158 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op NFC ................................ 121 SBeam.............................. 121 Nearbydevices ........................ 121 ScreenMirroring ....................... 122 KiesviaWi-Fi......................... 122 LockScreenSettings ................... 123 DisplaySettings ....................... 125 LEDindicator ......................... 126 Homescreenmode..................... 126 DrivingMode ......................... 127 BrowserBar.......................... 127 One-handedoperation .................. 127 Languageandinput .................... 128 MotionsandGestures ................... 133 Smartscreen ......................... 135 Airview ............................. 135 Voicecontrol.......................... 136 SPenSettings ........................ 136 Locationservices ...................... 137 SoundSettings ........................ 138 CallSettings .......................... 139 AddAccount .......................... 145 Section 8: Connections ............................. 160 Internet .............................. 160 Wi-Fi................................ 167 NFC................................. 170 Bluetooth ............................ 170 PCConnections........................ 174 Section 9: Applications ............................. 176 ATTApplications ....................... 176 AT&TCodeScanner .................... 176 AT&TDriveMode ....................... 177 AT&TFamilyMap....................... 177 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential rie ta Maps ............................... 188 MediaHub ........................... 189 Messages ........................... 189 Messaging ........................... 189 Messenger........................... 189 MobileHotspot........................ 190 MusicHub ........................... 190 MusicPlayer ......................... 190 MyFiles............................. 190 myAT&T............................. 191 Navigation ........................... 192 PaperArtist.......................... 193 Phone .............................. 193 PlayBooks........................... 193 PlayMagazines....................... 193 PlayMovies&TV ...................... 194 PlayMusic ........................... 194 PlayStore ........................... 194 PolarisOffice4.0 ...................... 195 SNote .............................. 195 SSuggest ........................... 195 SVoice ............................. 196 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op AT&TLocker..........................178 AT&TNavigator ........................178 AT&TReady2Go........................178 AT&TSmartWi-Fi......................178 Calculator ............................179 Calendar.............................179 Camera ..............................181 ChatON..............................181 Clock ................................181 Contacts .............................185 DeviceHelp ...........................185 Downloads ...........................185 Earth ................................186 Email ................................186 Flipboard .............................186 Gallery...............................186 Gmail................................186 Google...............................187 Google+ .............................187 Internet..............................187 Kiesair ..............................187 Local ................................187 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4 y ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Section 10: Health and Safety Information ............................................ 202 ResponsibleListening ................... 217 OperatingEnvironment.................. 219 FCCHearingAidCompatibility(HAC) RegulationsforWirelessDevices ......... 221 RestrictingChildren'sAccesstoYour MobileDevice....................... 223 FCCNoticeandCautions ................. 223 OtherImportantSafetyInformation......... 224 rie Settings ............................. 196 Talk ................................ 196 VideoPlayer.......................... 197 VoiceRecorder........................ 197 VoiceSearch.......................... 198 YouTube ............................. 198 YPmobile ............................ 200 Section 11: Warranty Information ............ 226 StandardLimitedWarranty............... 226 EndUserLicenseAgreementforSoftware.... 231 Section 12: Samsung Product Registration ............................................ 239 Index ......................................................... 240 ExposuretoRadioFrequency(RF)Signals.... 202 SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR)Certification Information......................... 207 FCCPart15InformationtoUser ........... 209 CommercialMobileAlertingSystem(CMAS).. 209 SmartPracticesWhileDriving ............. 209 BatteryUseandSafety.................. 211 SamsungMobileProductsandRecycling .... 213 ULCertifiedTravelCharger ............... 214 Display/Touch-Screen.................. 214 GPS ................................ 215 EmergencyCalls ....................... 215 CareandMaintenance .................. 216 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 1: Getting Started on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op PriortouseitisnecessarytoinstallboththebatteryandSIM intotheircorrespondinginternalcompartments.The microSD™cardslotisalsolocatedinthissameinternal area. 1. Removethebackcoverbyinsertingafingernailinto theslotonthetopofyourphone(1). ta Setting Up Your Phone 2. Liftthecoverup(2)andtotherightofthephone. rie Thissectionexplainshowtostartusingyourphonebyfirst configuringyourhardware,activatingyourservice,andthen settingupyourvoicemail. FPO FPO Caution! Donotbendortwistthebackcoverexcessively. Doingsomaydamagethecover. Installing the SIM Card Whenyousubscribetoacellularnetwork,youareprovided withaplug-inSIMcardloadedwithyoursubscriptiondetails, suchasyourPIN,availableoptionalservices,andmany othersfeatures. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) GettingStarted6 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential CarefullyslidetheSIMcardintotheSIMcardsocket (asshown)untilthecardlocksintoplace. • Make sure that the card’s gold contacts face into the phone and that the upper-left angled corner of the card is positioned as shown. ta Installing the Battery 1. Insertthebatteryintotheopeningonthebackofthe phone,makingsuretheconnectorsalign(1). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 䡲 Note: Ifthecardisnotinsertedcorrectly,thephonewillnot detecttheSIMcard.Re-orientthecardbackintotheslot iftheSIMisnotdetected. rie Important! Theplug-inSIMcardinformationanditscontacts canbeeasilydamagedbyscratchingorbending, sobecarefulwhenhandling,inserting,or removingthecard.KeepallSIMcardsoutofreach ofsmallchildren. 2. Gentlypressdowntosecurethebattery(2). FPO FPO FPO By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta rie FPO on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op YoucanuseamicroSD(SD)ormicroSDHCcardto expandavailablememoryspaceifyoudesire.Thissecure digitalcardenablesyoutoexchangeimages,music,and databetweenSD-compatibledevices.Thistypeofmemory cardisdesignedforusewiththismobilephoneandother devices. Removing and Installing the Memory Card Note: Yourphonehasbeentestedtosupportuptoa64GB memorycard. Installing the Memory Card PushthemicroSDcardintotheslotuntilitclicks(as shown). • Make sure the microSD’s gold contact pins face downward and the card is securely inserted. FormoreinformationonMemoryCards,see“Memory Card” onpage 40. Removing the Memory Card 1. Pushonthememorycarduntilitclicksandisreleased. 2. Graspthememorycardandremoveitfromthephone. 䡲 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) GettingStarted8 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y FPO on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op FPO 2. Pressalongtheedgeofthebackcover(3)untilyou haveasecureseal. ta 1. Placethebatterycoverontothebackofthephone(1) andpressdown(2). rie Installing the Back Cover Note: Makesurethebatteryisproperlyinstalledbefore switchingonthephone. Charging a Battery YourdeviceispoweredbyarechargeableLi-ionbattery.The TravelChargerthatisusedtochargethebattery,isincluded withyourdevice.UseonlySamsung-approvedbatteriesand chargers. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta FPO on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Longbacklightsettings,searchingforservice,vibrate mode,webbrowseruse,andothervariablesmay reducethebattery’stalkandstandbytimes. rie Note: Youmustfullychargethebatterybeforeusingyour phoneforthefirsttime.Adischargedbatteryrecharges fullyinapproximately4hours. Althoughyoucanusethephonewhilethebatteryis charging,doingsowillrequireadditionalchargingtime. Using the Travel Charger 1. PlugtheflatendoftheTravelChargerintothePower/ AccessoryInterfaceconnectorandtheotherendintoa standardACwalloutlet. 2. Whenchargingisfinished,removetheflatendfrom theinterfaceconnectorjackonthephone. Important! Verifythatthehandsetbatteryisinstalledpriorto connection.Ifthebatteryisnotproperlyinstalled andthewallchargerisconnected,thehandset maypoweroffandoncontinuously,preventing properoperation. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) GettingStarted10 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Switching the Phone On or Off Note: Failuretounplugthewallchargerbeforeyouremovethe battery,cancausedamagetothephone. untilthephoneswitches rie ta 1. Pressandhold on. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Warning! Ifyourhandsethasatouchscreendisplay,please notethatatouchscreenrespondsbesttoalight touchfromthepadofyourfinger.Usingexcessive forceorametallicobjectwhenpressingonthetouch screenmaydamagethetemperedglasssurfaceand voidthewarranty.Formoreinformation,referto “Standard Limited Warranty”onpage226. FPO Low Battery Indicator Whenthebatteryisweakandonlyafewminutesoftalktime remain,thebatteryicon( )blinksandthedevicesoundsa warningtoneatregularintervals.Inthiscondition,your phoneconservesitsremainingbatterypower,notbyturning offthebacklight,butbyenteringthedimmingmode.Fora quickcheckofyourbatterylevel,glanceatthebattery chargeindicatorlocatedintheupper-rightcornerofyour device’sdisplay.Solidcolor( )indicatesafullcharge. 2. Swipeyourfingeracrossthescreentounlockthe phone. Note: ThedisplaylanguageispresettoEnglishatthefactory. Tochangethelanguage,usetheLanguagemenu.For moreinformation,referto“Changing Your Settings”on page113. Whenthebatterylevelbecomestoolow,thephone automaticallyturnsoff. 11 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. Toswitchoffthephone,pressandhold untiltheDevice optionsscreendisplays. , 4. TapPower offtoswitchoffthephone. ta TouchCanceltosetupyourphonelater.Youcan accessReady2GobytappingApplications ➔ AT&T Ready2Go on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op tolockthe 2. TouchGet Startedtobegin. –or– rie 5. AtthePower offprompt,tapOK. Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen 1. Whenyourphoneison,press touchscreenandturnoffthedisplay. 1. WhentheFast & Easy Phone Set-Upscreendisplays, tapSelect Languageifyouwanttochangethedefault language. 2. Press againtodisplaythelockscreenthen swipeyourfingeracrossthescreentounlock. 3. noteaboutlockscreenoptions??? Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go??? Whenyouturnonyourphoneforthefirsttime,youwillbe promptedtosetuptheAT&TReady2Gofeature. AT&TReady2Goallowsyoutoquicklyandeasilysetupyour phonebyusingthewebbrowseronyourPC.Youcanset-up emailaccounts,importcontacts,setwallpaper,configure Wi-Fiandmanymorefeatures. 3. Readandfollowtheinstructionsoneachscreen. Creating a Samsung Account AnactiveSamsungaccountisrequiredtobeginaccessing applicationssuchasChatONandAllSharePlay.Ifyoudidnot createaSamsungaccountwhenyoufirstsetupyourphone, followthesesteps: ➔ 1. Fromthehomescreen,tap ➔ Settings Add account. 2. Tap Samsung account. 3. TapCreate new account. 4. TapTerms and conditionstoreadthemandtapOK. 5. TaptheI accept all the termsabovecheckbox. 6. TapPrivacy policyandreadthepolicyandtapOK. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) GettingStarted12 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Creating a New Google Account Retrieving your Google Account Password AGoogleaccountpasswordisrequiredforGoogle applications.IfyoumisplaceorforgetyourGoogleAccount password,followtheseinstructionstoretrieveit: 1. Fromyourcomputer,useanInternetbrowserand navigatetohttp://google.com/accounts. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Inordertoutilizeyourdevicetothefullestextent,youwill needtocreateaGoogle™Accountwhenyoufirstuseyour device.WithaGoogleAccount,Googleapplicationswill alwaysbeinsyncbetweenyourphoneandcomputer. 9. AttheWelcomescreen,tapNext. 10. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoverifyyouremail addressandactivateyouraccount. Note: OnceyouhavecreatedaGoogleaccount,youonlyneed tosignin. ta 8. EntertherequiredinformationandtapSign up. rie 7. TapAgree. Ifyoudidnotcreateanewaccountduringthesetup procedurewhenyoufirstturnedyourphoneon,followthese steps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Gmail TheAdd a Google Accountscreendisplays. 2. TapNewtocreateanewGoogleaccount. –or– IfyoualreadyhaveaGoogleaccount,tapExistingto signinandaddtheaccounttoyourphone. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoaddaGoogle Account. 13 2. ClickontheCan’t access your account?link. 3. TaptheI don’t know my passwordradiobutton. 4. EnteryourEmailaddressandclickContinue. 5. Followthepasswordrecoveryprocedure. Setting Up Your Voice Mail 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ,thentap 2. Followthetutorialtocreateapassword,recorda greeting,andrecordyourname. Note: Thesestepsmaybedifferentdependingonyour network. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Accessing Your Voice Mail 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ,thentap Accessing Your Voice Mail From Another Phone ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 1. Dialyourwirelessphonenumber. rie 2. Whenconnected,followthevoicepromptsfromthe voicemailcenter. Youmaybepromptedtoenterapassword. 2. Whenyouhearyourvoicemailgreeting,pressthe asteriskkeyonthephoneyouareusing. 3. Enteryourpassword. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) GettingStarted14 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 2: Understanding Your Phone Features of Your Phone ta Facingcamera •AT&TGPSNavigationfunctionalityprovidesreal-timenavigation •HSDPA7.2mbpshighspeeddownloadcapability •Upto64GBexpandablememoryslot •CorporateandPersonalEmail •Syncandupdatesocialnetworkapplications •AppsavailabletodownloadviaGooglePlayStore™ •AccesstoMoviesandTVShowswithSamsungMediaHub •FullIntegrationofGoogleMobile™Services(Gmail,YouTube, on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Yourphoneislightweight,easy-to-useandoffersmany usefulfeatures.Thefollowinglistoutlinesafewofthe featuresincludedinyourphone. •4GLTEnetworkwith1.9gigahertzquad-coreprocessor •MobileHotspotcapability •13Megapixelcameraandcamcorderwith2MegapixelFront rie Thissectionoutlinessomekeyfeaturesofyourphoneand describesthescreenandtheiconsthatappearwhenthephone isinuse.Italsoshowshowtonavigatethroughthephoneand providesinformationonusingamemorycard. •Androidv4.3,JellyBeanPlatform •Brilliant4.99”HDSuperAMOLED®screen(1920x1080) •Touchscreenprovidesquickresponsetoavarietyofin-phone menusandoptionsincludingapplications,multi-windowsandup tosevenhomescreens •SmartSwitch™compliant.Formoreinformation,see www.samsungsmartswitch.com •ReadyaccesstotheInternet •Built-inBluetoothandadvancedWi-Fi®technology •USBTethering-capable 15 GoogleMaps,GoogleVoiceSearch) •MultipleMessagingOptions:Text/Picture/VideoMessaging,and InstantMessagingwithGoogleHangouts •DivXCertified®toplayDivX®videouptoHD1080p,including premiumcontent •AllShare™PlaytoshareyourmediacontentacrossDLNA certifieddevices By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 13 2. External speaker:allowsyoutohearthecaller. 11 3. Application icons:youcanplaceshortcutstoyour favoriteapplicationsontheHomescreen. 10 4. Primary shortcuts:allowsquickaccesstoimportant featuressuchasPhone,Contacts,Messaging,Internet, andApps. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op FPO 12 ta rie 1. Status light:displaysredwhencharging,greenwhen fullycharged,bluewhenpoweringup,andorange whenanotificationhasarrived. Front View of Your Phone 5. Menu key:allowsyoutoaccesssub-menuswith additionaloptionsfordifferentfeaturesand applicationssuchasHomescreen,Phone,Contacts, Messaging,andWeb. 6. Home key:allowsyoutoreturntothemainHome screenfromanyHomescreenormenu.Pressandhold todisplayRecentapps,TaskManager,andGoogle Search.QuicklypresstwicetoactivatetheSVoice application. 7. Back key:allowsyoustepbackwardswhennavigating amenuorwebpage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone16 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 8. Home screen indicator:showswhichHomescreenis presentlydisplayed. Side Views of Your Phone ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie 10. AccuWeather screen:displaysTime,Day,Date, Temperatureandweatherconditionsforyourarea. 11. Indicator icons:showstheinformationneededto operateyourphone,suchasthereceivedsignal strength,phonebatterylevel,time,unreadEmails, missedcalls,etc. 9. Google Quick Search bar:ashortcuttoGoogleSearch thatallowsyoutosearchforitemsontheinternet. FPO 12. Front facing camera:allowsyoutotakepicturesof yourselfwhenyousetthecamerashootingmodeto Selfshot. 13. Proximity and Light sensors:usestheambientlight leveltoadjustkeypadaccess.Ifthelightpathis blocked,forexample,whenholdingthephonecloseto yourear,thetouchscreenwillturnoff. 17 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. 3.5mm Headset jack:allowsyoutopluginheadphones. 7. Microphone:usedfornoisecancellationandstereo recording. Rear View of Your Phone rie ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. Volume keys:allowyoutoadjusttheringervolume whileinstandbymodeoradjustthevoicevolume duringacall.Whenreceivinganincomingcall,briefly pressdowneithervolumekey( )tomute theringtone.Adjuststextsizewhenreadinga message. 3. Microphone:allowsothercallerstohearyouwhenyou arespeakingtothem.Itisalsousedforthe Speakerphone. 4. Power/Accessory Interface connector:allowsyouto connectaTravelChargerorotheroptionalaccessories suchasaUSB/datacableorahands-freeheadsetfor convenient,hands-freeconversations. 5. Power/Lock key:( )letsyoupoweryour phoneonandoff.Alsoallowsyoutolockorunlockthe touchscreen.Formoreinformationonlockingyour phone,see“Locking and Unlocking the Phone”on page 29. 6. Infrared Blaster:Usedtoemitinfraredsignalsusedfor controllingexternaldevices. FPO 1. Camera lens:isusedtotakepicturesandshootvideos. 2. External speaker:allowsyoutohearwhenthe Speakerphoneisturnedon. 3. S Pen:astylusthatassistsyouinperformingdifferent functions. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone18 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y TheSPenisastylusthatassistsyouinperformingdifferent functions.ByusingthePenbutton,youcanminimizehaving toswitchbetweentouchandpeninput. orthecalendar,annotateWord,Excel,PowerPoint,andPDF documents,captureyourideasinSNote,writeanoteontheback ofthepicture. ta S Pen Rich S Pen Functionality •Air View:HoverSPenoverthescreentopreviewinformation. •Effectively express yourself:Write/Drawdirectlyintoanemail, rie 4. Flash:isusedtoprovideadequatelightwhentaking picturesindarkplaces. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op •Quick Command:LaunchQuickCommandtoactivatefrequently usedapplicationsoractions.PresstheSPenbuttonandthen dragtheSPenupthescreentodisplaytheQuickCommand window. •Easy Clip:Instantlyoutlineandcropanythingonthescreenand freelyeditorsharewithothers. 1. Pen button:bypressingthePenbutton,youcanadd functionalitytotheSPen.Formoreinformation,refer to“Using the S Pen”onpage20. 2. Stylus tip:thetipoftheSPenisusedfortappingthe screen. 19 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Tomovetoapreviousscreen,holdtheSPenbuttonand touchanddragthescreenasshownintheillustrationbelow. Thepreviousscreendisplays. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ToremovetheSPen,followthesesteps: 1. Useyourfingernailorasharpobjecttopulltheendof theSPenoutofthephone(1). Thereareseveraldifferentfunctionsyoucanperformby usingtheSPen. Back Button ta TheSPenisstoredinyourphonetomakeiteasiertokeep trackof. Using the S Pen rie Removing the S Pen from your Phone PressSPen Button 2. PulltheSPenoutofthephone(2). By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone20 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Launch S Note Lite SNoteLiteisanapplicationthatyoucanlaunchfromany screentotakequicknotesorjotdownideas.ToopenSNote Lite,holdtheSPenbuttonanddouble-tapthescreen. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie Todisplaythemenufromanyscreen,holdtheSPenbutton andtouchanddragthescreenasshownintheillustration below.Themenudisplays. ta Menu Button Press SPen button Press SPen button ToaccessthefullSNoteapplication,see“S Note”on page 195. 21 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Write on any Screen after Capture ta Towriteonascreencapture,usethepentodraworwrite. FilesaresavedintheMy Files➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔ Pictures ➔ Screenshots ➔ IMG_editedfolder. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Totakeascreencapture,holdtheSPenbuttonandtapand holdtheSPenanywhereonthescreen.Filesaresavedin theMy Files➔ All files ➔ sdcard0 ➔ Pictures ➔ Screenshotsfolder.YoucanalsofindtheminyourGalleryin theScreenshotsalbum. rie Screen Capture PressandHold SPenbutton DraworWrite ForinformationonusingyourSPenwiththeSNote application,see“S Note”onpage 195. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone22 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Air view DisplayswhenthereisnoSIMcardinthephone. Display Layout Yourdisplayscreenprovidesawealthofinformationabout thephone’sstatusandoptions,aswellasprovidingaccess toapplicationicons.Formoreinformation,referto“Front View of Your Phone”onpage16. Indicator Icons ta DisplayswhenyourphoneisinBlockingmode. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Youcanscrollthroughpanelsorlistsbymovingthepointer toanedge(top/bottom/left/right)ofthescreen. Displayswhenthereisnonetworkavailable. rie WhenyouholdtheSPennearthescreen,apointerappears onthescreen.Movethepointertofiles,subjects,oroptions topreviewthecontentsorviewinformationinpop-up windows. Thislistidentifiesthesymbolsyou’llseeonyourphone’s displayandIndicatorarea: Displaysyourcurrentsignalstrength.Thegreater thenumberofbars,thestrongerthesignal. DisplayswhentheSpenhasbeenremovedfrom thephone. Displayswhenacallisinprogress. Displayswhenacallisonhold. Displayswhenthespeakerphoneison. Displayswhenacallhasbeenmissed. IndicatesthattheAirplaneModeisactive.You cannotsendorreceiveanycallsoraccessonline information. Displayswhenthereisasystemerrororalert. 23 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential DisplayswhenyourconnectiontoaUTMS,HSDPA, HSPA,orHSPA+networkisactive. DisplayswhenCallforwardingissettoAlways forward.Formoreinformation,referto“Call forwarding”onpage61. Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith theUTMS,HSDPA,HSPA,orHSPA+network. ta rie Displayswhenyourconnectiontoa4GLTEnetwork isactive. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Displaysyourbatterychargelevel.Iconshownis fullycharged. Displayswhenacallhasbeenmuted. Displayswhenyourbatteryischarging.Also displaysbatterychargelevel. DevicePowerVeryLow–Showsyourcurrent batteryonlyhasbetween5and15percentpower remaining. DevicePowerCritical–Showsyourcurrentbattery onlyhaslessthan5percentpowerremainingand willimmediatelyshutdown. DisplayswhenyourconnectiontoanEDGEnetwork isactive. Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith theEDGEnetwork. Displayswhenyourphoneiscommunicatingwith the4GLTEnetwork. Displayswhenyourphoneisdownloadingorhas downloadedafile.Itwillblinkgreenwhenitis installing. Displayswhentheanoutboundfiletransferisin progress. DisplayswhenaPlayStoredownloadhas completed. Displayswhenupdatesareavailablefordownload. Displayswhenthephoneisconnectedtoa computerviaasupportedUSBcableconnection. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone24 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y DisplayswhenWi-Fiisactivebutthereisa communicationissuewiththetargetWireless AccessPoint(WAP). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op DisplayswhenEmailisreceived. DisplayswhenWi-Fiisconnected,active,and communicatingwithaWirelessAccessPoint (WAP). ta Displayswhenanewvoicemailisreceived. DisplayswhenaBluetoothdevicehasbeenpaired withthephone. rie Displayswhenthephoneistetheredviaa supportedUSBcableconnection. Displayswhenanewtextormultimediamessage isreceived. DisplayswhenthetimeanddateforaCalendarEvent hasarrived.Formoreinformation,referto “Calendar”onpage179. Displayswhenyousetanalarmtoringataspecified time.Formoreinformation,referto“Alarm”onpage 181. DisplayswhentheSoundprofileissettoMute. DisplayswhenWi-FiDirectisactiveandyourphone isconnectedtoanotherdevice. Displayswhenyourphoneasbeenconfiguredasa portableWi-Fihotspot. DisplayswhenyourphoneisconnectedtoaPC usingKiesair. DisplayswhenyourphoneisconnectedtoaDigital LivingNetworkAlliance(DLNA)certifieddevice usingtheAllSharePlayapplication. DisplayswhenBluetoothisactivated. DisplayswhenGPSisactiveandacquiringasignal. DisplayswhentheSoundprofileissettoVibrate. 25 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Formoredetailsonconfiguringyourphone’ssettings,see “Changing Your Settings”onpage 113. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Displayswhenyourdeviceisconnectedbeingused tocontrolstreamingmediaandisconnectedtoa DigitalLivingNetworkAlliance(DLNA)certified deviceusingtheAllSharePlayapplication. Displayswhenanemergencycallistakingplace. ta Displayswhenyourphoneisconnectingtothe DeviceManagementserverwhenyoufirstturnon yourphone. Displayswhenthekeypadisactive. rie Displayswhendatasynchronizationand applicationsyncisactiveandsynchronizationisin progressforGmail,Calendar,andContacts. Displayswhenafileisbeinguploadedorsync’d betweenyourdeviceandanexternalWebstorage location. Displayswhentheuploadedortransferredfilewas successfullydelivered. DisplayswhenTTYdevicehasbeeninserted. Google Search Bar TheGoogleSearchBarprovidesyouanon-screenInternet searchenginepoweredbyGoogle™. 1. Fromthemainhomescreen,taptheGoogleSearchbar 2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoentertheitemyouwant tosearchfor,thentap 3. Tap touseGoogleVoiceSearch.Followthe on-screeninstructions. Displayswhenascreencapturehasbeentaken. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone26 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Command Keys Press Menu todisplayacontext-sensitivemenuof optionsforthecurrentscreenorfeature. Home Key Press HometodisplaythemainHomescreen.Press andholdtodisplayrecentlyusedappsandaccesstheTask manager. Back Key Press step. Backtoreturntothepreviousscreen,optionor Terms used in this user manual Tap •Touchandholdonafieldtodisplayapop-upmenuofoptions. Swipe and Palm Swipe on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Menu Key Activateon-screenitemsbyatouchandholdgesture.For example: •Touchandholdawidgetonthehomescreentomoveit. ta Youcantailorthephone’srangeoffunctionstofityourneeds usingbothmenusandwidgets.Menus,sub-menus,and featurescanbeaccessedbyscrollingthroughtheavailable on-screenmenus.Yourphoneoriginallyhasthreehome screensbutyoucanexpanduptosevenhomescreens. •Tapanapplication’sicontolaunchtheapplication. Touch and Hold rie Menu Navigation •ScrollingthroughtheHomescreenoramenu Topalmswipe,swipethesideofyourhandhorizontally acrossthescreen.Usepalmswipewhen: •Capturingthescreen Panning Topan,touchandholdaselectedicon,thenmovethedevice totheleftorrighttorepositionittoanotherpage.Youmust firstactivateMotiononyourdevice.Usepanningto: •MoveiconsonyourHomescreensorApplicationMenusto anotherpage. Lightlytouchitemstoselectorlaunchthem.Forexample: •Taptheonscreenkeyboardtoentercharactersortext. Toswipe,lightlydragyourfingerverticallyorhorizontally acrossthescreen.Useswipewhen: •Unlockingthescreen •Tapamenuitemtoselectit. 27 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Turn over Using Gestures Caution! Excessiveshakingorimpacttothedevicemaycause unintendedresults.Tolearnhowtoproperlycontrol motions,tap ➔Settings ➔Motion ➔Learn about motions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Turnyourphoneoversothatthescreenfacesdownward.For example: •Muteincomingcallsandplayingsoundsbyturningyourphone over. 3. Tapthecheckboxeslocatedtotherightofeachmotion optiontoactivatethemotionsyouwish.Acheckmark willappear. ta Toactivatethetiltfeature,pressandholdtwopointsonthe screenthentiltthedevicebackandforthtoreduceor enlargethescreen.Usetiltto: •ReduceorenlargethescreenintheGalleryorBrowser. rie Tilt ByactivatingthevariousgesturefeatureswithintheMotion Settingsmenu,youcanaccessavarietyoftimesaving functions. To activate motion: 1. FromtheHomescreen,press andthentap Settings➔ Input and control➔ Motions. 2. TaptheON/OFFicon locatedatthetopofthe screentoactivatemotions. Thefollowingisadescriptionoftheavailablegestures: •Direct call:Onceenabled,thedevicewilldialthecurrently displayedon-screenContactentryassoonasyouplacethe devicetoyourear. •Smart alert:Onceenabled,pickupthedevicetobealertedand notifiedofyouhavemissedanycallsormessages. •zoom:Onceenabled,youmustbeonascreenwherecontentcan bezoomed.Inasinglemotion,touchandholdtwopointsonthe displaythentiltthetiltthedevicebackandforthtozoominorout. •Browse an image:Onceenabled,touchandholdadesiredonscreenimagetopanaroundit.Movethedeviceleftorrighttopan verticallyorupanddowntopanhorizontallyaroundthelargeonscreenimage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone28 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Locking and Unlocking the Phone Navigating Through the Home Screens Yourphoneoriginallyhasthreehomescreensbutyoucan expanduptosevenhomescreens.Ifyoulike,youcanplace differentapplicationsoneachofthehomescreens. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Tounlockyourphone: 1. Pressthelockbutton rightsideofyourphone. Formoreinformation,referto“Motions and Gestures”on page133. togiveyouinstantaccesstoinformationandapplications. Thisisthedefaultpageandaccessiblefromanymenuby pressing ta soundsbyturningthedevicedisplaydownonasurface.Thisis theoppositeofthePickuptobeNotifiedGesture. rie •Mute/pause:Onceenabled,muteincomingcallsandanyplaying locatedontheupper 2. ThelockscreenwilldisplaywithSwipe screen to unlockdisplayedatthebottomofthescreen. 3. Swipethetouchscreeninanydirection. 4. TheHomescreenwilldisplayasshownabove. Note: Thereareseveraladditionalwaysyoucanlockyour screen.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock Screen Settings”onpage123. Home Screen Overview Themainhomescreenisthestartingpointformany applicationsandfunctions,anditallowsyoutoadditems likeapplicationicons,shortcuts,folders,orGooglewidgets 29 䡲 FromthemainHomescreen,sweepthescreenwith yourfingerineitherdirection.ThemainHomeScreen islocatedinthemiddlewithaHomescreenoneach side. Navigating Through the Application Menus YourphoneinitiallyhasoneApplicationMenuavailable.As youaddapps,additionalscreenswillbeautomatically created.Followthesestepstonavigatethroughthe ApplicationMenus: 1. AttheHomescreen,tap .Thefirstapplication menuwillbedisplayed. 2. Ifyouhaveadditionalapplicationmenus,sweepthe screenleftorrighttoaccessthem. 3. Taponeoftheapplicationicons. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Asyouaddapplications,thenumberofApplication menusthatyouhaveavailablewillincrease. –or– Tap togotoGoogleSearch. Toaccessasub-menu: 1. Press Asub-menuwillappearatthebottomofthephone screen. 2. Tapanoption. rie ta Tap todeletetherecordofallrecentlyused applications. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Sub-menusareavailablewhenyouareatanyHomescreen orhaveselectedafeatureorapplicationsuchasPhone, Contacts,Messaging,orInternet. –or– Navigating Using Sub-Menus Note: Notallscreenswillhavesub-menusavailable. Accessing Recently-Used Apps Using the Multi Window Thisfeatureallowsyoutorunmultipleapplicationsonthe currentscreenatthesametime. Note: OnlyapplicationsfoundwithintheMultiwindowpanel canbeactiveatopanothercurrentapplicationonthe screen. Whenlaunchingapplicationsthatcontainmultimedia files(music/video),audiofrombothfileswillbeplayed simultaneously. 1. Pressandhold fromanyscreentoopenthe recently-usedapplicationswindow. 2. Tapanicontoopentheselectedapplication. –or– togototheTaskmanager. Tap By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone30 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. TaptheMulti windowentrytoactivatethefeature.The iconturnsgreenwhenactive. 4. TapHome toreturntotheHomescreen. 5. Tapthetab toopentheapplicationpanelshowing alltheavailableMultiwindowapps. Note: OnceyouhaveturnedtheMultiwindowoptiononin step3,youonlyneedtopressandholdtheBackkey )tore-activatetheMultiwindowfeature. To deactivate Multi window: PressandholdtheBackkey( ).Thisactionhides theMultiwindowtabfromview. 2. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdthetab for approximatelyone-second,thenslowlydragittoits newlocationalong the currentscreenedge. Note: Thisisaquickwaytogetthetaboutofthewayifyou can’tgettoabuttonoroptionbehindit. To relocate the Multi window apps panel: 1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. 2. Tapthetab todisplaytheappspanel(containingthe scrollableapps). 䡲 To move the tab: 1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. Swipetherowoficonstotheleftuntilthe Multiwindowiconisdisplayed. TheMultiwindowcontainstwocomponents:tabandapps panel.Thetabcanbemanuallymovedacrossthescreen. Theappspanel(containingthescrollableapps)canbe relocatedtolockontothedifferentsidesofthescreen (top/bottom/left/right). ta To activate Multi window via the Notification screen: 1. Inasinglemotion,touchtheStatusbartorevealthe Notificationstab,andthendragittothebottomofthe screentoopentheNotificationsscreen. Repositioning the Multi Window rie Activating and Deactivating Multi window 31 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y To restore a Multi window application: 1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheapplicationsfoundwithintheappspaneloftheMulti windowcanbeorganizedbyeitherbeingrearrangedor removed. 4. TapDoneonceyouhavecompletedtheremoval process. ta Customizing the Multi Window apps 3. TaptheEditbutton(locatedatthebottomofthelist)to revealastagingareathatcanhouseanyremoved applicationsfromtheMultiwindowpanel. rie 3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdthetab for approximatelyone-secondtodetachitfromthe screen,thenslowlydragittoitsnewlocationalong any otheravailablescreenedge. To rearrange the Multi window applications: 1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. 2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe scrollableapps). 3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredappuntilit detachesfromthepanel,thencarefullydragittoanew locationinthelistofapps.Liftyourfingerorstylusoff thescreentoletgooftheappanddropitintoitsnew location. 2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe scrollableapps). 3. TaptheEditbutton(locatedatthebottomofthelist)to revealthestagingareacontaininganypreviously removedapps. 4. Locatethedesiredapplication. 5. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredappuntilit detachesfromthestagingarea,thencarefullydragit toanewlocationinthecurrentlistofapps. To remove a Multi window application: 1. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. 2. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel(containingthe scrollableapps). By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone32 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Note: Oncetwoapplicationsarerunning,thedevicedisplaysa splitscreenviewcontainingboththeinitialappandthe newMultiwindowapp. Eachapplicationisstillindependentoftheother. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Oncemultipleappsarerunningonthesamescreen,youcan thenchoosetoeitherswaptheirpositionsormaximizea desiredapp. ta AnyoftheappsfoundwithintheMultiwindowpanelcanbe runatthesametimeasacurrenton-screenapp. 5. Inasinglemotion,dragitoverthecurrentappand dropthenewMultiwindowappovereitherthetopor bottomareaofthecurrenton-screenapp. rie Using Multi Window to run multiple apps on the same screen Note: OnlyapplicationsfoundwithintheMulti-windowpanel canbeactiveatopanothercurrentapplicationonthe screen. Whenlaunchingapplicationsthatcontainmultimedia files(music/video),audiofrombothfileswillbeplayed simultaneously. To switch the arrangement of the applications: 1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen,tap theBorderbartoshowtheon-screenicons. InthisexamplewewillbelaunchingboththeInternetand Mapsapplications. 1. LaunchanapplicationsuchasMaps. 2. ActivatetheMultiwindowfeature. 3. Tapthetabtodisplaytheappspanel. 4. Touchandholdthedesiredapp,suchasInternet,until itdetachesfromthepanel. 33 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Split/Maximize To increase the size of a desired application window: 1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen, locatetheBorderbarindicatingtheedgeoftheapp window. ta App#1 rie 2. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdtheBorderbarthen dragittoresizethedesiredwindow. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op To split the current applications: 1. Withthetwoapplicationsshowninasplitscreen,tap theBorderbartoshowtheon-screenicons. 2. Tapthedesiredapplicationarea(toporbottom). 3. Locateandtap (Maximize the app).Thecurrent appsarethebothmaximized. Customizing Your Home Screen App#2 Border bar Switch Positions 2. Tapthedesiredapplicationarea(toporbottom). 3. Locateandtap (Switch app location).Thecurrent appsareswitched. YoucancustomizeyourHomescreenbydoingthefollowing: •CreatingShortcuts •AddingandRemovingWidgetsontheHomeScreen •RepositioningWidgets •CreatingFolders •ChangingtheWallpaper •AddingandDeletingHomeScreens By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone34 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 3. TouchandholdonanemptyareaoftheHomescreen. 4. TapApps and widgets,Folder,orPage. 5. Pressandholdashortcutfromtheavailablelistand positionitonthecurrentscreen. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Tomoveashortcutfromonescreentoanother,itmust firstbedeletedfromitscurrentscreen.Navigatetothe newscreen,thenaddtheshortcut. 2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage. ta ShortcutsaredifferentthanthecurrentHomescreen Widgetsthatonlylaunchanapplication.Shortcutsactivatea feature,action,orlaunchanapplication. Adding a shortcut via the Add to Home screen 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. rie Creating Shortcuts Adding a shortcut from the Apps Menu 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. Deleting a shortcut 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage. 2. Touchandholdthedesiredshortcut.Thisunlocksit fromitslocationonthecurrentscreen. 3. Tap 3. DragtheiconovertheDeleteicon todisplayyourcurrentapplications. 4. Scrollthroughthelistandlocateyourdesired application. 5. Touchandholdtheapplicationicon.Thiscreatesan immediateshortcutoftheselectediconandclosesthe Appstab. 6. Whilestillholdingtheon-screenicon,positionitonthe currentpage.Oncecomplete,releasethescreento lockthenewshortcutintoitsnewpositiononthe currentscreen. 35 andreleaseit. AsyouplacetheshortcutintotheTrash,bothitems turnred. Note: Thisactiondoesnotdeletetheshortcut,itjustremoves itfromthecurrentscreen. Adding and Removing Primary Shortcuts Youcanchangeanyofyourprimaryshortcutswiththe shortcut. exceptionoftheApps By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. ScrollthroughtheAppmenutofindtheshortcutyou wanttoaddasthenewprimaryshortcut. Removing a Widget 1. TouchandholdaWidgetuntilyoucanmoveitaround onthescreen. 2. DragtheWidgetovertheDeleteicon it. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. Touchandholdthenewshortcut,thendragittothe emptyspaceintherowofprimaryshortcuts. 6. PressandholdanavailableWidgettopositionitonthe currentscreen,thenreleasetheWidget. ta toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. Touchandholdtheprimaryshortcutyouwantto replace,thendragittoanemptyspaceonanyHome screen. rie 1. Press ThenewprimaryshortcutwillnowappearonallHome screens. Adding and Removing Widgets Widgetsareself-containedapplicationsthatresideineither yourWidgetstaboronthemainorextendedHomescreens. Unlikeashortcut,theWidgetappearsasanon-screen application. Adding a Widget 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. NavigatetothedesiredHomePage. 3. Touchandholdonanemptyareaofthescreen. 4. TapApps and Widgets. 5. TaptheWidgetstabatthetopofthescreen. andrelease AsyouplacetheWidgetintotheTrash,bothitemsturn red. Note: ThisactiondoesnotactuallydeletetheWidget,itjust removesitfromthecurrentHomescreen. Moving Icons in the Apps Menu 1. Press 2. Tap toactivatethemainHomescreen. todisplayyourcurrentapplications. 3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot alreadyselected. 4. Press andtapView type. 5. TapCustomizable grid.Agreencirclewillappearnext totheoption. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone36 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential andtapEdit. 6. Press Afolderisdisplayedintheoriginalplaceofthe applicationiconwiththeapplicationicondisplayedon topofit.YoucannowdragotherAppsintothefolder. 8. Touchanddragtheicontothepositionthatyouwant. Tomovetoadifferentpage,dragtheicontotheedge ofthepageuntilthepagescrollstothedesiredpage. 8. ToviewinformationonanApp,dragtheAppiconupto theAppinfo icontoviewinformationonthe application. toreturntotheHomescreen. Youcancreateapplicationfolderstoholdsimilarapplications ifyouwish. Tocreateafolderfollowthesesteps: 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. todisplayyourcurrentapplications. 3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot alreadyselected. 4. Press ta Adding a New Page to the Application Menu Creating Application Folders 2. Tap rie 9. TapSave. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 9. TapSave. 10. Press 7. Scrollthroughthelistandlocatetheiconyouwishto move. andtapEdit. 5. Touchandholdthefirstapplicationthatyouwouldlike tomovetoafolder. 6. DragtheicondowntotheCreate folder icon. Youcanaddanewpagetoyourapplicationmenuby followingthesesteps: 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. Tap todisplayyourcurrentapplications. 3. TaptheAppstabatthetopofthescreenifitisnot alreadyselected. 4. Press andtapEdit. 5. Touchandholdthefirstapplicationthatyouwouldlike tomovetoanewpage. 6. DragtheicondowntotheCreate page 7. TapSave. Theappwillappearonanewpage. 7. EnterafoldernameandtapOK. 37 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential icon. TheHome screen windowisdisplayed. To add a new Home screen: 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. Press andtapEdit page. 3. TaptheHomescreenthatcontains on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapSet wallpaper. YoucanaddanddeleteHomescreens.Youcanhaveupto sevenHomescreens. ta YoucanchangetheWallpaper(background)ofyourhome screensbyfollowingthesesteps: 1. FromanyHomescreen,touchandholdonanempty areaofthescreen. Adding and Deleting Home Screens rie Changing the Wallpaper 3. Selectthelocationwhereyouwouldliketochangethe wallpaper.TapHome screen,Lock screen,orHome and lock screens. 4. Taponeofthefollowingoptions: • Gallery: select a wallpaper from photographs you have taken with your camera. • Live wallpapers: select an animated wallpaper. This option is not available for the Lock screen option. • Wallpapers: select from many still-life wallpapers. 4. Ifdesired,touchandholdthenewscreenanddragitto adifferentlocation. 5. Press toreturntothemainHomescreen. YoucannowadditemstoyournewHomescreen. To delete a Home screen: 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. Press andtapEdit page. 3. TouchandholdtheHomescreenyouwanttodelete. 4. Dragittothetrashcanlocatedatthebottomofthe screen.Thepagewillturnred. 5. SelectawallpaperandtapSet wallpaper,Done,or Cancel. Anewscreenisadded. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone38 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 7. Press toreturntothemainHomescreen. YoucanarrangeyourHomescreensinanyorderthatyou want. TomoveaHomescreen,followthesesteps: 1. Press toactivatethemainHomescreen. 2. Press 䡲 OntheHomescreen,touchandholdtheNotification Baruntilthepull-downdisplays,thendragdown vertically. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Moving Home Screens TheNotificationBarincludesapull-downlisttoshow informationaboutprocessesthatarerunning,recent notifications,andalerts.TodisplaytheStatusindicator: ta 6. TapOKtodeletethepageanditscontents,otherwise tapCancel. Notification Bar rie 5. IfthereareitemsontheHomescreenthatyouwantto delete,theDelete home screen pagepromptis displayed. andtapEdit page. 3. TouchandholdtheHomescreenyouwanttomove. 4. Dragittothelocationthatyouwouldliketoplaceit. Clearing Notifications ToclearallnotificationsfromtheNotificationpanel: 1. FromtheHomescreen,touchandholdtheNotification Baruntilthepull-downdisplays,thendragdown vertically. 2. TaptheClear button. Thenotificationsareclearedandthepanelcloses. Inthisexample,theDualclockappscreenismovedto thelastposition. WhenyoumoveaHomescreen,theotherHome screensarebere-orderedautomatically. 5. Press toreturntothemainHomescreen. 39 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y todisplayonlyyourprimary ta 5. Tap andthentap functions. Memory Card YourdeviceletsyouuseamicroSD(SD)ormicroSDHC cardtoexpandavailablememoryspace.Thissecuredigital cardenablesyoutoexchangeimages,music,anddata betweenSD-compatibledevices.Thissectionaddressesthe featuresandoptionsofyourdevice’sSDfunctionality.The devicehasaUSBSDcardmode. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Inadditiontonotifications,theNotificationpanelalso providesquickandreadyaccesstoseparatedevice functions.Thesecanbequicklyactivatedordeactivatedby togglingthemonoroff.Youcanchoosethefunctionsthat willbedisplayed. 1. Fromthenotificationpanel,tap todisplay additionaloptions. 4. TapBrightness adjustmenttocreateacheckmarkifyou wanttobeabletoadjustthescreenbrightnessviathe Notificationpanel. rie Accessing Additional Panel Functions Thefollowingfunctions(default)arelocatedinthetop tworowsandcaneitherbeactivated(green)or deactivated(gray):Wi-Fi,GPS,Sound,Screenrotation, Bluetooth,Readingmode,Blockingmode,Power saving,Multiwindow,andScreenMirroring. 2. Tap thenlocatetheNotificationspanelarea locatedatthebottomoftheNotificationspanelscreen. 3. Inasinglemotion,touchandholdadesiredfunction fromthebottomtworowsandthendragittothetop tworows.AdditionalfunctionsareSBeam,NFC,Air view,Airgesture,Drivingmode,Smartstay,Smart scroll,Sync,andAirplanemode. Mounting the SD Card Tostoreadditionalphotos,music,videos,andother applications,youmustmount(install)theSDcardpriorto use.MountingtheSDcardestablishesaUSBconnection withyourcomputer. 1. InserttheSDcardintotheexternal,SDcardslot.For moreinformation,referto“Removing and Installing the Memory Card”onpage8. 2. YourSDcardisscannedtoseetheavailable informationonit. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone40 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. TapOK. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Storage. Formoreinformation,referto“Removing and Installing the Memory Card”onpage8. SD card Available Memory Status ToviewthememoryallocationforyourexternalSDcard: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Storage. 3. AttheFormat SD card confirmationprompt,tapFormat SD card. Warning! Performingthenextsteperasesalldatastoredon theSDcard. 4. TapDelete alltoformatorpress tocancel. Entering Text Thissectiondescribeshowtoselectthedesiredtextinput methodwhenenteringcharactersintoyourphone.This sectionalsodescribesthepredictivetextentrysystemthat reducestheamountofkeystrokesassociatedwithentering text. 2. TheavailablememoryforDeviceandSDcarddisplays undertheTotal spaceandAvailable space headings. ➔ Settings➔ 2. TapFormat SD card. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. ScrolltothebottomofthedisplayandtapUnmount SD card. YoucanerasefilesfromtheSDcardusingthephone. 1. EnsuretheSDcardismounted.Formoreinformation, referto“Mounting the SD Card”onpage40. ta UnmountingtheSDcardpreventscorruptionanddamageto theSDcardwhileremovingitfromtheslot. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Storage. Erasing Files from the SD card rie Unmounting the SD card 41 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Entering Text Using the Samsung Keyboard Fromascreenwhereyoucanentertext,rotateyourphone counterclockwisetoaLandscapeorientation.Theon-screen QWERTYkeypadwilldisplay. ta Yourphonecomesequippedwithanorientationdetectorthat cantellifthephoneisbeingheldinanupright(Portrait)or sideways(Landscape)orientation.Thisisusefulwhen enteringtext. Text Input Methods rie Therearethreetextinputmethodsavailable: •Google voice typing:allowsyoutoentertextbyspeaking. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op •Samsung keyboard (default):Samsung’son-screen QWERTYkeypadthatcanbeusedinbothportraitand landscapeorientation. •Swype:anewwaytoentertextontouchscreens.Instead oftappingeachkey,useyourfingertotraceovereach letterofaword. Tochangetheinputmethod,see“Keyboards and Input Methods”onpage 128. Shift Key Voicetyping andmoreoptions Delete Key SpaceBar New Paragraph TextInputMode Changing the Text Input Mode - Keypad Therearetwomainkeypadlayoutkeysthatwillchangethe on-screenkeyswithintheQWERTYkeypad. TheavailableTextInputmodesare:SymandAbc. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone42 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. Tap Note: WheninAbcmode,theSymbuttonwillappear.Whenin Symmode,theAbc/ABC/abcbuttonwillappear. Using ABC Mode 1. Ifdesired,rotateyourphonecounterclockwisetoa Landscapeorientation. 2. WhenyoutaptheEnter messagefield,thefollowing screendisplays: 3. Tapthedesiredalphabeticcharacters. 4. ThescreeninitiallyopensinABCmode.Aftertypingthe firstletter,theshiftkey( )willchangeto andfollowingletterswillbelowercase. 43 ta changeto inABCmode.Allfollowingletters willbeuppercaseuntilyoutaptheshiftkeyagain. Using Symbol/Numeric Mode UseSymbol/NumericModetoaddnumbers,symbols,or emoticons. 1. RotateyourphonecounterclockwisetoaLandscape orientation. rie ABC ABC Mode:activatesthedefaultalphabetkeys. CanalsobesettoAbcorabcbyusingtheshift )key. toinputanotherupper-caseletterortap twicetoswitchtoABCmode.Theshiftkeywill on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Sym Symbol/Numeric Mode:activatesthenumber, symbol,andemoticonkeys. 2. Tap Sym atthebottomofthescreen. 3. Tapthedesirednumber,symbol,oremoticon characters. 4. Tapthe 1/2 buttontoaccessadditionalsymbols. 5. Tap ABC toreturntoAbcmode. Predictive Text ByusingthePredictiveTextoption,youcanhavenext-letter predictionandregionalerrorcorrection,whichcompensates forpressingthewrongkeysontheQWERTYkeyboard. Predictivetextisturnedonbydefault. onthekeyboard,thentap 1. Pressandhold By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. Continuetypingyourmessage.Tap tosendthe formoreoptions.Formore messageorpress information,referto“Creating and Sending Messages” onpage98. Note: YoucanalsousePredictiveTextmodeintheportrait orientation. Entering Text Using Handwriting Youcanentertextsimplybyusingyourfingertohandwrite lettersonyourscreen. onthekeyboard,thentap 1. Pressandhold ta Samsung Keyboard Settings ForinformationonhowyoucanconfigureyourSamsung keyboardsettings,see“Samsung Keyboard settings”on page 129. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Inthetextportionofthemessagescreen,begintyping aword.Alistofwordoptionsisdisplayedabovethe keyboard.Taponeofthewordstoreplacetheword thathasalreadybeentypedorscrollthelineofwords totheleftformorewordchoices. 3. Youcanwriteoutyourentiremessageusingthe Handwritingfeatureortap toswitchbackto Samsungkeyboardmode. rie 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe Predictive textfield,to ,thentap 2. Useyourfingertiptowriteouteachcharacter.Youcan printorusecursive. Using the Google Voice Typing Feature YoucanuseyourvoicetoentertextusingtheGoogleVoice typingfeature. 1. Fromthekeypad,touchthetopofthescreenanddrag itdowntodisplayyournotificationpanel. 2. TapSelect input method. 3. TapGoogle voice typing. 4. AttheSpeak nowprompt,speakclearlyanddistinctly intothemicrophone. 5. Iftheredmicrophoneturnsgray,thenthefeaturehas timedoutandyoushouldtapthemicrophoneiconto startagain. Thetextisdisplayedinthemessageasyouare speaking. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone44 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ToenableSwype: 1. Fromascreenwhereyoucanentertext,touchand drag downfromtheNotificationsareathentap Select input method. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Swype™isatextinputmethodthatallowsyoutoentera wordbyslidingyourfingerorstylusfromlettertoletter, liftingyourfingerbetweenwords.Swypeuseserror correctingalgorithmsandalanguagemodeltopredictthe nextword.Swypealsoincludesatappingpredictivetext system. TheSamsungkeyboardisthedefaulttextinputmethod,so touseSwype,youmustfirstchangethedefaultkeyboard setting. ta Entering Text Using Swype Enabling and Configuring Swype rie Note: Thefeatureworksbestwhenyoubreakyourmessage downintosmallersegments. Thefollowingexampleshowshowtoentertheword“This”. Putyourfingerdownonthe“T”,andwithoutlifting,glideit tothe“h”,thentothe“i”thenovertothe“s”. 2. TaptheSwyperadiobutton.Itwillturngreen. TheSwypekeyboardisdisplayed. Swype Settings ForinformationonhowyoucanconfigureyourSwype settings,see“Swype Keypad Settings”onpage 131. Swype Text Entry Tips YoucanaccesstheSwypeTipsapplicationandwatchavideo ortutorialonusingSwype.Youcanalsousethefollowing Swypetextentrytips. •Createasquiggle(likeanSshape)tocreateadoubleletter(such asppinapple). •Touchandholdakeytoviewthepunctuationmenuthenmakea 45 selection. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential •Moveyourfingerorstylusovertheapostrophetoenter contractions. ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie misspelledword,thentapthedeletekeytoeraseonecharacter. Touchandholdthedeletekeytoeraseanentireword. •Double-taponthewordyouwanttochangetocorrecta By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) UnderstandingYourPhone46 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 3: Call Functions Tap ➔Settings ➔About device ➔Status.Your phonenumberisdisplayedintheMy phone number field. Making a Call tomakethecall. Note: WhenyouactivatetheAuto redialoptionintheVoiceCall menu,thephonewillautomaticallyredialupto10times whenthepersondoesnotanswerthecallorisalready onthephone.Formoreinformation,referto“Call Settings”onpage58. 47 3. Tap 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap andusetheon-screen keypadtoenterthenumberyouwishtodial. 2. Tap 2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoenterthecountrycode, areacode,andphonenumber. • If you make a mistake, tap until the desired numbers have been deleted. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 䡲 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ,thentouchandhold .The+characterappears. ta Displaying Your Phone Number Making an International Call rie Thissectiondescribeshowtomakeoransweracall.Italso includesthefeaturesandfunctionalityassociatedwith makingoransweringacall. tomakethecall. Manual Pause Dialing Tomanuallycallanumberwithpause(s)withoutstoringitin yourContactslist: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap andusetheon-screen keypadtoenterthephonenumber. 2. Press todisplaythedialersub-menu. 3. TapAdd 3 sec pausetoaddathreesecondpause,and usethekeypadtoentertheadditionalnumbers. Tip: Youcancreatepauseslongerthanthreesecondsby enteringmultiplethreesecondpauses. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Usethefollowingstepstocorrectamis-typedentrywhen dialing. 䡲 Afterenteringanumberusingthekeypad: • If you make a mistake, tap to erase a single character. • Press and hold to erase the entire string of numbers. Ending a Call 䡲 Tapthe key. Dialing a Recent Number Allincoming,outgoingandmissedcallsarerecordedinthe Call log.IfthenumberorcallerislistedinyourAddress Book,theassociatednameisalsodisplayed. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 2. TaptheLogs tab. Making Emergency Calls IfyoudonothaveaSIMcardinstalledthefirsttimeyouturn onthephone,theInsert SIM card to make callsmessage displaysandananimatedtutorialshowsyouhowtoinstall theSIMcard. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Correcting an Entered Number 3. TapthedesiredContacttoentertheDetails page,then tap tomakeacall. ta tomakethecall. 5. Tap Formoreinformation,referto“Adding Pauses to Contact Numbers”onpage67. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed. rie 4. SelectAdd waittoaddawait.Awaitwillpausethe callingsequenceuntilyouenteranumberorpressa key. WithoutaSIMcard,youcanonlymakeanemergencycall withthephone;normalcellphoneserviceisnotavailable. Making an Emergency Call without a SIM card 1. TapEmergency callfromtheon-screendisplaytomake anemergencycall. 2. Enter9-1-1andtap .Completeyourcall.During thistypeofcall,youwillhaveaccesstotheSpeaker mode,Keypad,andEndCallfeatures. 3. Tap toexitthiscallingmode. Making an Emergency Call with a SIM card TheEmergencycallingmodemakesredialinganemergency numbera1-tapprocess.Beforeyoucanresumenormal callingoperations,youshouldfirstexitthismode. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions48 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Thismodecandrainyourbatterypowermorerapidly thananormalcallingmode. 4. AttheEmergencyCallbackscreen: • Tap to callback 911 with a single tap. • Touch and slide to the right to exit this mode. • Touch and slide to the left return to the Home screen. This allows you to access other applications while staying in this mode. 49 2. Press todisplaytheContactsListsub-menu. 3. TapSpeed dial setting. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Completeyourcall.Duringthistypeofcall,youwill haveaccesstotheSpeakermode,Keypad,andEnd Callfeatures. • After completing your emergency call, appears in the Notification area until you exit the Emergency calling mode. Youcanassignashortcutnumbertoaphonenumberinyour ContactsListforspeeddialing. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts todisplay yourContactsList. Making a Call Using Speed Dial ta rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 2. Entertheemergencynumber(ex:911)andthentap 4. TheSpeed dial settingscreendisplaysshowingthe numbers1through100.Thenumber1isreservedfor Voicemail. 5. TapanunusednumberandtheSelect contactscreen displays. 6. Selectacontacttoassigntothenumber.Theselected contactnumberwilldisplayinthespeeddialnumber box. 7. Toremoveaspeeddialnumberorchangetheorder, press todisplaytheSpeeddialsettingsub-menu. 8. TapChange orderorRemove. ➔ Keypad 9. TomakeacallusingSpeedDial,tap andfromtheDialer,touchandholdthespeeddial number. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential – Tap Create new message to compose a new message. Youcanstorephonenumbersthatyouuseregularlyonthe SIMcardorinthephone’smemory.Theseentriesare collectivelycalledtheAddress Book. –or– ta Making a Call from the Address Book rie ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see “Finding an Address Book Entry”onpage 69. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Answering a Call Whenacallisreceivedthephoneringsanddisplaysthe caller’sphonenumber,ornameifstoredintheAddress Book. 1. Attheincomingcallscreen: • Touch and drag in any direction to answer the call. • Touch and drag in any direction to reject the call and send it to your voicemail. • Touch and drag the Reject call with message tab upward and tap a predefined text message to send to the caller. 2. Tap toendthecall. Note: YoucanansweracallwhileusingtheAddressBookor othermenufeature.Afterendingthecall,thephone returnstothepreviouslyactivefunctionscreen. – I’m driving – I’m at the cinema – I’m in class – I’m in a meeting – Sorry, I’m busy. Call back later. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions50 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Favorites. •Contacts:takesyoutoyourAddressBookwhereyoucanselecta contacttocall. Afteryoubegintoenternumbers,theAdd to Contactsoption appearssoyoucansavetheContactifneeded. Call Log Thephonestoresthenumbersofthecallsyou’vedialed, received,ormissedintheCalllog.TheCalllogdisplaysthe detailsofthecall. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap • Outgoing Calls: • Missed Calls: • Rejected Calls: • Auto Rejected Calls: Viewing Missed Calls from the Lock Screen Thenumberofcallsyouhavemissedisdisplayedonthe Homescreen. 1. Touchthemissedcalliconwiththenumberofmissed callsonitandmoveitinanydirection. 2. TaptheLogs tab. • Incoming Calls: on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op •Logs:displaysalistofalldialed,received,andmissedcalls. •Favorites:displaysyourcontactsthatyouhavemarkedas Allcallsmade,received,andmissedarelisted.Typesofcalls areidentifiedbythefollowingicons: ta FromtheHomescreenandApplicationmenus,youhavethe optiontoaccesstheDialerandinitiateacallbytapping ➔ Keypad.FromtheDialerandtheContactsscreen,the followingtabsarelocatedatthetopofyourscreen: •Keypad:dialsthecurrentnumberenteredusingtheon-screen keypad. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.Ifthenumberorcaller islistedinyourAddressBook,theassociatednameis displayed. rie Dialing Options 51 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed.Ifthenumberorcaller islistedinyourAddressBook,theassociatednameis displayed. rie ta 2. Swipethedesiredmissedcalltotherighttocall. –or– Swipethedesiredmissedcalltothelefttomessage. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Saving a Recent Call to your Address Book 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Logs. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed. 2. TapthecallyouwanttosavetoyourAddressBook. Note: Ifthereisavoicemailsentbythesamenumber, associatediconsaredisplayedandcanthenbe selected. 3. Thecalldetailpageisdisplayed.TapCreate contact to addthecalltoyourAddressBook. TheCreatecontactscreenisdisplayed. –or– 2. TheCalllogisdisplayed.Missedcallsareidentifiedby iconnexttothenumber. the Ifyouwanttoreplacethenumberforanexisting contact,tapUpdate existing. Calling Back a Missed Call ➔ Logs. Tocallbackamissedcallnumber: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions52 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 4. Whenyouaredonewithyourmessage,tap send. to Formoreinformation,referto“Creating and Sending Messages”onpage98. rie Callthenumber 3. AttheMessagescreen,taptheemptytextfieldand usetheon-screenkeypadtotypeinamessage. ta Addasnew contact Updateanexisting contact Sendamessage on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Deleting a Call from the Call Log 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Logs. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed. 4. Enterinformationintothevariousfieldsusingthe keypad. 5. TapSave tosavewhenyouarefinished. ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see “Adding a New Contact”onpage 66. Sending a Message to a Recent Call 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Logs. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed. 2. Swipetheentryyouwanttomessagetotheleft. 53 2. TouchandholdthecallyouwanttodeletefromtheCall log. 3. TapDelete. 4. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOK. ThecallisdeletedfromtheCalllog. Adding a Call to the Reject List 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Logs. Alistofrecentcallsisdisplayed. 2. TouchandholdthecallyouwanttoaddtotheReject List. 3. TapAdd to reject list. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. AttheAdd to reject listprompt,tapOK. Adjusting the Call Volume 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 2. Press ➔ Logs. ➔Call duration. FromtheHomescreen,youcanalsoadjusttheringervolume usingthesesamekeys. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. ThefollowingtimesaredisplayedforVoiceandData: • Last call: shows the length of time for the last call. PresstheUpvolumekeytoincreasethevolumelevel andpresstheDownvolumekeytodecreasethe volumelevel. rie 䡲 Call Duration Duringacall,toadjusttheearpiecevolume,usetheVolume keysontheleftsideofthephone. ta Futurecallsfromthisnumberwillberejectedandsent toyourvoicemail. • Dialed calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made. • Received calls: shows the total length of time for all calls received. • All calls: shows the total length of time for all calls made and received. 4. Youmayresetthesetimestozerobypressing thentapping Reset. Options During a Call Yourphoneprovidesanumberofcontrolfunctionsthatyou canuseduringacall. In-Call Options Duringanactivecallthereareseveralfunctionsavailableby tappingacorrespondingon-screenbutton. •Hold:placethecurrentactivecallonhold. •Add call:displaysthedialersoyoucancallanotherperson. •Keypad:displaystheon-screenkeypad,whereyoucan enternumberusingDTMF(DualToneMulti-Frequency). •End call:terminatesthecall. •Speaker:routesthephone’saudiothrougheitherthespeakeror throughtheearpiece. – TapSpeakertoroutetheaudiothroughthespeaker.(Youcan adjustthespeakervolumeusingthevolumekeys.)Agreenline willappearundertheSpeakerbutton. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions54 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Placing a Call on Hold ta Youcanplacethecurrentcallonholdatanypointduringa conversation.Youcanalsomakeanothercallwhileyouhave acallinprogressifyournetworksupportsthisservice. Hold .Thisactionplaces 1. Whileonacall,tapHold thecurrentcalleronhold. 2. YoucanlaterreactivatethiscallbytappingUnhold Unhold . on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op the Speakerphone During an Active Call”onpage 57).The greenlinewilldisappearwhenSpeakerisnotactivated. •Mute/Unmuteturntheonboardmicrophoneeitheronoroff. – TapMuteduringacalltomutethemicrophone.Agreenline willappearundertheMutebutton. – TapMute againtounmutethemicrophone.Thegreenlinewill disappearwhenMuteisnotactivated. •HeadsetconnectstoaBluetoothheadset. – TapHeadsetduringacalltoactivateaBluetoothheadset.A greenlinewillappearundertheHeadsetbutton. – TapHeadset againtode-activatetheBluetoothheadset.The greenlinewilldisappearwhentheHeadsetisnotactivated. •Press formoreoptions: – Contacts:allowsyoutogotoyourContactlist. – Message:allowsyoutowriteamessageduringacall. – S Note:allowsyoutowriteanoteusingtheSNoteapp. – Noise reduction on/off:allowsyoutoturnontheNoise reductionfeaturewhenyouareinanoisyarea.TurnitOffwhen notneededtoconservebatterypower. – My call sound:assignsasoundequalizerpresetforuseduring anactivecall.Sometimesyoumightneedthesoundtobe softer,clearer,oroptimizedforoneearortheother. rie – TapSpeakeragain tousethephone’searpiece(see“Using To make a new call while you have a call in progress Hold . 1. TapHold 2. TapAdd call todisplaythedialer. 3. Enterthenewnumberandtap Onceconnected,theactivecallwillappearinalarge boxatthetopofyourscreenandthecallonholdwill appearinasmallerboxinthemiddleofyourscreen. 55 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. Tap To end a call on hold 1. Tap todisconnecttheactivecall. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thecurrentcall(caller#2)isplacedonholdandthe previouscallonhold(caller#1)isthenreactivatedso thatyoucancontinueconversingwiththatperson.The activecallwillappearinagreenbox. 3. Toswitchbetweenthetwocalls,tapSwap. • Swap: Places the current call on hold and then activates the previous call. The active call will appear in a green box. Tap Swap again to switch back. ta Whenyouhaveanactivecallandacallonhold,youmay switchbetweenthetwocalls,changingtheoneonholdto activeandplacingtheotheronhold. 1. TapSwap. TapEnding call with "Name/Number"toendthefirst call. rie Switching Between Calls toendthecurrentlyactivecall. To end a specific call 1. TapSwapuntilthecallyouwanttoendappearsina greenbox. 2. Tap toendthespecificcall. 3. Tap toendtheremainingcall. To answer a call while you have a call in progress 1. Tap andslidetotherighttoansweranothercall. 3-Way Calling (Multi-Party Calling) The3-WayorMulti-Partyfeatureallowsyoutoanswera seriesofincomingcallsandplacethemonhold.Ifthis serviceissupportedbythenetwork,allcallscanbejoined together.Youarenotifiedofanincomingcallbyacallwaiting tone. Note: TheMergeoptioncombinesallofthecallsyouhave establishedwithyourphone(bothactiveandonhold). Swapplacesthecurrentcallonholdandthenactivates thepreviouscall. 2. TapPutting "Name/Number" on holdtoputthefirstcall onhold. –or– 2. Thecallonholdwillnowbecometheactivecall.Tap toendthecall. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions56 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Merge on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. Jointhefirsttwocallersintoasinglemulti-partycallby tappingMerge ta andslidetotherighttoanswerthenextcall. 3. TapPutting "Name/Number" on holdtoputthefirstcall onhold. rie 2. Tap Thisfeaturejoinsallofthecallsyouhaveestablishedwith yourphone(bothactiveandonhold)intoamulti-partycall. 1. Tap andslidetotherighttoanswerthecall. 5. Totemporarilyleavetheconferencecall,tapHold Hold . TorejointheconferencecalltapUnhold 6. Tap Unhold toendthecall. Using the Speakerphone During an Active Call Whileinanactivecall,itispossibletoenablethe speakerphonefeature. 1. TapSpeaker Speaker Speaker andthe 3. Todeactivatethespeakerphone,tapSpeaker 57 Speaker Important! Formoreinformation,see“Responsible Listening” onpage 217. TheSpeakerbuttonnowappearsas speakerphoneisactivated. 2. UsetheVolumekeys(locatedontheleftsideofyour phone)toadjustthevolume. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Searching for a Number in Address Book To mute your phone during a call 1. TapMute . Mute TheMutebuttonnowappearsas activated. Mute andMuteis Call Waiting TheCallWaitingfeatureallowsyoutoansweranincoming callwhileyouhaveacallinprogress,ifthisserviceis supportedbythenetwork,andyoumustfirstactivatethe CallWaitingfeature: 䡲 todeactivatetheMutefunctionand 2. TapMute reactivatethemicrophone. Mute Bluetooth headset 1. TapHeadset Headset Headset andthe ➔Call settings Youarenotifiedofanincomingcallbyacallwaiting tone. ToaccesstheCallsettingsmenu: 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap settings. ➔ ➔Call 3. TapHeadset todeactivatetheBluetoothheadset andreactivatethephonespeaker. Headset FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔Additional settings ➔Call waiting. Call Settings 2. ThephonewillscanforyourBluetoothheadset.When found,connecttotheheadset. TheHeadsetbuttonnowappearsas Bluetoothheadsetisactivated. thentap Contacts. ForfurtherdetailsabouttheAddress Bookfeature,see “Finding an Address Book Entry”onpage 69. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Example: Youwishtosaysomethingtopersonintheroom, butdonotwantthepersononthephonetohear you. 1. Duringtheactivecall,press 2. TaptheAddressBookentry. ta Youcantemporarilyswitchyourphone’smicrophoneoff,so thattheotherpersoncannothearyou. rie Switching off the Microphone (Mute) By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions58 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. TapSavetosavetherejectmessage. Call rejection 1. FromtheCallsettingsscreen,tapCall rejection. Ringtones and keypad tones 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Ringtones and keypad tones. 3. TapAuto reject modeandtaponeofthefollowing options: • All numbers: to reject all calls. 2. TapDevice ringtone,selectaringtone,andtapOK. 5. Tap tomanuallyaddnumberstotheRejectlist. 6. TapUnknown,tocreateacheckmarkandautomatically rejectallcallsthatarenotinyourContactslist. Set reject messages 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Set reject messages. ➔ Call settings Taponeofthepre-writtenmessagestobedisplayed whenyouwantthecalltoberejected.Youcaneditthe messageifdesired. ta rie 4. TapIncoming call vibrationtocreateacheckmarkif youwantyourphonetovibratewhenacallis incoming. 5. TapKeytonestocreateacheckmarkifyouwanttones toplaywhenthekeypadispressed. Call alert ➔ 2. Tap tomanuallyaddarejectmessage. –or– 59 ➔ Call settings 3. TapDevice vibration,selectavibrationtype,andtap OK. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list. 4. TapAuto reject list. 2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnAutorejectmodeon 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Call alert. ➔ ➔ Call settings 2. TapCall vibrationstoenableyourphonetovibrate whenthecalledpartyanswersthephone. 3. TapCall status tonestosetthesoundsettingsduringa callthentapOK. 4. TapAlerts on calltoturnoffalarmandmessage notificationsduringacall. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Call answering/ending My call sound Thisoptionallowsyoutopersonalizethesoundsyouhear duringacallwithandwithoutearphones. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ My call sound. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen. • Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when the device is locked. 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Answering key: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by pressing the Home key. Auto screen off during calls Thisoptionturnsontheproximitysensorduringcallssothat yourphonewillknowtoturnthescreenofftosavepower. 䡲 • Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before the device automatically accepts the incoming call. ➔ Call settings ta ➔ rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Call answering/ending. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Auto screen off during callstocreatea checkmarkandenablethefeature. Accessory settings for call 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Accessory settings for call. ➔ Call settings Use extra vol. for calls Thisoptionallowsyoutoseeanextravolumebuttononthe screenduringcalls. 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Use extra vol. for callstocreatea checkmarkandenablethefeature. 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically answer and incoming call when a headset is detected. 2. TapMy call sound settings. 3. TapPersonalize call soundandfollowthedetailed on-screeninstructions. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions60 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Increase volume in pockettocreatea checkmarkandenablethefeature. Call forwarding Additional settings 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Additional settings. ➔ ➔ Call settings on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 䡲 ta Thisoptionincreasestheringtonevolumewhenthedeviceis inapocketorabag.Itusestheproximitysensortodetectits location. • Forward when unreachable: allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voicemail number when you are not in an area covered by your service provider or when your phone is switched off. rie Increase volume in pocket 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call forwarding➔ Voice call. ➔ Call settings 2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions: • Always forward: allows you to forward all voice calls. • Forward when busy allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voice mail number if you are on another phone call. • Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate. • Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate. • Noise reduction: allows you to suppress background noise from your side during calls. • Fixed Dialing Numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to a limited set of phone numbers. • Forward when unanswered: allows you to forward voice calls to a designated number instead of your voicemail number when there is no answer on your phone. You can also select the amount of time that the phone delays before forwarding. 2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions: • Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show number. 61 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Changing the PIN2 Code 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. • Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific area code to all outbound calls. Slide the slider to the on position. 2. TapChange PIN2. Enabling FDN 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. 3. Attheprompt,enteryouroldPIN2code. rie 5. ConfirmyourPIN2code. Managing the FDN List 3. Attheprompt,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK. FDNisenabled. 4. Attheprompt,enteranewPIN2code. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapEnable FDN. ta Using Fixed Dialing Numbers 4. ToenableFDNafterithasbeendisabled,tapDisable FDN,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK. Note: BeforeyoucanmanageanFDNlistalistmustbe created. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. 2. TapFDN list. 3. AlistofallexistingFDNnumberswillbedisplayed. Important! NotallSIMcardsuseaPIN2code.IfyourSIMcard doesnot,thismenudoesnotdisplay. ThePIN2codeisprovidedbyyourcarrier.Entering anincorrectPIN2codecouldcausethephoneto lock.Contactcustomerserviceforassistance. Whenthisfeatureisenabled,youcanmakecallsonlyto phonenumbersstoredintheFDNlistontheSIMcard. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions62 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Vibrate ➔ Call settings Voicemailserviceprovidedbyyourcarrieristhe default. Voicemail settings Youcanviewormodifyyourvoicemailnumberfromthis menu. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Voicemail settings. 2. TaptheVoice mail numberfield,backspacetoerasethe digits,andenteranewvoicemailnumberusingthe keypad,thentapOK. 3. TapOK. Ringtone 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Ringtone. ➔ 2. Taparingtonetohearitplayed. 3. SelectaringtoneandtapOK. 63 2. TapAlways,Only in Silent mode,orNever. TTY Mode ATTY(alsoknownasaTDDorTextTelephone)isa telecommunicationsdevicethatallowspeoplewhoaredeaf, hardofhearing,orwhohavespeechorlanguagedisabilities, tocommunicatebytelephone. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapMy carriertoremovethecarrierVoicemailservice. Thisoptionallowsyouselectvibrationsettings. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ ➔ Call settings ➔ Vibrate. ➔ ta 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Voicemail Service. rie Voicemail service ➔ Call settings YourphoneiscompatiblewithselectTTYdevices.Please checkwiththemanufacturerofyourTTYdevicetoensure thatitiscompatiblewithdigitalcellphones. YourphoneandTTYdevicewillconnectviaaspecialcable thatplugsintoyourphone’sheadsetjack.Ifthiscablewas notprovidedwithyourTTYdevice,contactyourTTYdevice manufacturertopurchasetheconnectorcable. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ TTY mode. ➔ ➔ Call settings 2. TapTTY Full,TTY HCO,orTTY VCO.Agreencheckmark willappear.TapTTY Offtoturnitoff. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapHearing aidstocreateacheckmarkandmakeyour devicecompatiblewithaHearingaid. rie ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonHearingaidcompatibilityon yourdevice. ➔ Call 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ settings. Hearing aids By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) CallFunctions64 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 4: Contacts and Your Address Book Synchronizing your AT&T Address Book Ifyoueverupgrade,damage,orloseyourphone,youcan easilyrestoreyourcontactsontoyournewphoneby followingthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op WhenyouaccesstheAT&TAddressBook,thenetwork backupservice,contactsareautomaticallysynchronized betweenyourphoneandonlineaddressbook.Thechanges youmakeareautomaticallysavedandifyoueverupgrade, damage,orloseyourphone,youcaneasilyrestoreyour contactsontoyournewphone. ta AT&T Address Book Activation YoucanalsomanageyourAddressBookontheweb athttp://www.att.com/addressbook. rie Thissectionallowsyoutomanageyourdailycontactsby storingtheirnameandnumberinyourAddressBook. AddressBookentriescanbesortedbyname,entry,orgroup. ToactivatetheAT&TAddressBook: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts YourAddressBookisdisplayed. 2. Ifyouhavenotsynchronizedyourphonewithyour onlineAT&TAddressBookrecently,theAT&T Address Bookscreenisdisplayed.TapYesifyouwantto synchronizeyourAddressBook. 2. Press ➔ Settings ➔ AT&T Address Book. 3. AttheAT&TAddressBookscreen,tapYes to synchronizeyourphonewithyouronlineAddressBook. 4. Ifthereareexistingcontactsonyourphone,youwillbe promptedifyouwouldliketoremovethemfirst.Tap YesorNo. Note: YoumustfirstcopyanycontactsthatexistonyourSIM cardtoyourphone.Formoreinformation,referto “Copying Contacts to the Phone”onpage76. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructions. Yourphoneissynchronized. YourAT&TAddressBookisReadytoUse.Youcannowmake acallorsendamessagethroughyourAddressBook. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) 65 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. AttheYour AT&T Address Book is Ready for Useprompt, tapOK. 4. TaptheNamefieldandusetheon-screenkeypadto enterthefullname.Formoreinformation,referto “Entering Text”onpage72. –or– Usethefollowingproceduretoaddanewcontacttoyour AddressBook. Tap nexttotheNamefieldtodisplayadditional namefields. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Saving a Number from the Home screen rie Adding a New Contact ta YourContactlistisdisplayed. • Remove: although not an option with a new entry, deletes any previously assigned image on an existing contact. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts ➔ 2. AttheSave contact prompt,tapOKorAdd new account ifwantwanttoaddanewaccounttosavethecontact to. 3. Taptheimageiconandassignapicturetothenew entrybychoosingoneofthreeoptions: • Image: retrieve a previously stored image from your Gallery or from your My files folder and assign it to this entry. Tap an image to assign the image to the contact, then tap Done. • Take picture: use the camera to take a new picture and assign it to this entry, then tap Done. • S Note: retrieve a previously stored image from your S Note app. 5. TapthePhone numberfield. Thenumericalkeypadisdisplayed. TheMobile button Mobile initiallydisplaysnexttothe Phone numberfield.Ifyouwanttoaddaphonenumber thatisnotamobilenumber,taptheMobilebuttonand selectfromMobile,Home,Work,Workfax,HomeFax, Pager,Other,Custom(addyourownlabel),orCallback. 6. Enterthephonenumber. Tap toaddanotherPhonenumberfieldortap todeleteafield. 7. TaptheEmail addressfield. Thekeypadisdisplayed. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook66 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 9. TaptheAddressfield. Thekeypadisdisplayed. TheHomebutton Home initiallydisplaysnexttothe Addressfield.Ifyouwanttoaddanaddressthatisnot aHomeaddress,taptheHomebuttonandselectfrom Home,Work,Other,orCustom(addyourownlabel). 10. Entertheaddress. • Groups: assign the contact to Not assigned, ICE - emergency contacts, Co-workers, Family, or Friends. • Ringtone: adds a field used to assign a message tone that will sound when messages are received from this contact. Choose between Default, Ringtones, or Go to My files. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Tap toaddanotherEmailaddressfieldortap todeleteafield. to add a Birthday, Anniversary, Other, or ta 8. EntertheEmailaddress. • Events: tap Custom. rie TheHomebutton Home initiallydisplaysnexttothe Email addressfield.IfyouwanttoaddanEmailaddress thatisnotaHomeemailaddress,taptheHomebutton andselectfromHome,Work,Other,orCustom(add yourownlabel). toaddanotheraddressfieldortap Tap deleteafield. to • Vibration pattern: allows you to set the specific type of vibration. • Add another field:tap this button to add another field such as Phonetic name, Organization, IM, Notes, Nickname, Website, Internet call, or Relationship. 12. TapSavetosavethenewcontact. Adding Pauses to Contact Numbers Whenyoucallautomatedsystems,youareoftenrequiredto enterapasswordoraccountnumber.Insteadofmanually enteringthenumberseachtime,youcanstorethenumbers inyourContactsalongwithspecialcharacterscalledpauses 11. Tapanyofthefollowingfieldsthatyouwanttoaddto yournewcontact: • Message alert: allows you to set a message alert tone for the contact. 67 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential toedit. 3. Tapthephonenumberfield. 4. Tapthescreenatthepositionwherethepauseorwait needstobeadded. 5. Tap Sym . 2. PressandholdtheContactthatyouwanttoedit. 3. TapEdit. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. Tap Wheneditinganexistingcontact,youcantapafieldand changeordeletetheinformation,oryoucanaddadditional fieldstothecontact’slistofinformation. . 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts ta ToaddapauseorawaittoanexistingContact: ,andthentap 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts thenameornumbertoopentheContact. Editing an Existing Contact rie andwaits.Apausewillstopthecallingsequencefortwo secondsandawaitwillpausethecallingsequenceuntilyou enteranumberorpressakey. 6. TapPausetoaddatwo-secondpauseortapWaitto addawait,andusethekeypadtoentertheadditional numbers.Apausewillbedisplayedasacomma(,)and awaitwillbedisplayedasasemi-colon(;). 5. TapSavetosavetheeditedinformation. Using Contacts Dialing or Messaging from Address Book OnceyouhavestoredphonenumbersintheAddressBook, youcandialthemeasilyandquicklybyeitherusingtheirSIM cardlocationnumberorbyusingtheSearchfieldtolocate theentry. FromtheAddressbook,youcanalsosendmessages. 7. TapSavetosaveyourchanges,ortapCancelto discard. 4. Tapanyofthefieldstoadd,change,ordelete information. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook68 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 4. Tapthephoneicontomakeaphonecallortapthe messageicontosendamessage. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op DependingonyourparticularSIMcard,themaximum numberofphonenumberstheSIMcardcanstoreandhow theyarestoredmaydiffer. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 3. Tapthecontactyouwishtocallormessage. ta Youcanstorephonenumbersandtheircorresponding namesontoyourSIMcardandphone’sonboardmemory. Thetwolocationsarephysicallyseparatebutareusedasa singleentity,calledtheAddressBook. rie Finding an Address Book Entry 2. WithintheContactslist(sortedalphabetically),tapa letterontherightsideofthedisplaytoquicklyjumpto thecontactsbeginningwiththatletter. Formoreinformation,referto“Creating and Sending Messages”onpage98. Tip: FromtheContactlist,sweeprightoveralistingtomakea call.Sweepleftoveralistingtosendamessage. 69 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 2. Tapacontactname(thenameyouwanttojointo anotherentry).Note:typicallythisisthesamecontact withadifferentnameoraccountinformation. 3. Press ➔Join contact. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Manypeoplenowmaintainmultipleemailaccounts,social networkinglogins,andothersimilaraccountinformation.For example,aFacebookaccountloginnamemightdifferfroma corporateemailaccountloginbecausetheyaremaintained separatelyandfordifferentgroupsofpeople. ta Joining Contact Information Formoreinformationaboutsynchronizingaccounts,see “Synchronizing Accounts”onpage 71. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts rie Joining Contacts Thisdevicecansynchronizewithmultipleaccountssuchas Facebook,Twitter,MySpace,Corporateemail,andGoogle. Whenyousynchronizeyourphonewiththeseaccounts,each accountcreatesaseparatecontactentryintheContactslist. Ifoneofyourcontacts(AmySmith,forexample)hasa regularemailaccountthatyoumaintaininGmail,butalso hasaFacebookaccountunderhermaidenandmarried name,aswellasaYahoo!chataccount,whenyoumerge theseaccountsintoyourContactslistyoucanjoinallofher entriesandviewtheinformationinonerecord. Thenexttimeyousynchronizeyourphonewithyour accounts,anyupdatesthatcontactsmaketoemailaccount names,emailaddresses,etc.automaticallyupdateinyour contactslist. Thecontactlistisdisplayed. Note: Onlycontactsstoredonyourphonecanbejoined. 4. Tapthesecondcontactentry(theentryinwhichto join).Thesecondcontactisnowjoinedwiththefirst andtheaccountinformationismergedintoonescreen. Note: Theinformationisstillmaintainedinbothentries,but displaysinonerecordforeasierviewingwhenyoujoin thecontacts. 5. TaptheConnectionbartoviewthecontactinformation youjoined.Thecontactsandinformationdisplayswith aniconnexttothecontactnametoindicatewhattype ofaccountinformationiscontainedintheentry. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook70 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. Tapacontactname(theaccountnamefromwhichyou wanttounlinkanentry).Note:typicallythisisthesame contactwithadifferentnameoraccountinformation. 3. TaptheConnection bar. 4. Tochangethedefaultcontact,taptheradiobuttonnext toanotherentrythatyouwanttobethedefault.The radiobuttonwillturngreen,thentapDone. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op nexttoentryinwhichyou 4. Taptheminussign wanttounjoin.Thecontactisnowseparatedandno longerdisplaysinthemergedrecordscreen. 3. Press ➔Mark as default.TheMarkasdefault screendisplaysradiobuttonsnexttothecontact namesorphonenumbersofallthelinkedcontacts. Theradiobuttonnexttothedefaultcontactwillbe green. ta 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts rie Unjoining a Contact Marking a Contact as Default Whenyouusemessagingtypeapplications,theapplication needstoknowwhichinformationisprimary(default)ina contactentrylist.Forexample,youmayhavethreedifferent contactrecordsforJohnSmith,sotheapplicationwillbe lookingforthe“default”numberorentry. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts FromtheAccountsmenuyoudecideifyouwantapplications tosynchronize,send,andreceivedataatanygiventime,orif youwanttheapplicationstosynchronizeautomatically.After determininghowyouwanttheaccountstosynchronize, indicatewhichaccounttosynchronizewithyourContacts list. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 2. Press thentapAccounts. 3. TaptheAuto sync app datacheckboxtocreatea checkmarkandactivatethefeature. 2. TapaContactname. Synchronizing Accounts 71 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. TapOKtosynchronizeallaccounts. Theaccountsaresynchronized. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Options in Address Book • Speed dial setting: allows you to set up speed-dialing. For more information, refer to “Making a Call Using Speed Dial” on page 49. rie YoucanaccessAddressBookoptionswhileatthemain AddressBookpageorwhileinthedetailspageforaspecific entry. ta Address Book Options • Accounts: allows you to add and manage your Samsung, ChatON, Google, LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol), and Microsoft Exchange ActiveSync accounts. Tap Add account and then follow the on-screen instructions. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts thenpress 2. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayed: • Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more of your contacts. • SIM Management: allows you to copy contacts from your phone to your SIM card or from your SIM card to your phone. You can also delete contacts from your SIM. • Import/Export: allows you to move contacts to or from your memory card or USB storage. You can also send a namecard via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. • Send email: allows you to send an email using your Google account. • Send message: allows you to send a text or picture message. • Contacts to display: You can choose to display all of your contacts or only display contacts on your Phone, SIM, or contacts stored to other accounts. You can also tap Customized list to change other options on how your contacts are displayed. • Settings: allows you to choose set the following options: – Only contacts with phones: allows you to only display contacts that have phone numbers. – List by: allows you to sort by First name or Last name. – Display contacts by: allows you to sort by First name or Last name first. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook72 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential – Contact sharing settings: allows you to send all or individual contacts via Bluetooth in the form of namecards. – AT&T Address Book: allows you to access the AT&T Address on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Options at Selected Contact Screen 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 2. Tapacontactandatthecontact’sdisplayscreen,press • Assign speed dial: allows you to assign this contact to your speed dial list. For more information, refer to “Making a Call Using Speed Dial” on page 49. rie Book so you can sync your contacts. • Mark as default: when you have multiple contacts linked together, you can mark one of them as default (only displays when contact is saved to the phone). For more information, refer to “Marking a Contact as Default” on page 71. numbers. ta – Service numbers: allows you to display or edit your service 3. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayed: • History: allows you to view the phone and message history for the contact. • Edit: allows you to edit the contact’s information. • Delete: allows you to delete the contact from your Address Book. • Join contact: allows you to join contacts with other contacts (only displays when contact is saved to SIM). • Share namecard via: allows you to send the contact’s information via Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. • Add to/Remove from reject list: allows you to add or remove the contact from your reject list. If they call while being on the reject list, the call will be sent directly to voice mail. • Print contact info: allows you to print the contact’s namecard to a Samsung printer using Wi-Fi. • Add shortcut to Home: allows you to place a shortcut for this contact on your Home screen. • Separate contact: allows you to separate contacts that have been joined. 73 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Creating a New Group 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 3. TapAdd to group. 5. TapDone. Thecontactisaddedtothegroup. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts Groups 2. Tapagroupentry. 3. Press ➔ ➔ Remove member. 4. Tapallofthecontactsyouwanttoremovefromthis group.Agreencheckmarkwillappearnexttotheir name. 5. TapDone. 2. TaptheGroup namefieldandusetheon-screen keypadtoenteranewgroupname.Formore information,referto“Entering Text”onpage72. 3. TapGroup ringtonetochooseanaudiofilefor assignmenttothisnewgroup.ChoosefromDefault, Ringtones,orGo to My files. Removing a Contact From a Group Groups ➔ Groups on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. Tapagroupentry. Groups rie 2. Pressandholdacontactthatyouwouldliketoaddtoa group. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts ➔ ➔Create. Adding a Contact to a Group ta Groups Thecontactsarenowremovedfromthegroup. 4. TapVibration patterntochooseanaudiofilefor assignmenttothisnewgroup. 5. TapAdd membertoaddcontactstothenewgroup. 6. Tapeachcontactyouwanttoaddtocreatea checkmark.YoucanalsotapSelect all. 7. TapDone. 8. TapSavetosavethenewGroupcategory. Editing a Caller Group ToeditaGroupentry,theremustbeatleastonememberas partoftheselectedgroup. ➔Groups 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts Groups By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook74 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. Tapagroupentry. 3. Press Removing Favorites from your Address Book 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts ➔ Edit. 6. TapDone. 3. TapRemove from favoritesonthedisplayedlist. 7. TapSavetosavetheeditedGroupcategory. 4. Thegoldstarwillnolongerappearnexttothecontact intheAddressBook. Address Book Favorites OnceyouhavestoredphonenumbersintheAddressBook, youcanaddthemtoyourFavoriteslist. ToviewyourFavoriteslist: 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts Favorites ➔ Favorites Adding Favorites to your Address Book 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat youwanttoaddtoyourfavoriteslist. 3. TapAdd to Favoritesonthedisplayedlist. 4. Agoldstarwillappearnexttothecontactinthe AddressBook. 75 rie ta 5. TapAdd membertoaddmorecontactstothisgroup. 2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat youwanttoremovefromyourfavoriteslist.Contactsin yourFavoriteslistwillhaveagoldstar. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. MakemodificationstotheGroup name,Group ringtone, orVibration patternfields. Managing Address Book Contacts Youcancopy,delete,andviewthememorystatusforthe PhoneandSIMcontactsonyourphone. Copying Contacts to the SIM Card Note: WhenstoringanAddressBookentryintotheSIMcard, onlythename,phonenumber,andemailaddressare availableasfields.Also,ifyoumovetheSIMcardto anotherphonethatdoesnotsupportadditionalfieldson theSIMcard,thisadditionalinformationmaynotbe available. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts SIM Management. ➔ By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ➔ 4. TapDonetocopy. 5. TapDonetocopy. Theselectednumbersarecopied. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto thoseentriesyouwishtohavecopiedtotheSIMcard. • Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries. 4. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto thoseentriesyouwishtohavecopiedtoyourphone. • Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to your phone or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries. ta Thephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentphone contacts. rie 2. TapCopy Contacts to SIM. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts SIM Management. 5. AttheCopy to SIMdisplay,tapOK. TheselectednumbersarecopiedtotheSIMcard. Copying Contacts to the Phone 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts SIM Management. ➔ ➔ 2. TapCopy Contacts from SIM. 3. AttheCreate contact under accountprompt,tapon Phoneoranaccountnamethatyouwouldliketocopy thecontactto. Thephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentcontacts storedonyourSIMcard. Deleting Contacts from the SIM card ➔ ➔ 2. TapDelete Contacts from SIM. ThephonethendisplaysalistofyourcurrentSIM contacts. 3. Tapthecontactstoplaceacheckmarkadjacentto thoseentriesyouwishtohavedeletedfromtheSIM card. • Repeat this step for all individual entries you wish copied to the SIM or tap Select all to place a checkmark alongside all entries. 4. TapDelete. 5. AttheDelete Contacts from SIM prompt,tapOK. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ContactsandYourAddressBook76 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. WithintheContactslist,touchandholdacontactthat youwanttodelete. YoucandeletePhoneorSIMentriesfromyourphone’s memory. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts Note: ThismenuisavailableonlywhenyourSIMcard supportsServiceDialingNumbers. ta Deleting Address Book Entries from the Phone rie TheselectednumbersaredeletedfromtheSIMcard. 3. TapDeleteonthedisplayedlist. 4. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeletethecontactor Canceltoexit. Using the Service Dialing Numbers YoucanviewthelistofServiceDialingNumbers(SDN) assignedbyyourserviceprovider.Thesenumbersmay includeemergencynumbers,customerservicenumbers,and directoryinquiries. ➔ ➔ 1. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts Settings. 2. TapService numbers. 3. Scrollthroughtheavailablenumbers(ifavailable). 4. Tapanumberandthecallismade. 77 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 5: Multimedia AT&T Locker 2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. ThePlayStoreisdisplayed. 3. Thefirsttimeyousignin,thePlayStoreTermsof Servicewillbedisplayed.TapAccepttocontinueor Declinetoexit. 4. TapUpdate. ta 7. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseAT&TLocker. Media Hub on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op AT&TLockerallowsyoutostore,share,andsyncallofyour photos,videos,anddocumentsinonesafe,convenient place;theAT&Tcloud. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔AT&T Locker 6. AttheAT&TLockerhomescreen,tapSign Me Up!to createanaccountortapSign Inifyoualreadyhavean account. rie Thissectionexplainshowtousethemultimediafeaturesof yourphone,includingAT&TLocker,MediaHub,MusicHub, MusicPlayer,GooglePlayMusic,VideoPlayer,PlayMovies& TV,Gallery,Camera,andCamcorder. 5. TapAccept & download. AT&TLockerwillbedownloadedtoyourdevice. SamsungMediaHubisyouronestopforthehottestmovie andTVcontent.Withhundredsoftitlesavailableatyour fingertips,entertainingyourselforyourkidsonthegohas neverbeeneasier.Youcanrentorpurchaseyourfavorite contentandwatchfromtheconvenienceofanywhere. FeaturingthestunningviewingqualitySamsungisknown for,SamsungMediaHubisyourgatewaytomobilevideolike you'veneverexperienceditbefore. Note: MediaHubusageisbasedonserviceavailability. Using Media Hub 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Settings ➔Security ➔Unknown sourcestocreateacheckmarkandallow theSamsungapptorun. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia78 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential . 4. ReadtheTerms and ConditionsscreenandtaptheI agree to the Terms and Conditionscheckbox. 5. TapAccepttocontinueorDeclinetoexit. TheMediaHubscreendisplays. 10. ThemediawillbestoredintheMyMediafolder. Media Hub Notices •Anymediaitem(MediaContent)mayberentedorpurchasedafter youcreateanaccountinMediaHub. •MediaContentthatisdownloadedmaybeviewedconcurrentlyon uptofive(5)deviceswithMediaHubthatarealsoregisteredto thesameaccount. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 6. AttheMediaHubscreen,What’s Newisdisplayedwith recentlyaddedmediathatyoucanrentorpurchase. 9. AttheDetailsscreen,followtheon-screeninstructions tocreateaSamsungaccountandmakeapurchase. ➔Media Hub ta ➔ rie 2. Atthewarningprompt,tapOK. 3. TapHome 7. Thefollowingtabsaredisplayedatthetopofthe screen: • Home: displays the Media Hub main screen. • Movies: displays movies that are available for rent or purchase. Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a movie category. The movies of that type will be displayed below. • TV Shows: displays TV shows that are available for purchase. Scroll through the top navigation bar and select a TV category. The TV shows of that type will be displayed below. • My Media: allows you to view all of the media that you have purchased or rented. Tap a media entry to view it. 8. Scrollthroughthemedialistingsandtaponanitem youwouldliketopurchaseorrent. 79 •Youmaychoosetoremoveadevicefromyouraccountnomore thanonceevery90days. •YoumayremoveMediaContentfromadeviceasmanytimesas you’dlike.Youwillhavetheabilitytore-downloadtheMedia Contentatalaterpointintimesubjecttocontentre-download availabilityandstudiopermissions. •YouMUSTbeinnetworkcoveragetolicenseMediaContentyou haveacquiredthroughtheService. •Youcanuse3G,4G,orWi-Ficonnectivityinordertodownload MediaContent. •UnlikepurchasedMediaContent,rentedMediaContentwillbe viewableononly1deviceinyouraccount. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential licenseacquisitionhasoccurredandb)sufficientamountofthe MediaContenthasbeenbuffered. Note: Youmustsignupforanaccountbeforeaccessingsome oftheMusicHuboptions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op •YoumustfinishwatchingrentedMediaContentwithin24 •YoumaybeginwatchingdownloadedMediaContentassoonasa) TheMusicHubappletsyouuploadyourmusiccollectionto thecloud,streamandpurchasesongsfromanextensive catalog,andlistentopersonalradio. ta wherethereisaweaksignal. Music Hub rie •MediaContentisdownloadedandsavedontotheSDcard. •YourMediaContentmaypause/stopornotdownloadinnetworks consecutivehoursofstartofplayback. • Stopping, pausing or restarting rented Media Content does not extend the available viewing time. • In no event will rented Media Content be available for a period of more than thirty (30) days (or shorter on a title-by-title basis) after the Media Content has been rented (e.g., if you begin viewing rented Media Content on the 29th day after the rental transaction, but do not finish viewing the entire title, that rented Media Content may not be available for the entire twenty-four (24) consecutive hour period if such period would extend the viewable time beyond the thirty (30) day rental window). •YoucannotplayanymediacontentdownloadedfromMediaHub throughanyoutputonyourmobilephone,includingAllShare. 1. SignontoyourSamsungaccountifyouhavenot alreadydoneso.Formoreinformation,referto “Creating a Samsung Account”onpage12. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Music Hub 3. ReadtheintroductionmaterialandtapContinueto continue.TapMusic Hub Videotowatchahelpfulvideo aboutMusicHub. TheMusicHubHomescreendisplays. 4. Taponeofthefollowingoptions: • Featured: This is the Music Hub home screen. Displays top albums, featured albums, top tracks, new releases, and more. Tap an item to display more information and prices. • Genres: Displays bestsellers and new releases by genre, such as pop, rock, jazz, comedy, and blues. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia80 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential to start the purchase process. Tap Menu ➔ Delete all to clear your basket or tap Remove to delete songs from your basket. 2. Selectanalbumoratrack. 3. Tap (Cart)nexttoanalbumtoaddthealbumto yourbasketornexttoeachtrackthatyouwanttoadd toyourbasket. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op – Purchase List: Displays a list of your purchases. – Payment information: Allows you to set up your payment – Basket: Displays songs that you have selected to buy. Tap Buy YoucanuseMusicHubtobuyalbumsorindividualtracks. Youcanalsobuildyourownalbumfromvarioustracks. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Music Hub ta • My page: Displays the following options: Making a Purchase rie • Playlists: Displays downloaded playlists and your library of songs and albums. Tap New to create a new playlist. method. Tap Add card to enter your payment information. – Help: Display help information for Music Hub. Note: Youhavetobesignedintousesomeoptions. Tosignin,tapSign inandusethekeyboardtoenteryour Email addressandMusic Hub Password. TapCreate accounttosetupanewaccount. 4. Tap (Add)nexttothealbumtoaddittoyour album. –or– 5. Tap (Add)nexttoeachtrackthatyouwanttoadd toyouralbum. 6. TapNewtocreateanewalbum. Music Player 5. Tap (Search)andusethekeyboardtoenterakey wordorphrasetosearchfortracks,albums,orartists. Tap onthekeyboardtosearchMusicHub.Select anitemtoplayasample,addanitemtoyourbasket, oraddanitemtoyouralbum. 81 TheMusicPlayerisanapplicationthatcanplaymusicfiles. TheMusicPlayersupportsfileswithextensionsAAC,AAC+, eAAC+,MP3,WMA,3GP,MP4,andM4A.Launchingthe MusicPlayerallowsyoutonavigatethroughyourmusic library,playsongs,andcreateplaylists(musicfilesbigger than300KBaredisplayed). By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential . 2. Tapalibrarycategoryatthetopofthescreen(All, Playlists,Albums,Artists,Musicsquare,orFolders)to viewtheavailablemusicfiles. ShuffleOff:songsplayinorderandarenot shuffled. ProvidesaccesstotheMusicsquare. Liststhecurrentplaylistsongs. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Scrollthroughthelistofsongsandtapanentryto beginplayback. ShuffleOn:thecurrentlistofsongsarerandomly shuffledforplayback. ➔Music Player ta 1. Tap rie Playing Music 4. ThefollowingMusicPlayercontrolsareavailable: Pausethesong. Startthesongafterbeingpaused. Pressandholdtorewindthesong.Taptogoto previoussong. Pressandholdtofast-forwardthesong.Taptogo tonextsong. Volumecontrol. Displaysthecurrentsongintheplayerwindow. ProvidesaccesstotheSoundAlivefeature. Music Player Options Toaccessadditionaloptions,followthesesteps: 1. WhileintheMusicPlayer,press 2. Thefollowoptionsareavailable: • Add to quick list: adds the current music file to the Quick list. • Via Bluetooth: scans for devices and pairs with a Bluetooth headset. Repeatall:replaysthecurrentlistwhenthelist ends. • Share via: allows you to share your music by using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Group Cast, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. PlayAll:playsthecurrentsonglistonce. • Add to playlist: allows you to add the current music file to a selected playlist. Repeatone:repeatsthecurrentlyplayingsong. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia82 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • End: allows you to end the Music Player app. Music Player Settings TheMusicPlayerSettingsmenuallowsyoutoset preferencesfortheMusicPlayersuchaswhetheryouwant themusictoplayinthebackground,soundeffects,andhow themusicmenudisplays. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Music Player 2. Press ➔ Settings. 3. Selectoneofthefollowingsettings: • SoundAlive: set a type of equalization such as Normal, Pop, Rock, Jazz, Dance, Classic, etc. • Play speed: set the play speed anywhere between 0.5X and 2.0X using the slider. 83 • Lyrics: when activated, the lyrics of the song are displayed if available. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Settings: allows you to change your Music Player settings. For more information, refer to “Music Player Settings” on page 83. ta • Set as: allows you to set a music file to Phone ringtone, Caller ringtone, or Alarm tone. • Music menu: this menu allows you to select which categories you want to display. Choices are: Albums, Artists, Genres, Music square, Folders, Composers, Years, Most played, Recently played, or Recently added. Tap each item that you want to display in the Music menu. rie • Details: allows you to view media info such as Artist, Title, Biography, and other information. • Music auto off: when activated, music will automatically turn off after a set interval. Using Playlists Playlistsareusedtoassignsongstoalistofpreferredmedia whichcanthenbegroupedintoalistforlaterplayback. ThesePlaylistscanbecreatedviaeitherthehandset’sMusic Playeroptionsmenuorfromwithina3rdpartymusic application(suchasWindowsMediaPlayer)andthen downloadedtothehandset. Creating a Playlist 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Music Player 2. TapthePlaylists tab. 3. Press ➔ Create playlist. 4. TypeanameforthisplaylistinthefieldandtapOK. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Toaddfilestotheplaylist: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Music Player 2. TapPlaylists. 3. Press 4. Tapaplaylistnametoedit. rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Toremovemusicfilesfromaplaylist: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Music Player 3. Taptheplaylistnameinwhichtodeletemusic. ➔ Remove. 5. Tapthecheckboxtotheleftofeachtrackyouwantto removefromthisplaylist,ortapSelect alltoremoveall themusictracksfromthisplaylist,thentapRemove. Editing a Playlist Forinformationondownloadingmusicforyourphone,see “Google Play Music”onpage 84. Google Play Music Removing Music from a Playlist 4. Press ➔ Edit title. 5. EnteranewnamefortheplaylistthentapOK. Add music. 5. Tapamusicfile,ortapSelect alltoaddallthemusic trackstothisplaylistthentapDone. 2. TapthePlaylists tab. ta 2. TapthePlaylists tab. 3. Taptheplaylistnameinwhichtoaddmusic. 4. Tap ➔Music Player Toeditaplaylist: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Adding Music to a Playlist WithGooglePlayMusic,youcanplaymusicthatyouhave addedtoyourmusicfileaswellasanymusicyoucopied fromyourPC.Whileoffline,youcanlistentomusicyouhave copiedfromyourPC. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Play Music 2. AttheWelcomescreen,tapNext. 3. AttheSelect an accountscreen,tapanaccountthat youwouldliketolinktoGooglePlayMusicortapAdd Account. 4. AttheGet free musicscreen,tapGet free songsorSkip. Besidesaddingandremovingmusicfilesinaplaylist,you canalsorenametheplaylist. 5. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforgettingyourfree music. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia84 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 8. Tap forthefollowingoptions: • Shuffle all: allows you to play all of your music in a shuffled order. • Settings: allows you to view Open source licenses and the music version for the Play Music application. • Help: allows you to view a help file on the Google Support website. Video Player Pausethevideo. Startthevideoafterbeingpaused. Pressandholdtorewindthevideo.Tapto gotopreviousvideo. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 7. FromthemainPlayMusicscreen,youcantapanyof thefollowingtabsforamoredetailedlistingofsongs: Recent,Artists,Albums,Songs,Playlists,andGenres. 4. Thefollowingvideocontrolsareavailable: ta 6. Tapasongtostartplayback. 3. Thevideowillbegintoplay. rie AllmusiconyourdeviceandexternalSDcardis displayedincludingMusicfoldersthatmaycontain multiplesongs. TheVideoPlayerapplicationplaysvideofilesstoredonyour microSDcard. 1. Tap ➔Video Player PIP(PictureInPicture)view.Thevideowill beplayedinasmallwindowsoyoucanuse yourphoneforotherpurposeswhilewatching thevideo.Double-tapscreentoreturnto previoussize. Originalsizeview.Thevideowillbeplayedin itsoriginalsize. Full-screeninratioview.Thevideois enlargedasmuchaspossiblewithout becomingdistorted. 2. Allvideosthatyouhaveonyourphoneandmemory cardwillbedisplayed.Tapthevideothatyouwantto play. Pressandholdtofast-forwardthevideo. Taptogotonextvideo. Volumecontrol. 85 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Formoreinformationondownloadingvideosforyourphone, see“Media Hub”onpage 78. Play Movies & TV foradditionaloptions. ta 7. Press Gallery TheGalleryiswhereyouviewphotosandplaybackvideos. Forphotos,youcanalsoperformbasiceditingtasks,viewa slideshow,setphotosaswallpaperorcontactimage,and shareasapicturemessage. 1. Tap ➔Gallery on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Thescreenviewiconsareathree-waytoggle.Theicon thatisdisplayed,isthemodethatwillappearafterthe iconistapped. 5. TaptheTV SHOWStabtoviewshowsyoucanrent. 6. TapthePERSONAL VIDEOStabtoviewmoviesyouhave onyourphoneormemorycard. rie Full-screenview.Theentirescreenisused, whichmaycausesomeminordistortion. WithGooglePlayMovies&TV,youcanrentthousandsof differentmoviesandtelevisionshows.Youcanwatch instantly,ordownloadyourmovieorshowforofflineviewing atalatertime. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Play Movies & TV 2. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready doneso. 3. Followingtheon-screeninstructionsforrentingand viewingmoviesandTVshows. AlloftheAlbumsthatholdyourpicturesandvideoswill bedisplayedwithfoldernameandnumberoffiles. 2. TapanAlbumandthumbnailsofthecontentswillbe displayed. Note: Ifyourdevicedisplaysthatthememoryisfullwhenyou accessGallery,deletesomeofthefilesbyusingMy files orotherfilemanagementapplicationsandtryagain.For moreinformation,referto“My Files”onpage190. 4. TaptheMOVIEStabtoviewmoviesyoucanrent. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia86 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. Tapavideotoselectit. 2. Tapathumbnailtoviewasinglepicture. 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthetopofthe screen: • Camera : activates the camera. • Share via : allows you to share the picture via AT&T Locker, Bluetooth, ChatON, Email, Flipboard, Gmail, Google+, Messaging, Picasa, S Note or Wi-Fi Direct. • Delete 4. Press : allows you to delete the picture. foradditionaloptions. Viewing Videos Note: Ifnocontroliconsaredisplayedonthescreenin additiontothepicture,tapanywhereonthescreento displaythem. 87 3. Press toplaythevideo. foradditionaloptions. Forvideoplayercontrols,see“Video Player”on page 85. Using S Beam to Share Pictures Thisfeature(whenactivatedviaNFC)allowsyoutobeam largefilesdirectlytoanothercompatibledevicethatisin directcontact.Thesefilescanbelarger,suchasVideos,HD pictures,andotherlargefiles.Youcanbeamimagesand videosfromyourgallery,musicfilesfromyourmusicplayer, andmore. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ More settings ➔ NFC. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Ifnocontroliconsaredisplayedonthescreenin additiontothepicture,tapanywhereonthescreento displaythem. 2. Tap toseea ta 1. Fromthemaingallery,tapSlideshow slideshowofallofyourpictures. rie Viewing Pictures 2. Ifnotalreadyactive,inasinglemotiontouchandslide . theNFC slidertotherighttoturniton 3. TapS Beamandmakesurethefeatureisturnedon. 4. Ifnotalreadyactive,inasinglemotiontouchandslide . theS Beam slidertotherighttoturniton 5. Onthesourcedevice(containingthedesiredimageor video),tap ➔Gallery By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Placedevicesbacktoback ta Note: IftheTouch to beamscreendoesnotappearonthe sourcedevice: -Pullthemapart -Verifytheimageisvisibleinthepreviewwindowon thesourcedevice(providingthefile) -Placethemtogetheragain on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Important! NeitherdevicemustbeinLockmodeordisplaying theLockscreen.Theymustbothbeactiveand unlocked.Itisrecommendedthatthetargetdevice beontheHomescreen. 7. PlacethetwoactiveNFC-enableddevicesbacktoback tobegin(1). rie 6. Locateandtaptheselectedimagetoopenitinthe previewwindow. 8. FromtheTouch to beamscreen,tapthereducedimage previewtobeginthetransfer(2). Touch to beam 9. Whenprompted,separatethetwodevices.Afterafew seconds(dependingonfilesize)therecipientwiththen seethetransferredfiledisplayedontheirscreen. To share multiple pictures via S Beam: 1. Onthesourcedevice(containingthedesiredimageor video),tap ➔Gallery 2. Locatetheselectedfolder. 3. Touchandholdthefirstimageandplaceacheckmark onitandalldesiredimages. Tapthesourceimage By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia88 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Whenprompted,separatethetwodevices. Camera Takingpictureswithyourdevice’sbuilt-incameraisas simpleaschoosingasubject,pointingthecamera,then pressingthecamerakey. Note: Whentakingaphotoindirectsunlightorinbright conditions,shadowsmayappearonthephoto. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thissectionexplainshowtousethecameraonyourphone. Youcantakephotographsandshootvideobyusingthebuiltincamerafunctionality.Your8megapixelcameraproduces photosinJPEGformat. Taking Photos ta 5. FromtheTouch to beamscreen,tapthereducedimage previewtobeginthetransfer. Using the Camera rie 4. PlacethetwoactiveNFC-enableddevicesbacktoback tobegin. Important! Donottakephotosofpeoplewithouttheir permission. Donottakephotosinplaceswherecamerasare notallowed. Donottakephotosinplaceswhereyoumay interferewithanotherperson’sprivacy. 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tap toactivatethecameramode. ➔ Camera 2. Usingthephone’smaindisplayscreenasaviewfinder, adjusttheimagebyaimingthecameraatthesubject. 3. Beforeyoutakeapicture,usetheUpandDownVolume keystozoominorout.Youcanmagnifythepictureup tox4(400percent). –or– Pinchthescreentozoomoutorpinchoutwardsto zoomin. 89 4. Ifdesired,beforetakingthephoto,youcantap on-screeniconstoaccessvariouscameraoptionsand settings. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Front Facing Camera Flash Shooting Mode Effects Settings toreturntotheviewfinder. Camera Options ta Optionsarerepresentedbyiconsacrossbothsidesofthe screen. Camera / Camcorder Mode:allowsyoutotakeaphoto invariousmodes.Onceyouchangethemode,the correspondingindicatorappearsatthetopleftofthe display.SlidethebuttonupforCamera,ordownfor Camcorder. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 6. PresstheCamerakey( )untiltheshuttersounds. (Thepictureisautomaticallystoredwithinyour designatedstoragelocation.IfnomicroSDisinstalled, allpicturesarestoredonthePhone.)Formore information,referto“Camera Options”onpage90. 8. Press rie 5. Youcanalsotapthescreentomovethefocustothe areayoutouch. Chargeron StorageLocation Mode Self-portrait:allowsyoutoactivatethefrontfacing camerasoyoucantakepicturesofyourselforvideo chat. Camera Key Image Viewer DisplayImage 7. Whileviewingapicture,afteryouhavetakenit,pinch thescreenoutwards tozoominorpinchthescreen inwardstozoomout. Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOff,On,or Autoflash. Shooting mode:allowsyoutosettheshootingmodeto oneofthefollowing: • Single shot:takesasinglephotoandviewitbefore returningtotheshootingmode. Youcanmagnifythepictureuptox4. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia90 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Best Face:takes5photographsinquick • Face detection:doubletaponafacetozoominor out. • Panorama:takesalandscapephotobytakingan initialphotoandthenaddingadditionalimagesto itself.Theguideboxletsyouviewtheareawhere thesecondpartofthepanoramicpictureshould fallwithin. • Share shot:usesWi-FiDirecttoshareyour picturesquicklywithyourfriends. • HDR:takespicturesinHDR(HighDynamicRange) modetoincreaseimagedetail. • Buddy photo share:usesfacerecognitionfrom picturesinyourcontactstosendyourfriendsor familypicturesofthemselves. 91 features. • Smile shot:thecamerafocusesonthefaceofyour subject.Oncethecameradetectstheperson’s smile,ittakesthepicture. • Low light:allowsyoutotakebetterpictureswhen on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op successionandselectsthebestphotographbased onopeneyes,smiles,suddenmovement,etc. • Beauty:adjuststhecontrasttosmoothfacial ta successionandallowsyoutoselectandsavethe best. rie • Best photo:takes8photographsinquick thelightislow. Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply specialeffectstothephoto.Optionsinclude:Noeffect, Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout, Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative. Settings: Edit shortcuts:allowsyoutosetshortcuticonsforthe settingsthatyouusethemost. Burst shot:takes8photographsinquicksuccession andallowsyoutoselectandsavethebest. Self-portrait:allowsyoutosetthefrontcamerasoyou cantakepicturesofyourself. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Resolution:allowsyoutosettheimagesizetoeither: 8M(3264x2448),W6M(3264x1836), 3.2M (2048x1536),W2.4M(2048x1152), W0.9M (1280x720),or0.3M(640x480). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply specialeffectstothephoto.Optionsinclude:Noeffect, Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout, Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative. ta Shooting mode:allowsyoutosettheshootingmode. Timer:allowsyoutosetatimerforhowlongtowait beforetakingapicture.Optionsinclude:Off,2sec,5 sec,and10sec. rie Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOff,On,or Autoflash. Scene mode:allowsyoutosettheScenetohelptakethe bestpicturespossible.OptionsincludeNone,Portrait, Landscape,Sports,Party/Indoor,Beach/Snow, Sunset,Dawn,AutumnColor,Text,andCandlelight. Helpfultipsareshownforeachscenemodeatthe bottomofthedisplayscreen. Exposure value:allowsyoutoadjustthebrightness levelbymovingtheslider. ISO:ISOdetermineshowsensitivethelightmeterison yourdigitalcamera.ChoosefromAuto,100,200,400, or800.UsealowerISOnumbertomakeyourcamera lesssensitivetolight,ahigherISOnumbertotake photoswithlesslight,orAutotoletthecamera automaticallyadjusttheISOforeachofyourshots. Metering:allowsyoutosethowthecamerameasures ormetersthelightsource:Matrix,Center-weighted,or Spot. Focus mode: allowsyoutosetthisoptiontoAutofocus orMacro.UseMacromodetotakeclose-uppictures. White balance:allowsyoutosetthisoptiontooneofthe followingchoices:Auto,Daylight,Cloudy, Incandescent,orFluorescent. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia92 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Take photos using voice:allowsyoutotakephotos usingyourvoice.YoucanusewordssuchasCapture, Shoot,Smile,andCheese. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Guidelines:allowsyoutoturntheguidelinesOnorOff. Contextual filename:allowsyoutohaveyourlocation addedaspartofthefilename.Youmustfirstactivate GPStagdescribedabove. ta Auto contrast:providesaclearimageevenunder backlightcircumstanceswhereintensityof illuminationcanvaryexcessively. Shutter sound:allowsyoutosettheShuttersoundtoOn orOff. rie Outdoor visibility:allowsyoutomaximizeyourphotos takenwhileoutdoors. Auto share shot:allowsyoutoeasilyconnecttothe devicesyouwanttosharepictureswithandthenbring thedevicesbacktogether(backtoback)toconnect them. Anti-Shake:reducesimageblurduetothemovement ofthesubjectofthephotoorhandmovement. Image quality:allowsyoutosettheimagequalityto: Superfine,Fine,orNormal. Storage:allowsyoutoconfigurethedefaultstorage locationforimagesorvideosaseitherPhoneor Memorycard(ifinserted). Reset:allowsyoutoresetallcameraorcamcorder settingstothedefaultvalues. GPS tag:allowsyoutoturnGPSOnorOff(alsoknown asGeotagging).Thelocationofwherethepictureis takenisattachedtothepicture.(Onlyavailablein Cameramode.)BeforeyoucanusetheGPStag (Geotagging),fromtheHomescreentap ➔ Settings➔Location servicesandtapUse GPS satellites tocreateacheckmark. Save as flipped:whensettoOn,thisoptionallowsyou totakeandsaveamirror-imagephoto. 93 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Viewing your Pictures ta Tip: Whenshootingvideoindirectsunlightorinbright conditions,itisrecommendedthatyouprovideyour subjectwithsufficientlightbyhavingthelightsource behindyou. 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapCamera activatethecameramode. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Afteryoutakeaphoto,youcanaccessvariousoptionsfrom theImageViewer.TheImageViewerusesyourGallery.For moreinformation,referto“Gallery”onpage86. Shooting Video rie Image viewer:allowsyoutoaccesstheImageviewer andthevariousviewingoptionsforaselectedpicture. Imagevieweroptionsaredescribedinthefollowing section.Thelastpictureyoutook,willbedisplayedas athumbnailintheImageviewericon. Using the Camcorder Inadditiontotakingphotos,thecameraalsodoublesasa camcorderthatalsoallowsyoutorecord,view,andsend videos. Note: Thecameramaynotbeabletoproperlyrecordvideosto amemorycardwithaslowtransferspeed. to 2. TouchanddragtheCameramodebuttondownto CamcorderMode. 3. TaptheRecordingmodethatyouprefer.Select betweenNormal,LimitforMMS,Slowmotion,orFast motion. 4. Usingthephone’smaindisplayscreenasaviewfinder, adjusttheimagebyaimingthecamcorderatthe subject. 5. Beforeyoutakeavideo,usetheUpandDownVolume keystozoominorout.Youcanmagnifythevideoupto x4(400percent). –or– By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia94 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 7. Youcantapthescreentomovethefocustothearea youtouch. 9. Tocaptureanimagefromthevideowhilerecording, tap .Thisfeatureisnotavailablewhentheantishakefeatureisactivated. 10. TaptheVideokey( )againtostoptherecordingand savethevideofiletoyourCamerafolder. 11. Oncethefilehasbeensaved,taptheimageviewer, thentap toplayyourvideoforreview. toreturntotheviewer. 12. Press 95 Camera / Camcorder Mode:allowsyoutotakeaphoto invariousmodes.Onceyouchangethemode,the correspondingindicatorappearsatthetopleftofthe display.SlidethebuttonupforCamera,ordownfor Camcorder. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 8. Tap toturnonautofocus.Thiswillautomatically focusonthemiddleofthescreen. Optionsarerepresentedbyiconsacrossbothsidesofthe screen. ta 6. TaptheVideokey( )tobeginshootingvideo.Thered lightwillblinkwhilerecording. Camcorder Options rie Pinchthescreentozoomoutorpinchoutwardsto zoomin. Live Shooting:takesaphotoduringavideorecording sessioninCamcordermode.Youcanviewthephotoin yourimageviewerorGallery. Self portrait:allowsyoutoactivatethefrontfacing camerasoyoucantakevideosofyourselforvideochat. Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOfforOn. WhenyousettheflashtoOn,itstaysoncontinually whileyouaretakingavideo. Recording mode:allowsyoutosettherecordingmode to:Normal,LimitforMMS,Slowmotion,andFast motion. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply specialeffectstothevideo.Optionsinclude:Noeffect, Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout, Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative. Settings: Exposure value:allowsyoutoadjustthebrightness levelbymovingtheslider. ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Edit shortcuts:allowsyoutosetshortcuticonsforthe settingsthatyouusethemost. Effects:allowsyoutochangethecolortoneorapply specialeffectstothevideo.Optionsinclude:Noeffect, Coldvintage,Warmvintage,Posterize,Solarize,Green point,Bluepoint,Red-yellowpoint,Washedout, Cartoonify,Blackandwhite,Sepia,andNegative. Self-recording:allowsyoutosetthefrontcameraso youcantakevideosofyourselforvideochat. Timer:allowsyoutosetatimerforhowlongtowait beforetakingavideo.Optionsinclude:Off,2sec,5sec, and10sec. Flash:allowsyoutosettheflashoptionstoOfforOn. WhenyousettheflashtoOn,itstaysoncontinually whileyouaretakingavideo. Resolution:allowsyoutosettheimagesizetoeither: 1920x1080,1280x720,720x480,640x480,or 320x240. Recording mode:allowsyoutosettherecordingmode to:Normal,whichislimitedonlybyavailablespaceon thedestinationlocation;LimitforMMS,whichislimited byMMSsizerestrictions;Slowmotion,whichrecords inslowmotion;andFastmotion,whichrecordsinfast motion. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Multimedia96 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Save as flipped:whensettoOn,thisoptionallowsyou totakeandsaveamirror-imagevideowhenusingselfrecordingmode. Outdoor visibility:allowsyoutomaximizeyourphotos takenwhileoutdoors. Video quality:allowsyoutosettheimagequalityto: Superfine,Fine,orNormal. ta Storage:allowsyoutoconfigurethedefaultstorage locationforimagesorvideosaseitherPhoneor Memorycard(ifinserted). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Anti-Shake:reducesimageblurduetothemovement ofthesubjectofthephotoorhandmovement. rie Guidelines:allowsyoutoturntheguidelinesOnorOff. White balance:allowsyoutosetthisoptiontooneofthe followingchoices:Auto,Daylight,Cloudy, Incandescent,orFluorescent. GPS tag:allowsyoutoturnGPSOnorOff(alsoknown asGeotagging).Thelocationofwherethepictureis takenisattachedtothepicture.(Onlyavailablein Cameramode.)BeforeyoucanusetheGPStag (Geotagging),fromtheHomescreentap ➔ Settings➔Location servicesandtapUse GPS satellites tocreateacheckmark. Contextual filename:allowsyoutohaveyourlocation addedaspartofthefilename.Youmustfirstactivate GPStagdescribedabove. 97 Reset:allowsyoutoresetallcameraorcamcorder settingstothedefaultvalues. Image viewer:allowsyoutoaccesstheImageviewer andthevariousviewingoptionsforaselectedvideo. Imagevieweroptionsaredescribedinthefollowing section.Thelastvideoyoutook,willbedisplayedasa thumbnailintheImageviewericon. Viewing your Videos Afteryoutakeavideo,youcanaccessvariousoptionsfrom theImageViewer.TheImageViewerusesyourGalleryand theVideoPlayer.Formoreinformation,referto“Gallery”on page86.Also,see“Video Player”onpage85. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 6: Messaging on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Yourphoneprovidesthefollowingmessagetypes: •TextMessages ta Types of Messages TheMultimediaMessagingService(MMS)letsyousendand receivemultimediamessages(suchaspicture,video,and audiomessages)toandfromothermobilephonesoremail addresses.Tousethisfeature,youmayneedtosubscribeto yourserviceprovider’smultimediamessageservice. rie Thissectiondescribeshowtosendandreceivedifferent typesofmessages.Italsoincludesthefeaturesand functionalityassociatedwithmessaging. •Multimedia(Picture,Video,andAudio)Messages •EmailandGmailMessages •AT&TMessages •GoogleTalk •Google+andMessengerMessages •ChatON Messagingiconsaredisplayedatthetopofthescreenand indicatewhenmessagesarereceivedandtheirtype.For moreinformation,referto“Indicator Icons”onpage23. Creating and Sending Messages 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging Compose. ➔ TheShortMessageService(SMS)letsyousendandreceive textmessagestoandfromothermobilephonesoremail addresses.Tousethisfeature,youmayneedtosubscribeto yourserviceprovider’smessageservice. Important! Whencreatingamessage,addinganimage,a soundfile,oravideocliptoatextmessage changesthemessagefromatextmessagetoa multimediamessage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Messaging98 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 4. TaptheEnter messagefieldandusetheon-screen keypadtoenteramessage.Formoreinformation,refer to“Entering Text”onpage72. 5. Addmorerecipientsbytappingtherecipientfield. ta Note: ThemainHomescreeninitiallycontainstheMessaging icon.Ifyoudeleteit,orifyouwanttoaccess MessagingfromanotherHomescreen,youmusttap Apps ➔Messaging . 6. ReviewyourmessageandtapSend Note: Ifyouexitamessagebeforeyousendit,itwillbe automaticallysavedasadraft. 3. IfaddingarecipientfromyourContacts,tapthe contacttoplaceacheckmarkthentapDone. Message Options on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie 2. TapontheEnter recipientfieldtomanuallyentera recipientortap toselectarecipientfromyour Contacts. Thecontactwillbeplacedintherecipientfield. Options before composing a message 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging 2. Beforecomposingamessage,press toreveal additionalmessagingoptions: • Search: allows you to search through all of your messages for a certain word or string of words. Enter a search string in the Messaging Search window and tap . Note: Enteradditionalrecipientsbyseparatingeachentrywith asemicolon(;)thenusingthepreviousprocedure. • Delete threads: allows you to delete any message thread. Select the messages to delete and a green checkmark will appear next to the message. Tap Delete. Note: FortheGroupoption,ifthenumberofrecipientsisless than10,allmembersinthegroupwillbeadded.Youwill needtodeleteanyunnecessarymembersinthelistby selectingthetrashcaniconanddeletingunwanted entries. 99 • Draft messages: displays the draft messages folder and its contents. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Spam messages: displays the spam messages folder and its contents. • Add slide: allows you to add a new page to a message. • Add recipients: allows you to add additional recipients. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Settings: allows you to access Messaging settings. For more information, refer to “Messaging Settings” on page 103. • View contact: allows you to see information on the recipient. This option only appears if the recipient is in your Contacts list. ta • Locked messages: displays the locked messages folder and its contents. • Add to Contacts: allows you to add the recipient to your Contacts list. This option only appears if the recipient is not already in your Contacts list. rie • Scheduled messages: displays the scheduled messages folder and its contents. Options while composing a message 1. Whilecomposingamessage,press toreveal additionalmessagingoptions. • Call: allows you to call the contact. This option only appears if you have entered a phone number for the recipient. • Insert smiley: allows you to add emoticons, such as a happy face to your message. • Add text: allows you to copy text from your contacts, calendar, or from a memo to add to your message. This is a convenient feature for adding names, phone numbers, events, etc. to your message. For more information, refer to “Adding Additional Text” on page 101. • Scheduled Message: allows you to assign the current message for scheduled delivery at a designated time. • Delete message: allows you to delete the message. • Register number as spam: allows you to register the number as spam. • Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a number from the spam number list. This option only appears if the number was previously registered as spam. • Discard: allows you to delete the message. Adding attachments to a message Toaddanattachmenttoyourmessage,tap andselect oneofthefollowingoptions: •Images:allowsyoutotapanexistingimagefromyourPictures listtoaddittoyourmessage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging100 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential thenaddittoyourmessage. •Capture video:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessage, 2. AttheAddtextscreen,selectoneofthefollowing: • S Note: allows you to insert text from an existing S Note. • Calendar: allows you to add the name, date, and time of a calendar event to your message. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op recordavideoclipusingthephone’scamera,andthenaddit toyourmessagebytappingSave. Youcancopytextsuchasnames,phonenumbers,and eventsfromyourContacts,CalendaroraMemo. 1. Whilecomposingamessage,press ➔Add text. •Video:allowsyoutochooseanexistingvideofromtheVideoslist, Adding Additional Text ta photowithphone’scamera,andthenaddittoyourmessageby tappingSave. rie •Take picture:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessage,takea •Audio:allowsyoutochooseanexistingaudiofilefromthe Audiolist,thenaddittoyourmessagebytappingthecircleto therightoftheaudiosothatitturnsgreen,thentappingDone. • Location: allows you to add an address and the link to the location on Google Maps. •Record audio:allowsyoutotemporarilyexitthemessageand • Contacts: allows you to add the name and phone number of any of your contacts to your message. recordanaudioclipusingthephone’smicrophone.Itisthen automaticallyattachedtothemessage. • Text templates: allows you to add pre-defined phrases and sentences. •S Note:allowsyoutoaddanSNotethatyouhavecreated. •Calendar:allowsyoutoaddaneventfromyourcalendar.Select thedesiredeventandtapDone. •Location:allowsyoutoattachathumbnailofamapshowing yourlocation. •Contacts:allowsyoutotaponanexistingAddressBookentry, thenaddittoyourmessagebytappingDone. 101 Theinformationisaddedtoyourmessage. Viewing New Received Messages 1. Whenyoureceiveanewmessage,thenewmessage iconwillappearatthetopofyourscreen. 2. OpentheNotificationBarandselectthemessage.For moreinformation,referto“Notification Bar”onpage 39. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential –or– then • Add to Contacts: displays the Contacts information screen. This option only displays if the sender is not in your Contacts list. ta Theselectedmessageappearsinthedisplay. 3. Toplayamultimediamessage,tap • To pause playback of the multimedia message, tap Message Threads on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. Toscrollthroughthemessage(ifadditionaltextpages havebeenadded),touchthescreenandinasingle motion,scrollupordownthepage. • Delete thread: displays a confirmation dialog box that when pressed, deletes the entire thread. rie FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging tapthenewmessagetoviewit. • View contact: displays the contact’s information. This option only displays if the sender is in your Contacts list. Sentandreceivedtextandpicturemessagesaregrouped intomessagethreads.Threadedmessagesallowyoutosee allthemessagesexchanged(similartoachatprogram)and displaysacontactonthescreen.Messagethreadsarelisted intheorderinwhichtheywerereceived,withthelatest messagedisplayedatthetop. Toopenathreadedmessagefollowthesesteps: 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging • Register number as spam: allows you to register the number as spam. • Remove from spam number list: allows you to unregister a number from the spam number list. This option only appears if the number was previously registered as spam. Deleting Messages Deleting a single message thread 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging 2. Touchandholdamessage,thentapDelete thread. 3. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeleteorCancelto cancel. Tapthemessagethreadyouwanttoview. 2. Touchandholdthemessagethreadtodisplaythe followingoptions: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging102 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Deleting multiple message threads 3. Tapeachmessageyouwanttodelete.Acheckmark willappearbesideeachmessageyouselect. 2. ThefollowingMessagingsettingsareavailable: 4. TapDelete. Message Search Youcansearchthroughyourmessagesbyusingthe MessageSearchfeature. 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging ➔Search. Display: on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 5. AttheDeleteprompt,tapOKtodeleteorCancelto cancel. 2. Tap Toconfigurethesettingsfortextmessages,multimedia messages,Voicemails,andPushmessages. 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging ➔ ➔ Settings. ➔Delete threads. rie 2. Press Messaging Settings ta 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapMessaging • Bubble style: allows you to choose from several bubble styles for your messages. Bubbles are the rounded boxes that surround each message. • Background style: allows you to choose from several background styles for your messages. 3. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoenterawordorphraseto searchfor,thentap • Split view: when in Landscape mode, allows you to view both the message list and the contents of the currently selected message. 4. Allmessagesthatcontainthesearchstringyou enteredaredisplayed. • Use the volume key: allows you to change the text size by using the up or down volume keys. General settings: 103 • Delete old messages: deletes old messages when the limit is reached, rather than having them overwritten. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Text message limit: allows you to set a limit on how many text messages can be in one conversation. – Restricted: you can only create and submit messages with • Multimedia message limit: allows you to set a limit on how many multimedia messages can be in one conversation. – Warning: the phone will warn you via pop up messages that ta – Free: you may add any content to the message. • MMS alert: allows you to receive an alert when MMS mode becomes active. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Text message (SMS) settings: you are creating a multimedia message which does not fit the Core MM Content Domain. rie • Text templates: allows you to edit or add new text templates to use in your messaging. content belonging to the Core MM Content Domain. • Manage SIM card messages: allows you to manage the messages that you have stored on your SIM card. Push message settings: • Message center: allows you to enter the number of your Message center where your messages reside while the system is attempting to deliver them. • Push messages: allows you to receive push messages from the network. • Input mode: allows you to set the input mode for your text messages. Choose between GSM Alphabet, Unicode, or Automatic. • CB activation: allows you to receive Cell Broadcast (CB) messages. Multimedia message (MMS) settings: • Auto-retrieve: allows the message system to retrieve messages automatically. • Channel configuration: allows you to set up the channel that you will receive CB messages on. Notifications settings: • Notifications: allows you to see message notifications on your status bar. • Creation mode: allows you to select the creation mode, Free, Restricted, or Warning. Cell Broadcast (CB) settings: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging104 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Preview message: when enabled, allows you to view a preview of new message text on the Status bar. Signature settings: Creating an Email Account 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Email YouraccountsscreendisplayswithanEmailsetup screendisplayed. • Add signature: when enabled, this feature allows you to create a signature at the end of your outgoing text messages. 2. EnteryouemailaddressintheEmailaddressfield. • Signature text: allows you to enter a desired signature for your message. 4. Ifyouwanttoseeyourpasswordasitisbeingtyped, tapShow passwordtocreateacheckmark. Spam message settings: 5. TapNext. • Spam settings: when enabled, allows you to configure available spam settings such as: 6. AttheAccount optionsscreen,tapanyoftheoptions youwouldlike. • Register number as spam: allows you to manually enter and assign a phone number as being sent from a spam source. 7. TapNext. • Register phrase as spam: allows you to assign a specific text phrase as belonging to a spam message. Ex: Dear friend. 9. TapDone. 105 Emailenablesyoutoreviewandcreateemailusingvarious emailservices.Youcanalsoreceivetextmessagealerts whenyoureceiveanimportantemail. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Message alert repetition: allows you to set the interval for new message alerts. Choose from: Once, Every 2 minutes, or Every 10 minutes. Using Email ta • Vibrate: allows you to configure the vibration mode associated with message alerts. • Block unknown senders: when active, automatically blocks incoming messages from unknown sources or blocked numbers. rie • Select ringtone: allows you to set the ringtone for your message notifications. 3. EnteryourpasswordinthePasswordfield. 8. Enteranameforthisemailaccount(optional). By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential YouraccountsscreendisplayswithanEmailsetup screendisplayed. 3. EnteryourpasswordinthePasswordfield. 4. Ifyouwanttoseeyourpasswordasitisbeingtyped, tapShow passwordtocreateacheckmark. 5. Ifyouwantallofyouremailssentfromthisemail accountbydefault,tapcheckboxtocreatea checkmark. 6. TapManual setup. WaitfortheInboxtosynchronizebeforeuse. 12. Press ➔ Settingstochangetheaccountsettings. Creating Additional Email Accounts on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. EnteryouemailaddressintheEmailaddressfield. 11. EnteranAccountnameforthisaccount(Optional)and tapDone. ta Usethefollowingproceduretoconfigureyourphoneto synchronizewithacorporateemailaccount. ➔Email 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 10. Enterthedesiredinformationinthedifferentfields, thentapNext. rie Creating a Corporate Email Account 7. TaptheMicrosoft Exchange ActiveSync field. 8. EnteralltheExchangeserverinformation,Domain, UsernameandPassword,thentapNext. Tocreateadditionalemailaccountsaftersettingupyourfirst account,followthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Email YourEmailscreendisplaysshowingyouremailsfrom theactiveaccount. 2. Press 3. Tap ➔ Settings. toaddanotheremailaccount. 4. Entertheinformationrequiredtosetupanother account.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating an Email Account”onpage105. 9. AttheActivationprompt,tapOK. TheAccount optionsscreenisdisplayed. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging106 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Signing into Your Gmail YourEmailscreendisplaysshowingyouremailsfrom theactiveaccount. YourEmailaccountsscreenisdisplayed. 3. TaptheEmailaccountyouwouldliketoswitchto.You canalsoselectCombined viewwhichwilldisplayemail messagesfromallaccounts. 4. ThenewEmailaccountisdisplayed. Using Gmail 1. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TaptheInboxbuttonatthetopofyourscreenthat displaystheoptionalnameyouassignedtoyouractive emailaccount,forexample,Work,Gmail,etc. Note: YoumustsignintoyourGmailaccountinorderto accessGmail. ➔Email ta 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap rie Switching Between Email Accounts GmailisGoogle’sweb-basedemail.Whenyoufirstsetupthe phone,Gmailisconfigured.Dependingonthe synchronizationsettings,Gmailisautomaticallysynchronized withyourGmailaccount. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Gmail 3. Followtheon-screeninstructions. TheInboxloadsconversationsandemail. Creating a Gmail Message 1. FromtheGmailInbox,tap atthebottomofthe screentocreateanewmessage. 2. EntertherecipientsEmailaddressintheTofield. Separatemultiplerecipientemailaddresseswitha comma. 3. Tap copy. andselectAdd Cc/Bcctoaddacarbonorblind 4. EnterthesubjectofthismessageintheSubjectfield. 107 5. TaptheCompose emailfieldandbegincomposingyour message. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. FromtheGmailInbox,tapamessagetoviewit. 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthebottomofthe screenafteramessagehasbeenselected: • Archive : archives the selected message. : deletes the message. • Labels : allows you to attach labels to a message. This is similar to putting it in a folder. • Mark Unread Other Gmail Options 1. Tap atthebottomofthescreentorefreshthe screen,sendandreceivenewemails,andsynchronize youremailwiththeGmailaccount. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Delete • Send feedback: allows you to send feedback or report a problem. Viewing a Gmail Message • Help: displays the Google.com webpage so you can search the web for help. ta tosend. rie 6. Tap : after reading a message, marks as unread. • Newer: swipe your screen to the right to see newer messages. • Older: swipe your screen to the left to see older messages. 3. Press toselectoneofthefollowingadditional options: • Mark important/not important: allows you to set the importance of a message. • Mute: allows you to mute the sound in a message if applicable. • Report spam: allows you to report a message as spam. Tap the UNDO option if you change your mind. • Settings: displays Email settings that you can modify. 2. Tap atthebottomofthescreentosetupand manageLabelsforyourGmailmessages. 3. Tap atthebottomofthescreentosearchthrough yourGmailmessages. Google Talk GoogleTalkisafreeWindowsandweb-basedapplicationfor instantmessagingofferedbyGoogle.Conversationlogsare automaticallysavedtoaChatsareainyourGmailaccount. Thisallowsyoutosearchachatlogandstoretheminyour Gmailaccounts. 1. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging108 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ➔Talk 4. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseGoogle+. Google + Google+makesmessagingandsharingwithyourfriendsa loteasier.YoucansetupCirclesoffriends,visittheStream togetupdatesfromyourCircles,useMessengerforfast messagingwitheveryoneinyourCircles,oruseInstant Uploadtoautomaticallyuploadvideosandphotostoyour ownprivatealbumonGoogle+. 1. SignontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation, referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Google+ 3. Selecttheaccountyouwanttousetosigninto Google+. –or– TapAdd accounttocreateanotheraccount. 109 ta Messengerallowsyoutobringgroupsoffriendstogetherinto asimplegroupconversation.Whenyougetanew conversationinMessenger,Google+sendsanupdatetoyour phone. 1. SignontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation, referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: TheNetworkconfirmsyourloginandprocesses.This couldtakeupto5minutestocomplete. Messenger 5. Visitwww.google.com/mobile/+/formoreinformation. 4. Press ➔Help formoreinformationonusing GoogleTalk. rie 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap 3. BeginusingGoogleTalk. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap –or– ➔Messenger FromtheGoogle+application,selectMessenger. 3. TapLearn moreformoredetailedinformation. 4. Selecttheaccountyouwanttousetosigninto Google+. –or– TapAdd accounttocreateanotheraccount. 5. AttheMessengerscreen,tap message. tostartanew 6. Intheuppertextfield,enteraname,emailaddress,or circle. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 5. Followtheon-screeninstructionstousetheMessages app. ChatON Providesaglobalmobilecommunicationservicewhereyou canchatwithmorethan2buddiesviaagroupchat.Share thingssuchaspictures,videos,animationmessages (Scribbles),audio,Contacts,Calendarentries,andLocation information. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op AT&TMessagesbringsyourtexts,calls,andvoicemail messagestogetherintoasingleconversationthreadandis accessiblebyphoneorcomputer. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Messages ta Messages App 4. ThefirsttimeyouuseMessages,youwillneedtoset upafewthings.TapRecord Greetingtorecorda personalgreeting,ortapSkipifyouwanttodoitlater. rie 7. Inthebottommessagefield,enteramessagethentap 2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. Note: ThefirsttimeyouusetheMessagesapp,youwillneed todownloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthePlay Store.WhenthePlayStorepagedisplays,tapUpdate. Formoreinformation,referto“Play Store”onpage 194. Formoreinformation,visit:https://web.samsungchaton.com. Registering with the Service 1. ConfirmyouhavealreadyloggedintoyourSamsung account. 3. AttheWelcomescreen,readtheinformationandtap ContinueortapLearn Moretoreceivemore information. Important! TheSamsungaccountmanagestheaccess information(username/password)toseveral applications,suchasAllSharePlay,ChatON,and MediaHub. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging110 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential . ➔ChatON 2. TapAdd buddyandchooseasearchmethod. • Address : to search by Country code and phone number. ➔ChatON 2. Readtheon-screennotificationaboutdatacharges andtapOK. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ta 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Adding Your First Chat On Buddy • Search by Samsung Account ID a known samsung account ID. : to search by using rie Note: Thereshouldbeno (Samsung account icon)inthe Notificationsareaofthescreen. 3. Entertheinformationandtap .Oncetherecipient ismatched,theirentryappearsintheResultsarea. 4. Selectacountrycode,enteryourcurrentphone numbertoregisterwiththeservice,andtapDone. 4. Tap (Add buddy)andconfirmyournewbuddy appearsintheBuddiestab. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. SelectTerms and conditionsandPrivacy policyandread theon-screeninformation.TapAccepttocontinue. 5. ChoosetoreceivetheverificationcodeviaeitherSMS (textmessage)orVoicetoyourdevice. Note: IfyouopttoreceivetheverificationcodeviaSMS,this informationissentdirectlytoyourdevice.Once received,theVerificationfieldisautomaticallyfilledin. 6. Enteryourrealnameandtap OK. Note: Formoreinformation,press Help. andtapGeneral➔ Using ChatON for Chatting 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ChatON 2. TaptheBuddiestabandselectabuddytoinitiateyour chat. 3. Enteryourmessageusingtheon-screentextentry method. 111 4. Tap Send tosendthemessage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Deleting a single message bubble Buddy’sBubble 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ChatON 2. Launchachatsessiontorevealthemessagestring. MyBubble on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TextMessage Thread rie ta 3. Touchandholdamessagebubble,thenselectDelete. To reply to a ChatON message: 1. Whilethechatsessionisactive,taptheEnter message fieldandthentypeyourreplymessage. 2. Composeyourreply. Your texts are colored Blue and your buddy’s messages are white. Send todeliveryourreply. 3. Tap By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regardingMessaging112 project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 7: Changing Your Settings FromanyHomescreen,press Settings Tabs ➔ Settings ➔ Settings. TheSettingsaredividedinto4maingroups.Whenthe Settingsscreendisplays,thefollowing4tabsarelocatedat thetopofthescreen: Display: Thistabprovidesaccesstodisplayconfiguration andfeatures.Optionsinclude:Lockscreen, Wallpaper,Brightness,Screentimeout,Font,More displaysettings(Touchkeylightduration,Screen mode,Readingmode,Autoadjustscreentone,and Daydream),Notificationpanel,Multiwindow,LED indicator,Easymode,Autorotatescreen,andShow batterypercentage. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 1. FromanyHomescreen,tap –or– Display ta Accessing Settings rie Thissectionexplainsthesettingsusedforcustomizingyour device. ThistabprovidesaccesstoVoiceandinputmethods andMotioncontrol.Optionsinclude:Languageand input,Voicecontrol,Hands-freemode,SPen,Onehandedoperation,Editafterscreencapture,Air gesture,Motions,Palmmotion,Airview,Smart screen,andHightouchsensitivity. Connections: Thistaballowsyoutoseeallofsettingsrelatedto theconnectionofyourdevicetoexternalsources. Optionsinclude:Wi-Fi,Bluetooth,Tetheringand portablehotspot,Airplanemode,Datausage, Locationservices,Morenetworks(Mobilenetworks andVPN),NFC,SBeam,Nearbydevices,andScreen Mirroring. Input and c.. Input and control: 113 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Thesettingsforyourdevicearedescribedbelowinthe orderthattheyappearwithintheSettingsmenu.Options undertheConnectionstabarelistedfirst,followedby Mydevice,Accounts,andMoresettings. Wi-Fi Settings ThissectiondescribestheWi-Fisettings.Forinformationon howtouseWi-Fi,see“Wi-Fi”onpage 137. Activating Wi-Fi Activating Wi-Fi Direct Wi-FiDirectallowsdevice-to-deviceconnectionssoyoucan transferlargeamountsofdataoveraWi-Ficonnection. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Wi-Fi. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ThistabprovidesaccesstotheGeneralsetofdevice settingsnotlistedundertheotherthreetabs.These includeSound,Call,Accounts,Dateandtime, Blockingmode,Personalpage,Powersavingmode, Accessibility,Accessory,BrowserBar,Backupand reset,Applicationmanager,Battery,Storage, Security,andAboutdevice. 3. TapScantoscanforavailableWi-Finetworks.Formore information,referto“Connect to a Wi-Fi Network” on page 137. General: ta General rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Connections➔ Wi-Fi. ➔ Settings➔ 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi field,toturnWi-FiON 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi Directfield,toturnWi-FiDirectON . 3. AtthebottomoftheWi-Fiscreen,taptheWi-Fi Direct button. Formoreinformation,referto“Wi-Fi Direct” on page 139. Advanced Wi-Fi Settings TheadvancedWi-Fisettingsallowyoutosetupandmanage wirelessaccesspoints. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ Wi-Fi. 2. Press ➔ Advanced. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings114 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep: allows you to specify when to disconnect from Wi-Fi. • Auto connect: allows you to be automatically connected to an AT&T Wi-Fi Hotspot as soon as your phone detects it. • MAC address: view your device’s MAC address, required when connecting to some secured networks (not configurable). • IP address: view your device’s IP address. Bluetooth settings InthismenuyoucanactivateBluetooth,vieworassigna devicename,activateyourphonesootherBluetoothdevices candiscoverit,orscanforother,availableBluetoothdevices withwhichtopair. Activating Bluetooth isdisplayedonthestatusbar. TheBluetoothicon Additional Bluetooth Settings WhenBluetoothison,additionalsettingsareavailable. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Bluetooth. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Check for Internet service: Checks if Wi-Fi internet service is available when connected to an AP (Access Point). 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothON . ta • Passpoint: allows you to connect to passpoint-enabled Wi-Fi Access Points automatically. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on rie • Network notification: alerts you when a new WAP is available. ➔ Settings➔ 3. Press andselectaBluetoothsettingtoconfigure: • Visibility timeout: Use this setting to control when to automatically turn off the Discoverable option: 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 1 hour, or Never time out. • Received files: Shows the list of files received by using Bluetooth. 4. TapthecheckboxnexttoSAMSUNG-SM-N900A to removethecheckmarkifyoudonotwantyourphone visibletootherBluetoothdevices. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Connections. 2. TapScantoscanfornearbydiscoverabledevices.After searching,tapadevicetopairwithit.Formore information,referto“Pairing Bluetooth Devices” on page 142. 115 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Data Usage • Restrict background data: restricts some apps and services from working unless you are connected to a Wi-Fi network. FromthisscreenyoucanviewyourMobiledatausageand turnyourMobiledatacapabilityOnorOff. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Data usage. rie ta • Show Wi-Fi usage: displays a Wi-Fi tab that shows Wi-Fi usage. • Mobile hotspots: displays available mobile hotspots. More networks on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapMobile datatocreateacheckmarkandturnMobile datausageon. • Auto sync data: allows your accounts to automatically sync 3. TapSet mobile data limittocreateacheckmarkand allowadatalimittobeset. 4. TouchanddragtheredlimitbartotheGBlimitthatyou desire. 5. TaptheData usage cycledrop-downmenuandselecta date. Thedatausagedisplaysasavisual(chart)andalso displaysalistofeachapplicationwithabreakdownof howmuchdatawasusedperapplication. Note: Dataismeasuredbyyourdevice.Yourserviceprovider mayaccountfordatausagedifferently. 6. Press todisplayadditionaloptions.Taptoactivate. • Data roaming: enables data roaming on your device. ThisoptiondisplaysadditionalConnectivityinformation. 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings ➔ Connections ➔ More networks. OptionsdisplayforAirplanemode,Mobilenetworks, Tetheringandportablehotspots,andVPN. Airplane mode Airplanemodeallowsyoutousemanyofyourphone’s features,suchasCamera,Games,andmore,whenyouare inanairplaneorinanyotherareawheremakingorreceiving callsordataisprohibited. Important! WhenyourphoneisinAirplaneMode,itcannot sendorreceiveanycallsoraccessonline informationorapplications. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings116 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. AttheTurn on airplane modeprompt,tapOK. Mobile networks isdisplayedatthetopof BeforeyouuseapplicationssuchasGoogleMapsandfind yourlocationorsearchforplacesofinterest,youmust enabletheMobilenetworksoptions. Mobile data Toenabledataaccessoverthemobilenetwork,thisoption mustbeselected.Itissetonbydefault. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks. 2. TapMobile datatocreateacheckmarkandactivatethe feature. 117 2. TapData roamingtocreateacheckmarkandactivate thefeature. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheAirplanemodeicon yourscreen. Dataroamingallowsyoutoconnecttoyourservice provider’spartnernetworksandaccessdataserviceswhen youareoutofyourserviceprovidersareaofcoverage. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks. ta 2. TaptheAirplane modecheckboxtocreateacheckmark andactivatethefeature. Data Roaming rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks. Access Point Names TouseWi-Fiyouneedaccesstoawirelessaccesspoint (hotspot). 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks. 2. TapAccess Point Names. AlistoftheAccessPointnamesdisplay.Theactive accesspointdisplaysagreen,filledcircletotheright ofthename. Network Operators Usingthisfeatureyoucanviewthecurrentnetwork connection.Youcanalsoscanandselectanetworkoperator manually,orsetthenetworkselectiontoAutomatic. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Important! Youmustdeactivatedataservicepriortosearching foranavailablenetwork. ta 2. TapNetwork operators. Thecurrentnetworkconnectiondisplaysatthebottom ofthelist. 4. TapManualtolocateandconnecttoanetwork manually,ortapAutomatictoallowthedeviceto automaticallyselectanetwork. rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Mobile networks. Note: Connectingto2Gnetworksslowsthedatatransfer speedandtime. Default setup options YourphonedefaultissettoAutomatic(toautomatically searchforanavailablenetwork.Youcansetthisoptionto Manualtoselectanetworkeachtimeyouconnect. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks➔ Mobile networks. 2. TapNetwork operators. 3. TapDefault setup. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings118 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential USB tethering Thisoptionallowsyoutoshareyourphones’smobiledata connectionviaUSBorasaportableWi-Fihotspot. Mobile Hotspot Note: ToenableUSBtetheringonyourphone,dial611orgoto att.com/mywirelesstosetuptheservice. ta rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and portable hotspot. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: ToenableMobileHotspotonyourphone,dial611orgo toatt.com/mywirelesstosetuptheservice. Tethering & portable hotspot 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap –or– ➔ Mobile Hotspot FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ Tethering and portable hotspots ➔ Mobile Hotspot. 2. TurnMobileHotspotonbytappingtheslidersothatit changestotheONposition TheMobileHotspoticon yourscreen. isdisplayedatthetopof 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseMobile Hotspot. 119 2. ConnectyourphonetoyourPCusingaUSBcable. 3. TapUSB tetheringtoaddacheckmarkandactivatethe feature.TheUSBtetheringicon isdisplayedatthe topofyourscreen. 4. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseUSBtethering. Help 䡲 FromtheTethering and portable hotspotmenu,tapHelp foradditionalinformation VPN settings TheVPNsettingsmenuallowsyoutosetupandmanage VirtualPrivateNetworks(VPNs). Important! BeforeyoucanuseaVPNyoumustestablishand configureone. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Adding a Basic VPN • IPSec Xauth PSK 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN. 3. TapBasic VPN. 4. Tap Add. 5. EnteranamefortheVPNnetworkintheNamefield. 6. SelectaVPNtypefromtheTypedrop-downmenu.The optionsare: • PPTP (Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol) • L2TP/IPSec PSK (Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol / Internet Protocol Security Pre-Shared Key) • L2TP/IPSec RSA • IPSec Hybrid RSA • IPSec Xauth RSA rie ta 7. EntertheServeraddressandanyotherrequiredfields thataredependentupontheTypeyouentered previously. 8. TaptheShow advanced optionscheckboxtodisplay additionalVPNoptions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op BeforeyouaddaVPNyoumustdeterminewhichVPN protocoltouse:PPTP(Point-to-PointTunnelingProtocol), L2TP(Layer2TunnelingProtocol)/IPSecPSK(Pre-sharedkey basedL2TP/IPSec),L2TP/IPSecRSA(PublickeybasedL2TP/ IPSec),IPSecXauth(Crossauthentication)PSK,IPSecXauth RSA,orIPSecHybrid(authentication)RSA. 1. BeforeusingVPN,youmustfirstsetupascreenunlock PINorpassword.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock Screen Settings” on page 123. 9. TapSavetosaveyourVPNsettings. Adding an IPsec VPN 1. BeforeusingVPN,youmustfirstsetupascreenunlock PINorpassword.Formoreinformation,referto“Lock Screen Settings” on page 123. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ More networks ➔ VPN. 3. TapAdvanced IPsec VPN. 4. TapAdd VPN Connection. 5. Enterapassword,confirmthepassword,andtapOK. 6. EnteranamefortheVPNconnectionintheVPN connection namefield. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings120 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ NFC ➔ Android Beam. 8. Enteranyotherrequiredinformation. 2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnAndroidBeamON 3. TouchthebackofyourdevicewithanotherNFCcapabledeviceandthecontentistransferred. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op S Beam NFC NFC(NearFieldCommunication)allowsdataexchangewhen youtouchyourdevicewithanothercompatibledevice.This isusedforapplicationssuchasAndroidBeamandSBeam. ToactivateNFC,followthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ NFC. 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheNFC field,toturnNFCON . Android Beam WhenAndroidBeamisactivated,youcanbeamappcontent toanotherNFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclose together.Youcanbeambrowserpages,YouTubevideos, contacts,andmore. 121 ta 10. TapSavetosaveyourVPNsettings. rie 9. TapShow advanced optionstodisplayadditionalVPN options. 7. SelectaIPsecconnectiontypefromthedrop-down menu. WhenSBeamisactivated,youcanbeamfilestoanother NFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclosetogether. YoucanbeamimagesandvideosfromyourGallery,music filesfromyourMusicapp,andmore. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ S Beam. 2. TaptheOFF / ONicontoturnSBeamon 3. TouchthebackofyourdevicewithanotherNFCcapabledeviceandthecontentistransferred. Nearby devices Thisoptionallowsyoutoshareyourmediafileswithnearby devicesusingDLNAandconnectedtothesameWi-Fi. 1. ConnecttoaWi-Finetwork.Formoreinformation,refer to“Activating Wi-Fi” on page 114. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. Verify screen. (Nearby devices)appearsatthetopofthe Note: ThisfeaturerequirestheoptionalAllShareCastdongle whichisavailableasanaccessory.SeeyourAT&T CustomerServiceRepresentativeformoreinformation. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 5. AttheNearbydevicesprompt,tapOK. TheScreenMirroringfeatureallowsyoutosharethemedia filesonyourdevicescreenwithanHDMIdevicesuchasan HDMITV. ta 3. TaptheFile sharingcheckboxtocreateacheckmark andactivateFilesharing. Screen Mirroring rie 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Nearby devices. 6. TapShared contents,thencheckthemediayouwould liketoshare.TapOK. 7. TapAllowed devices list,thenselecttheconnected devicesyouwouldliketoallow. 8. TapNot-allowed devices list,thenselecttheconnected devicesyouwouldliketonotallow. 9. TapDownload to,thenselectthedestinationofany downloaded(shared)content.ChoosefromDeviceor SDcard. 2. ConnecttheAllShareCastdongletotheHDMIdevice usinganHDMIA-to-Acable. 3. Press ➔HelpforinformationonusingScreen Mirroring. Kies via Wi-Fi KiesviaWi-FiallowsyoutosyncyourPCwirelesslywithyour deviceprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Finetwork. Youcanviewandsharevideos,photos,music,ringtones, andmore. 10. TapUpload from other devices,thenselecttheactions you’lltakewhenyouuploadcontentfromother devices.ChoosefromeitherAlwaysaccept,Always ask,orAlwaysreject. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Screen Mirroring. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings122 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. FromyourPC,connecttoaWi-Finetwork. • Face and voice: Look at your phone and speak to unlock. • Pattern: A screen unlock pattern is a touch gesture you create and use to unlock your device. Follow the prompts to create or change your screen unlock pattern. 2. FromyourPC,launchtheSamsungKiesapplication. • Face unlock: Look at your phone to unlock it. ta 1. FromyourPC,downloadtheSamsungKiesapplication ifyoudon’talreadyhaveit.Youcanfinditat samsung.com. • PIN: Select a PIN to use for unlocking the screen. 5. Fromyourdevice,connecttothesameWi-Finetwork thatyourPCisconnectedtoifyouhavenotalready doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Connect to a Wi-Fi Network” on page 137. • None: No pattern, PIN, or password is required. The screen will never lock. rie 4. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Connections ➔ Kies via Wi-Fi. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Password: Create a password for unlocking the screen. Lock Screen Settings Choosesettingsforunlockingyourscreen.Formore informationaboutusingthelockandunlockfeatures,see “Locking and Unlocking the Touch Screen”onpage 10. Screen Lock 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap My device ➔ Lock screen. ➔ Settings➔ Display ActivateordeactivatesvariousUnlockscreenfunctions. Note: TheLockscreenoptionswilldifferdependingonwhat typeofScreenLockyouhaveselectedinstep2. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap My device ➔ Lock screen. ➔ Settings➔ 123 Display 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailabledependingonthe ScreenLocktypethatyouhaveselected: 2. TapScreen lockfortheseoptionsthenfollowtheonscreeninstructionstosetupyourScreenlock: • Swipe: Swipe the screen to unlock it. Lock screen options By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Shortcuts sets shortcuts to appear at the bottom of the Lock screen. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on ta • Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens. rie Swipe options • Multiple widgets allows you to display multiple widgets on your lock screen. Appears as an options after a lock mode is enabled. • Unlock effect sets the effect you receive when unlocking the phone. You can select None, Ripple effect, or Light effect. • Help text shows help information on the Lock screen. • Wake up in lock screen requires that you say a command to wake-up your phone. • Set wake-up command designates your wake-up commands. Tap Set wake-up command and follow the onscreen prompts to create a new verbal command. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings124 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Inthismenu,youcanchangevarioussettingsforthedisplay. FromtheHomescreen,tap My device ➔ Display. ➔ Settings➔ • Presence check requires that you blink when using the Face unlock feature. This will increase the security of the feature. • Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen. Pattern options • Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens. Thefollowingoptionsdisplay: • Wallpaper: allows you to set the Wallpaper for your Home screen, Lock screen, or both. For more information, refer to “Changing the Wallpaper” on page 31. • Notification panel: allows you to set the brightness of your notification panel and also select the quick setting buttons that you want to display at the top of the notification panel. For more information, refer to “Notification Bar” on page 32. • Make pattern visible allows you to see the pattern as you draw it. • Multi window: tap this option to enable/disable the automatic Multi window feature. • Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen. • Screen mode: allows you to select from several different color modes. PIN and Password options • Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens. • Secured lock time allows you to set a time-out for lock screen. 125 Display ta 䡲 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Improve facial recognition allows you to improve your device’s face matching capability by capturing your face in different lighting, with or without glasses, and bearded or clean-shaven. Follow the on-screen instructions. Display Settings rie Face unlock options • Lock screen widgets allows you to lock the widgets that are displayed on your home screens. • Brightness: configures the LCD Brightness levels. Tap Automatic brightness to allow the phone to self-adjust or drag the slider and tap OK. • Auto rotate screen: allows you to switch the display orientation automatically when you rotate the phone. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 䡲 ta ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonyourLEDlightsforcharging, missedevents,andincomingnotifications.Thelightwillturn onbydefaultunlessyouturnthemoff. FromtheHomescreen,tap My device ➔ LED indicator. ➔ Settings➔ Display 3. TapthefollowingLEDindicatoroptionstoturnthemon oroff: • Charging: LED lights up when the device is connected to the charger. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Daydream: allows you to control what your screen does when your device is docked or sleeping. Tap the OFF / ON icon next to Daydream to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions. LED indicator rie • Screen timeout: adjusts the delay time before the screen automatically turns off. Selections are: 15 seconds, 30 seconds, 1 minute, 3 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 15 minutes, and 30 minutes. • Font style: allows you to set the font style that your phone will use. You can also tap Get fonts online to choose from a wider selection. • Font size: allows you to select which size of font is displayed. • Increase legibility: allows you to enhance the clarity of the text. • Touch key light duration: allows you to adjust the delay before the Touch key light automatically turns off. • Show battery percentage: allows you to see the battery charge percentage next to the battery charge icon at the top of the display. • Notifications: LED lights up when you have missed calls, messages, or application events. • Voice recording: LED lights up when you are recording voice. The LED only lights up when the screen is off. Home screen mode Homescreenmodeallowsyoutosetyourdisplaytothe conventionallayoutofStandard modeorprovideaneasier userexperienceforthefirst-timesmartphoneusersusing Easy mode. • Edit after screen capture: allows you to go edit a screen immediately after taking a screen capture. • Low battery: LED lights up when the battery level is low. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings126 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. TapApply. Driving Mode Display 2. TaptheOFF / ONiconnexttoDriving modetotheright . ConfirmthattheDrivingmodeactiveicon appearsintheStatusbar. Allincomingcallsandnotificationswillbereadout automatically. 127 TheBrowserBaroptionallowsyoutosetupyourBrowser Barforyourwebbrowser. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap My device ➔ Browser Bar. ➔ Settings➔ Display 2. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosetupormodify yourBrowserBar. WhenDrivingmodeisenabled,incomingcallsand notificationswillbereadoutautomatically. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Driving mode. toturniton Browser Bar on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Easy mode: provides easier user experience for first-time smartphone users on the home screens. 2. Tapthepull-downdropboxandselectoneofthe followingoptions: • Standard mode: provides conventional layout for the apps and widgets on your home screens. Note: YoucandisableDrivingmodebysaying“Drivingmode off”whileinSvoice,orbyaccessingtheSettingsmenu andslidingtheDrivermodeslidertotheoffposition OFF orbyusingtheNotificationpanel. ta Display rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Home screen mode. One-handed operation Theone-handedoperationsettingshelpyoutouseyour phonekeypadseasilywithonlyonehand. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ One-handed operation. Display 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Keypad and in-call buttons: allows you to adjust the position of the dialing keypad and in-call buttons to the left or the right to make it easier to use with one hand. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential SelectSamsungkeyboardorSwype. 3. TapSet up input methods. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op iconnexttotheinputmethodthatyou 4. Tapthe wouldliketoconfigurethesettingsfor. Language and input Thismenuallowsyoutoconfigurethelanguageinwhichto displaythemenus.Youcanalsoseton-screenkeyboard options. Language 2. TapDefaultandselectakeyboard. rie • Learn about one-handed operation: provides more information about using one-handed operation. Youcanchangethelanguageusedbyyourdeviceby followingthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input ➔ Language. 2. Tapalanguagefromthelist. Keyboards and Input Methods 5. Basedonyourselectionofinputmethod,the appropriatesettingswillappearandareexplained below. Google voice typing settings FromthismenuyoucansetSamsungkeyboardoptions. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. Display 2. Tapthe Display iconnexttoGoogle voice typing. 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Choose input languages: tap on a language that you want to input. Select Automatic to use the local language or select a language from the list. Youcanchangethekeyboardusedbyyourdeviceby followingthesesteps: Display • Unlock pattern: allows you to adjust the scale of the unlock pattern for use with one hand. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. ta • Calculator: allows you to adjust the position of the calculator keypad to the left or the right to make it easier to use with one hand. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings128 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y FromthismenuyoucansetSamsungkeyboardoptions. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. Display iconnexttoSamsung keyboard. 2. Tapthe • Alphabets allows you to choose a keyboard configuration when you are entering letters (Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4 keyboard). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie • Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input while offline. Samsung Keyboard settings ta • Block offensive words: tap to create a checkmark and enable the blocking of recognized offensive words from the results of your voice-input Google typing. • Numbers and symbols allows you to choose a keyboard configuration when you are entering numbers or symbols (Qwerty keyboard [default] or 3x4 keyboard). • Input languages sets the input language. Tap a language from the available list. The keyboard is updated to the selected language. • Predictive text enables predictive text entry mode. This must be enabled to gain access to the advanced settings. Touch and hold to access the advanced settings. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on • SwiftKey Flow allows you to type words by swiping between on-screen keys. 129 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Cursor control allows you to move the cursor by sliding your finger across the keyboard. Display 2. Tapthe iconnexttoSamsung keyboard. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Handwriting enables the device to recognize on-screen handwriting and convert it to text. FromthismenuyoucansetPredictiveTextsettings. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. ta • Key-tap sound enables auditory feedback when you tap an on-screen key. Predictive Text Settings rie • Key-tap vibration enables vibration feedback when you tap an on-screen key. • Reset settings resets the keyboard settings back to their original configuration. • Advanced displays the following advanced options: – Auto capitalization automatically capitalizes the first letter of the first word in each sentence (standard English style). – Auto spacing automatically inserts spaces between words. – Auto punctuate automatically inserts a full stop in a sentence by tapping the space bar twice when using the on-screen QWERTY keyboard. – Character preview provides an automatic preview of the current character selection within the text string. This is helpful when multiple characters are available within one key. • Tutorial displays more information on using the Samsung keyboard. 3. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe Predictivetextfield,toturnitON . 4. Tap Predictive text. 5. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Personalized data: allows you to use personal language that you have added to make your prediction results better. • Learn from Facebook: allows you to login to your Facebook account so your phone can learn your Facebook style. • Learn from Gmail: allows you to login to your Gmail account so your phone can learn your Gmail style. • Learn from Twitter: allows you to login to your Twitter account so your phone can learn your Twitter style. • Learn from Messaging: allows your device to learn from your Messages. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings130 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Show complete trace: once enabled, sets wether or not to display the complete Swype path. • Clear remote data: deletes anonymous data that is stored on the personalization server. • Auto-capitalization: automatically capitalizes the first letter of a sentence. • Clear personal data: removes all personalized data that you have entered. • Auto-spacing: automatically inserts a space between words. When you finish a word, just lift your finger or stylus and start the next word. Swype Keypad Settings ToconfigureSwypesettings: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. 2. Tapthe ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Privacy policy: click the link to read the privacy policy. Follow the on-screen instructions. • Learn from Contacts: allows your device to learn from your Contacts. • Next word prediction: once enabled, predicts the next word in your text string based on your current text entries. • Show Voice key: once enabled, displays the Voice icon on your Swype keyboard so you can use the Voice input option. Display iconnexttoSwype. 3. TapSettingsontheleftsideofthescreentoalterthese settings: • Vibrate on keypress: activates a vibration sensation as you enter text using the keypad. • Sound on keypress: turns on sounds generated by the Swype application. • Living Language: when enabled, this feature automatically updates your Swype dictionary with popular new words. • Social integration: allows you to learn information from your Facebook, Twitter, and Gmail accounts to help you while using Swype. • Pop-up on keypress: displays the character above the key when typing. 4. TapMy Wordsontheleftsideofthescreentoaccess thefollowingoptions: • Backup & Sync: allows you to backup your Swype dictionary and sync your Swype dictionary across multiple devices. 131 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Contribute usage data: when enabled, allows the Nuance® application to collect usage data for better word predictions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Cellular data: when enabled, activates cellular data usage by the Swype application so it can receive program updates, language downloads, and other related features via your existing data connection. • Version: displays the software version information. 8. TapUpdatesontheleftsideofthescreentodownload anynewSwypeupdates.Ifanupdateisavailable,it willdisplayundertheupdatesheading.Ifnoupdates aredisplayed,thencheckbacklatertoseeany availableupdates. ta • Clear language data: deletes all of your personal language data, including your words. • Show helpful tips: once enabled, displays helpful tips and hints as you are using Swype. rie • Edit my dictionary: allows you to edit your personal Swype dictionary. 5. TapLanguagesontheleftsideofthescreentoactivate andselectthecurrenttextinputlanguage.Default languageisEnglish.TouchDownload languages,to downloadadditionallanguages. 6. TapGesturesontheleftsideofthescreentoview helpfulinformationonusinggestureswhileusing Swype. ThismenuallowsyoutosetthespeechsettingsforVoice input. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. Display 2. TapVoice searchtoconfigurethefollowing: • Language: Choose a language for your voice input. • Speech output: Sets whether you will use speech output always or only when using hands-free. • Block offensive words: Enable or disable blocking of recognized offensive words from the results of your voice-input Google searches. 7. TapHelpontheleftsideofthescreentoseethe followingoptions: • How to Swype: provides tips on how to learn to use Swype. Speech Settings By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings132 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. TapText-to-speech optionsandselectGoogle Text-tospeech EngineorSamsung text-to-speech engine. ThisoptionsetsyourPointerspeedforyourmouseor trackpadwhenyouareusingakeyboarddockaccessory. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Language and input. ta • Bluetooth headset: allows you to record audio through a Bluetooth headset if available. Pointer speed rie • Download offline speech recognition: Enables voice input while offline. • Listen to an example: Play a sample of speech synthesis (available if voice data is installed). • Hotword detection: Enable to being able to launch voice search by saying the word “Google”. 4. Tap nexttothepreferredTTSengineconfigurethe followingsettings: • Language: allows you to set the language for spoken text. • Settings for Google Text-to-speech Engine: allows you to view Open Source Licenses. • Settings for Samsung text-to-speech engine allows you to view Open Source Licenses. • Install voice data: allows you to install voice data for speech synthesis. 2. TapPointer speedthendragtheslidertotherighttogo fasterortothelefttogoslower. 3. TapOKtosaveyoursetting. Motions and Gestures TheMotionsandGesturessettingsallowyoutosetup variousMotionactivationservices.Formoreinformationon usinggestures,see“Using Motions and Gestures”on page 20. 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Motions and gestures. 5. ScrolldowntotheGeneralsectiontoaccessthe followingoptions: • Speech rate: Set the speed at which the text is spoken. 133 Display By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Display 2. TaptheON/OFFicon toactivateMotion. atthetopofyourscreen • Mute/pause: Once enabled, mute incoming calls and any playing sounds by turning the device display down on a surface. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Direct call: Once enabled, the device will dial the currently displayed on-screen Contact entry as soon as you place the device to your ear. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. ta Motionallowsyoutocontrolyourdevicebyperforming naturalmovements. 1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapMotion. • Browse an image: Once enabled, touch and hold a desired on-screen image to pan around it. Move the device left or right to pan vertically or up and down to pan horizontally. Tap the ON/ OFF icon to turn it on. rie Motion • Smart alert: Once enabled, pickup the device to be alerted and notified of you have missed any calls or messages. Tap the ON/ OFF icon to turn it on. • Zoom: Once enabled, you must be on a screen where content can be zoomed. In a single motion, touch and hold two points on the display then tilt the tilt the device back and forth to zoom in or out. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. Palmmotionallowsyoutocontrolyourdevicebytouching yourscreenwiththepalmofyourhand. 1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapPalm motion. 2. TaptheON/OFFicon toactivatePalmmotion. atthetopofyourscreen 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Capture screen: Once enabled, you can capture any on-screen information swiping across the screen. In a single motion, press the side of your hand on the screen and swipe form left to right. The image is then copied to the clipboard. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. • Move an icon: Once enable, you can move an icon to another page by holding the icon, then moving the device to the left or right. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. Palm motion By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings134 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Gyroscopecalibrationallowsyoutocalibratemotion correctlyusingthedevice’sbuilt-ingyroscope. 1. FromtheMotionsandgesturesscreen,tapGyroscope calibration. 4. Whenfinished,Calibratedwillappearonyourscreen. Tap toreturntothepreviousscreen. Smart screen TheSmartscreenoptionsallowyoutocustomizeyour screensettingstomakethescreenmoreresponsiveand easiertouse. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Smart screen. Display 135 ta WiththeAirviewfeature,youcanhoveryourfingeroverthe screenandAirviewfeatureswillbedisplayed.Forexample, youcanhoveryourfingeroveraschedulediteminyour calendartoseemoredetails. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Air view. 2. TaptheON/OFFicon toactivateAirview. 2. Placeyourdeviceonaflatsurface. 3. TapCalibrate. Air view on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Gyroscope calibration 2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark andactivatethefeatures: • Smart stay: disables the screen timeout if your phone detects that your face is watching the screen. rie • Mute/pause: Once enabled, you can pause any on-screen video or mute any current sound by simply covering the screen with your hand. Once you remove your hand from the screen, the device goes back to normal by either continuing to play the current video or unmuting the current sound. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. Display atthetopofyourscreen 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable.Tapanoptionto createacheckmarkandactivatethefeature. • Information preview: allows you to see information previews, extended text, and enlarged images when you hover your finger over the screen. • Progress preview: allows you to preview a scene or show elapsed time when you hover your finger over the progress bar while watching a video. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voice control Note: Ifyousetthealerttypeforcallsoralarmstovibration, voicecontrolwillnotbeavailable. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to play sound and feel vibration when you hover your finger over Air view items. • Music: allows you to control your Music app using the voice commands Next, Previous, Play, Pause, Volume up, and Volume down. ta • Webpage magnifier: allows you to see magnified links on webpages when you hover your finger over them. • Camera: allows you to take pictures using the voice commands Capture, Shoot, Smile, or Cheese. rie • Speed dial preview: allows you to see the contacts and their speed dial numbers when you hover your finger over them in your contacts list. TheVoicecontrolsettingsallowyoutosetupvoice commandstocontrolyourdevice. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ Voice control. 2. TaptheON/OFFicon toactivateVoicecontrol. S Pen Settings Display atthetopofyourscreen 3. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable.Tapanoptionto createacheckmarkandactivatethefeature. • Incoming calls: allows you to answer or reject calls using the commands Answer and Reject. • Alarm: allows you to stop or snooze an alarm by using the commands Stop and Snooze. ThismenuallowsyoutocustomizesettingsfortheSPen. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ My device ➔ S Pen. Display 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Dominant hand: allows you to set your phone to Left handed or Right handed. • Pen attach/detach sound: allows you to select a sound to be played whenever the pen is attached or detached. • Open Popup Note: automatically opens Popup Note whenever the pen is detached. • Battery saving: disables the pen detection feature while the pen is attached to save battery power. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings136 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Use GPS satellites: allows applications to use GPS to pinpoint your location. • Air view: When the S pen tip is near the screen for a while, the S pen hovering feature will be provided. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on • Use wireless networks: allows applications to use data from mobile networks and Wi-Fi to help determine your location. ta rie • My places: allows you to add location information for your Home, Office, and Car. ================================ on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Sound and haptic feedback: allows you to hear sound and sense haptic feedback when using your S Pen • S Pen keeper: sounds an alert and displays a pop-up when you walk with the device without attaching the pen. • Quick command settings: allows you to create pen gestures to open selected apps or perform tasks. DisplayTab ================================ • S Pen help: provides additional information about S Pen. Location services TheLocationservicessettingsallowyoutosetuphowthe phonewilldetermineyourlocationandthesensorsettings foryourphone. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ More ➔ Location services. General ================================ InputandcontrolsTab ================================ 2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark andactivatetheservice: • Access to my location: allows apps that have asked your permission to use your location information. Tap the ON/OFF icon to turn it on. 137 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ================================ 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound ➔ Vibration intensity. GeneralTab General ➔ Settings➔ Thefollowingoptionsdisplay: Volume TheVolumeoptionallowsyoutochangethevolumeforall phonesoundsinoneeasylocation. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound ➔ Volume. General 2. Touchanddragtheslidertoadjustthesoundvolume forMusic,video,gamesandothermedia,Ringtone, Notifications,andSystem. 3. TapOK. Vibration intensity 3. TapOK. Ringtones on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Sound. rie Fromthismenuyoucancontrolthesoundsonthephone. ta Sound Settings 䡲 2. TouchanddragtheslidertoadjusttheVibration intensityforIncomingcall,Notification,andHaptic feedback. ================================ Vibrationintensityallowsyoutoselecthowintensethe vibrationisfordifferentoptions. General Thisoptionallowsyoutosettheringtone. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound. General 2. TapRingtones. 3. TaparingtoneandtapOK. –or– TapAddtoselectafilefromyourmusicfiles. Vibrations Thisoptionallowsyoutosetyourphonetovibrateandring. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound. General 2. TapVibrations. 3. SelectavibrationpatternandtapOK. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings138 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Default notification sound Thisoptionallowsyoutosetthedefaultringtonethatwill soundfornotificationsandalarms. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound. 2. TapDefault notification sound. • Touch sounds: makes a sound when you touch the screen. Vibrate when ringing Adapt sound General 2. TapVibrate when ringingtocreateacheckmarkand enablethefeature. System Tone Settings TheSystemtonesettingsareusedwhenyouusethedialing pad,makeascreenselection,lockyourscreen,ortapthe screen. 139 • Screen lock sound: makes a sound when your screen is locked or unlocked. • Haptic feedback: makes a vibration when you tap soft keys and on certain UI interactions. 3. TaparingtoneandtapOK. Thisoptionallowsyoutoenableyourphonetovibrate wheneveritrings. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound. General 2. Tapanyofthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmark andactivatethefeature: • Dialing keypad tone: makes a sound when you tap a key on the keyboard. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op General ➔ Settings➔ ta TapCreateandfollowtheon-screeninstructionsto createyourownvibration. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Sound. rie –or– TheAdaptsoundfeatureallowsyoutocustomizeyourcall sounds. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Sound➔ Adapt sound. 2. ReadtheinstructionsandtapStart. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosetupyour personalcallsound. Call Settings ToaccesstheCallsettingsmenu: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential General FromtheHomescreen,tap settings. ➔ General Taponeofthepre-writtenmessagestobedisplayed whenyouwantthecalltoberejected.Youcaneditthe messageifdesired. ➔Call 3. TapSavetosavetherejectmessage. Call rejection Answering/ending calls General 2. TapAuto reject modeandtaponeofthefollowing options: • Off: to turn Auto reject mode off. • All numbers: to reject all calls. • Auto reject numbers: to reject all calls in your Reject list. 3. TapAuto reject list. 4. Tap tomanuallyaddnumberstotheRejectlist. 5. TapUnknown,tocreateacheckmarkandautomatically rejectallcallsthatarenotinyourContactslist. Set rejection messages General 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • The home key answers calls: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by pressing the Home key. • Voice control: Tap this option to be able to accept incoming calls by using your voice. • The power key ends calls: This option will allow you to end a call by pressing the power key without turning off the screen. Turn off screen during calls Thisoptionturnsontheproximitysensorduringcallssothat yourphonewillknowtoturnthescreenofftosavepower. General 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Set up call rejection messages. 2. Tap 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Answering/ending calls. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Call rejection. –or– ➔ Settings➔ ta 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Call. –or– rie 䡲 tomanuallyaddarejectmessage. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings140 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Call alerts 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Call➔ Call alerts. ➔ Settings➔ General • Call-end vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the call ends. • Call connect tone: plays a tone when a call is connected. • Minute minder: beeps twice every minute that you are on a call. • Outgoing call conditions: allows you to make calls even when the device is locked. Additional settings 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings. General 2. Taponeofthefollowingoptions: • Caller ID: allows you to choose how your Caller ID will be displayed. Select Network default, Hide number, or Show number. • Call end tone: plays a tone when a call is ended. • Call forwarding: allows you to forward your calls to another number. • Alerts during calls: turns on alarm and message notifications during a call. • Auto area code: allows you to automatically prepend a specific area code to all outbound calls. Call Accessories 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Call accessories. 141 • Automatic answering timer: configures the time delay before the device automatically accepts the incoming call. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. Tapthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmarkand activatethefeatures: • Answer vibration: enables your phone to vibrate when the called party answers the phone. 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Automatic answering: configures the device to automatically answer and incoming call when a headset is detected. General ta FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Turn off screen during callstocreate acheckmarkandenablethefeature. rie 䡲 General • Call waiting: the network service informs you when someone is trying to reach you during another call. Tap to activate. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. TapChange PIN2. Enabling FDN 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. 3. Attheprompt,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK. FDNisenabled. 4. Attheprompt,enteranewPIN2code. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op General 3. Attheprompt,enteryouroldPIN2code. rie Using Fixed Dialing Numbers 2. TapTurn on FDN. General • Fixed dialing numbers: allows you to restrict outgoing calls to a limited set of phone numbers. Changing the PIN2 Code 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. ta • Auto redial: automatically redials the last number if the call was either cut off or was unable to connect. Tap to activate. 4. ToenableFDNafterithasbeendisabled,tapTurn off FDN,enteryourPIN2codeandtapOK. Whenthisfeatureisenabled,youcanmakecallsonlyto phonenumbersstoredintheFDNlistontheSIMcard. Note: BeforeyoucanmanageanFDNlistalistmustbe created. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Additional settings ➔ Fixed dialing numbers. General 2. TapFDN list. 3. AlistofallexistingFDNnumberswillbedisplayed. Important! NotallSIMcardsuseaPIN2code.IfyourSIMcard doesnot,thismenudoesnotdisplay. ThePIN2codeisprovidedbyyourcarrier.Entering anincorrectPIN2codecouldcausethephoneto lock.Contactcustomerserviceforassistance. 5. ConfirmyourPIN2code. Managing the FDN List By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings142 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Noise reduction General 2. TapRingtones,selectaringtone,andtapOK. Thisoptionhelpstosuppressbackgroundnoisefromyour sideduringacall. 䡲 5. TapKeypad tonestocreateacheckmarkifyouwant tonestoplaywhenthekeypadispressed. Personalize call sound Thisoptionallowsyoutopersonalizethesoundsyouhear duringacallwithandwithoutearphones. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Personalize call sound. General 2. AtthePersonalizecallsounddisplay,taponeofthe followingoptions: • In-call sound EQ: the In-call sound equalizer allows you to set your call sound during calls. Select from Off, Soft sound, Clear sound, Adapt Sound left, or Adapt Sound right. Thisoptionincreasestheringtonevolumewhenthedeviceis inapocketorabag.Itusestheproximitysensortodetectits location. 䡲 FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Increase volume in pockettocreatea checkmarkandenablethefeature. 143 General Voicemail service 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Voicemail Service. General Voicemailserviceprovidedbyyourcarrieristhe default. 2. TapMy carriertoremovethecarrierVoicemailservice. • Adapt sound: allows you to customize your sounds. Follow the on-screen instructions to set up your personal call sound. General Increase volume in pocket on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. TapVibrate when ringingtocreateacheckmarkifyou wantyourphonetovibratewhenacallisincoming. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Noise reductiontocreatea checkmarkandenablethefeature. rie 3. TapVibrations,selectavibrationtype,andtapOK. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Ringtones and keypad tones. ta Ringtones and keypad tones By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential General 3. TapOK. Sound YoucanselectauniqueringtoneforVoicemailalerts. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Sound. General 2. Taparingtonetohearitplayed. ThisoptionallowsyouselectvibrationsettingsforVoicemail alerts. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call. General YourphoneiscompatiblewithselectTTYdevices.Please checkwiththemanufacturerofyourTTYdevicetoensure thatitiscompatiblewithdigitalcellphones. YourphoneandTTYdevicewillconnectviaaspecialcable thatplugsintoyourphone’sheadsetjack.Ifthiscablewas notprovidedwithyourTTYdevice,contactyourTTYdevice manufacturertopurchasetheconnectorcable. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Call➔ TTY mode. 3. SelectaringtoneandtapOK. Vibrate ATTY(alsoknownasaTDDorTextTelephone)isa telecommunicationsdevicethatallowspeoplewhoaredeaf, hardofhearing,orwhohavespeechorlanguagedisabilities, tocommunicatebytelephone. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TaptheVoice mail numberfield,backspacetoerasethe digits,andenteranewvoicemailnumberusingthe keypad,thentapOK. TTY Mode ta Youcanviewormodifyyourvoicemailnumberfromthis menu. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Call➔ Voicemail settings. 2. TapVibratetocreateacheckmarkandactivatethe Vibratefeature. rie Voicemail settings ➔ Settings➔ General 2. TapTTY Full,TTY HCO,orTTY VCO.Agreencheckmark willappear.TapTTY Offtoturnitoff. Hearing aids ThisoptionallowsyoutoturnonHearingaidcompatibilityon yourdevice. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings144 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. TapHearing aidstocreateacheckmarkandenablethe Hearingaidcompatibilityfeature. Add Account Adding an Account 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Accounts ➔ Add account. General 2. Taponeoftheaccounttypes. 3. Usethekeyboardandfollowthepromptstoenteryour credentialsandsetuptheaccount. Agreencirclewillappearnexttotheaccounttypeonce youhavecreatedanaccount.Youraccountwillalsobe displayedintheMy accountssectionofthemain Accountsmenu. 145 Important! Removinganaccountalsodeletesallofits messages,contacts,andotherdatafromthe device. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap General ➔ Accounts. ➔ Settings ➔ on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thismenuallowsyoutosetup,manage,andsynchronize accounts,includingyourGoogleandemailaccounts. Removing an Account General ta ➔ Settings➔ rie 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Call. General 2. TaptheaccountwhichislocatedintheMy accounts section. 3. Taptheaccountname. 4. Atthebottomofthescreen,tapRemove account,then tapRemoveaccountattheprompttoremovethe accountanddeleteallitsmessages,contacts,and otherdata. Synchronizing Accounts Selecttheitemsyouwanttosynchronizeonyouraccount suchasBooks,Calendar,Contacts,andmore. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Accounts. General 2. TaptheaccountwhichislocatedintheMy accounts section. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. TapCancel synctostopthesynchronization. 6. TapAccount settingstoaccessyouraccountsettings. 6. TapSelect time zone,thentapatimezone. 7. Optional:TapUse 24-hour format.Ifthisisnotselected thephoneautomaticallyusesa12-hourformat. 8. TapSelect date formatandtapthedateformattype. rie 7. TapStorage usagetoseeyourstorageusagefor differentapplications. Blocking Mode on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Date and time 5. TapSet timeandtaptheupanddownarrowstosetthe Hour,Minute,andPM/AM,thentapSet. 4. TapSync nowtosynchronizeyouraccountoronlytap theSyncitemsthatyouwanttosynchronize. ta 3. Taptheaccountname. Thismenuallowsyoutochangethecurrenttimeanddate displayed. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Date and time. General 2. TapAutomatic date and timetoallowthenetworktoset thedateandtime. 3. TapAutomatic time zonetoallowthenetworktosetthe timezone. Important! DeactivateAutomatic date and timetomanuallyset therestoftheoptions. 4. TapSet dateandtaptheupanddownarrowstosetthe Month,Day,andYearthentapSet. WhenBlockingmodeisenabled,notificationsforselected featureswillbedisabled.Youwillonlyreceivenotificationsof incomingcallsfrompeopleonyourallowedlist. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Blocking mode. General 2. InasinglemotiontouchandslidetheBlocking mode slidertotherighttoturniton . ConfirmthattheBlockingmodeactiveicon appearsintheStatusbar. 3. Placeagreencheckmarkadjacenttothosefeatures youwouldliketoenable.Choosefrom:Turnoff incomingcalls,Turnoffnotifications,Turnoffalarm andtimer,andTurnoffLEDindicator. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings146 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. TapAllowed contactstoassignthosecontactsthatare exemptedfromtheserules.ChoosefromNone,All contacts,Favorites,orCustom.Allowedcontactswill • Auto enable: automatically turns on Power saving mode when the battery falls below 20% even if Power saving mode is off. configuretheFromandTotimefields. • Turn off haptic feedback: allows you to turn off vibration when you tap or touch the screen. ta RemovethecheckmarkfromtheAlwaysfieldto 4. TapLearn about Power saving modetolearnabout variouswaystoconservebatterypower. rie 4. Configureatimeframeforthesefeaturestobeactive. Accessibility on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op thenappearintheAllowed contact list. Power saving mode Powersavingmodeallowsyoutomanageyourphoneto conservepower. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings ➔ General ➔ Power saving mode. General 2. TaptheOFF / ONiconnexttoPower saving modetoturn Powersavingmodeon 3. Tapthefollowingoptionstocreateacheckmarkand conservepower: • CPU power saving: allows you to limit the maximum performance of the CPU. Note: YoucandownloadaccessibilityapplicationsfromPlay Storeandmanagetheirusehere. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Accessibility. ➔ Settings➔ 147 General 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: • Auto rotate screen: automatically rotate the screen from landscape to portrait when you rotate your phone. • Screen timeout: timeout the accessibility feature after a defined amount of time. • Screen power saving: allows you to lower the screen power level. Accessibilityservicesarespecialfeaturestomakeusingthe deviceeasierforthosewithcertainphysicaldisabilities.Use theAccessibilitysettingstoactivatetheseservices. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y • Font size: change the size of the fonts used on the device within menus, options, etc. Choose from: Tiny, Small, Normal, Large, or Huge. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Speak passwords: reads out password information. ta Note: Securedlocktimeoptiononlyappearsafteryouseta ScreenLockotherthanSwipeorNone.(See“Screen Lock”onpage 123.) Important! TalkBackcancollectallofthetextyouenter, exceptpasswords,includingpersonaldataand creditcardnumbers.Itmayalsologyouruser interfaceinteractionswiththedevice. rie • Secured lock time: lock the screen after the selected amount of inactivity time. • Answering/ending calls: accept incoming calls by pressing the home key or end calls using the power key. • Show shortcut: allow the accessibility shortcut under the device options to be used by pressing and holding the power key. • Manage accessibility: save and update your accessibility settings or share them with another device. You can export your settings, import a previously saved file, or share your file with another device. • TalkBack: activate the TalkBack feature. Note: TalkBack,wheninstalledandenabled,speaksfeedback tohelpblindandlow-visionusers. • Magnification gestures: use exaggerated gestures such as triple-tapping, double pinching, and dragging two fingers across the screen. • Negative colors: reverse the display of on-screen colors from White text on a Black background to Black text on a White background. • Color adjustment: allows you to adjust the display colors if you are color blind and have difficulty reading the display because of the colors. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions. • Accessibility shortcut: allows you to quickly enable accessibility features in 2 quick steps. Follow the on-screen instructions. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings148 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Accessory Settings ThismenuallowsyoutoselecttheAudiooutputmodewhen usingacarordeskdock. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Accessory. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Sound balance: allows you to use the slider to set the Left and Right balance when using a stereo device. ta • Enhance web accessibility: allows apps to install scripts from Google that make their Web content more accessible. Tap Allow. • Interaction control: allows you to enable or disable motions and screen timeout. You can also block areas of the screen from touch interaction. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the on-screen instructions. rie • Text-to-speech options: allows you to adjust your text-tospeech settings. For more information, refer to “Speech Settings” on page 132. • Mono audio: allows you to enable stereo audio to be compressed into a single mono audio stream for use with a single earbud/earphone. ➔ Settings➔ 2. TapDock soundtoplaysoundswheninsertingor removingthephonefromthedock. • Turn off all sounds: allows you to mute every sound made by the device during taps, selections, notifications, etc. 3. TapAudio output modetousetheexternaldock speakerswhenthephoneisdocked. • Flash notification: allows you to set your camera light to blink whenever you receive a notification. 4. TapDesk home screen displaytodisplaythedeskhome screenwheneverthephoneisdocked. • Assistant menu: allows you to improve the device accessibility for users with reduced dexterity. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on . Follow the onscreen instructions. 5. TapAutomatic unlockifyouareusingaphonecover andyouwantyourphonetounlockwhenyouopenthe cover. 6. TapAudio outputtosetyourAudiooutputtoStereoor Surround. • Press and hold delay: allows you to select a time interval for this action. Choose from: Short, Medium, or Long. 149 General By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Automatic Restore Back Up My Data General 2. TapBack up my datatoenableordisablebackupof applicationdata,WI-Fipasswords,andothersettings totheGoogleserver. Backup Account General 2. TapAutomatic restoretoenableordisableautomatic restorationofsettingsfromtheGoogleserver. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Bysettingthisoption,theGoogleserverwillbackupallof yoursettingsanddata. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Back up and reset. Bysettingthisoption,whenyoureinstallanapplication,allof yourbackedupsettingsanddatawillberestored. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Back up and reset. ta TheBackupandresetsettingsallowyoutobackupyour data,backupaccounts,automaticallyrestoreyourphone, andresetyourphonesettingstothefactorysettings. rie Back up and reset Factory Data Reset Fromthismenuyoucanresetyourphoneandsoundsettings tothefactorydefaultsettings. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Back up and reset. General 2. TapFactory data reset. IfyouhaveenabledtheBack up my dataoption,thenthe Backup accountoptionisavailable. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Back up and reset. General 3. TapReset device,thenfollowthepromptstoperform thereset. 2. TapBackup accountandtapyourGoogleGmailaccount ortapAdd accounttosetyourGoogleGmailaccountto bebackeduptotheGoogleserver. TheFactorydataresetscreendisplaysreset information. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings150 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Application Manager YoucandownloadandinstallapplicationsfromPlayStoreor createapplicationsusingtheAndroidSDKandinstallthem onyourdevice.UseApplicationmanagersettingstomanage applications. Warning! Becausethisdevicecanbeconfiguredwithsystem softwarenotprovidedbyorsupportedbyGoogleor anyothercompany,end-usersoperatethesedevices attheirownrisk. Memory Usage 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Application manager. ta rie ThegraphatthebottomoftheDownloadedtabshows usedandfreedevicememory.Thegraphatthebottom oftheRunningtabshowsusedandfreeRAM. Downloaded Displaysappsyouhavedownloadedontoyourdevice. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Application manager. 151 General 2. TaptheDOWNLOADEDtabtoviewalistofallthe downloadedapplicationsonyourdevice. 3. Toswitchtheorderofthelistsdisplayedinthe Downloadedtabs,press ➔Sort by sizeorSort by name. 4. Toresetyourapplicationpreferences,press Reset app preferences. SeehowmemoryisbeingusedbyDownloadedorRunning applications. General 2. TapDOWNLOADED,ON SD CARD,RUNNING,orALLto displaymemoryusageforthatcategoryof applications. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Warning! PerformingaFactorydataresetwillerasealldata fromyourphoneandinternalSDcard,includingyour Googleaccount,systemandapplicationdataand settings,anddownloadedapplications.Itwillnot erasecurrentsystemsoftware,bundled applications,andexternalSDcardfilessuchas musicandphotos. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ➔ On SD Card ta Running Services Viewandcontrolservicesrunningonyourdevice. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Application manager. General on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 5. Tapanapplicationtoviewandupdateinformation abouttheapplication,includingmemoryusage,default settings,andpermissions. 5. Tapanapplicationtoviewandupdateinformation abouttheapplication,includingmemoryusage,default settings,andpermissions. rie Note: Thiswillresetthepreferencesfordisabledapps, disabledappnotifications,defaultapplicationsfor actions,andbackgrounddatarestrictionsforapps.You willnotloseanyappdata. DisplaysappsyouhavedownloadedontoyourSDcard. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Application manager. General 2. TaptheON SD CARDtabtoviewalistofallthe downloadedapplicationsonyourdevice. ➔ Note: WhenyouResetapppreferences,youwillnotloseany appdata. 3. TapShow cached processestodisplayallthecached processesthatarerunning.TapShow services in useto switchback. 4. Taponeoftheapplicationstoviewapplication information. 3. ToswitchtheorderofthelistsdisplayedintheOnSD cardtab,press ➔Sort by sizeorSort by name. 4. Toresetyourapplicationpreferences,press Reset app preferences. 2. TaptheRUNNINGtab.Alltheapplicationsthatare currentlyrunningonthedevicedisplay. Thefollowingoptionsdisplay: • Stop: Stops the application from running on the device. This is usually done prior to uninstalling the application. Warning! Notallservicescanbestopped.Stoppingservices mayhaveundesirableconsequencesonthe applicationorAndroidSystem. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings152 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Report: Report failure and other application information. Note: Optionsvarybyapplication. FormoreinformationaboutmountingorunmountingtheSD card,see“Memory Card”onpage 33. ta Seehowmuchbatterypowerisusedfordeviceactivities. 1. FromaHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Battery. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Storage.Theavailablememorydisplays undertheTotal spaceandAvailablespaceheadingsfor bothDevicememoryandSDcard. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op General Thebatteryleveldisplaysinpercentage.Theamount oftimethebatterywasusedalsodisplays.Battery usagedisplaysinpercentagesperapplication. 2. TapScreen,Android OSoranyotherlistedapplication toviewhowitisaffectingbatteryuse. Note: Otherapplicationsmayberunningthataffectbattery use. SD card 䡲 TapUnmount SD cardtounmountyourSDcardsothat youcansafelyremoveit,thentapOK. –or– 1. TapFormat SD cardtoformatyourSDcard.Thiswill deletealldataonyourSDcardincludingmusic,videos, andphotos. 2. TapFormat SD cardagain. 3. TapDelete alltocontinueorpress Storage tocancel. Note: TheFormat SD cardoptionisonlyavailablewhenyour SDcardismounted. Fromthismenuyoucanviewthememoryallocationforthe memorycardandUSBaswellasmountorunmounttheSD card. General rie 䡲 Battery ToviewthememoryallocationforyourexternalSDcard: 153 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Set up/change password General 2. EnteranewpasswordandtapConfirm. 3. EnterthenewpasswordagainandtapConfirm. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TorequireanumericPINorpasswordtodecryptyourphone eachtimeyoupoweritonorencryptthedataonyourSD cardeachtimeitisconnected: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. Encryption Usethisoptiontosetupyourpasswordwhenoneisfirst requiredorchangeyourcurrentpassword. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security ➔ Set up/change password. ta TheSecuritysettingsallowyoutodeterminethesecurity levelforyourphone. rie Security General 2. Youmustfirstsetupascreenlocktypeifyouhaven’t alreadydoneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Screen Lock” on page 123. 3. TapEncrypt device.Formoreinformation,readthe displayedhelpscreen. 4. TapEncrypt external SD cardtoenabletheencryption onSDcarddatathatrequiresapasswordbeentered eachtimethemicroSDcardisconnected. Tip: Makesureyourbatteryischargedmorethan80percent. Encryptionmaytakeanhourormore. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings154 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Forgotten SIM PIN password on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Whenenabled,yourphonewillaskforaPINnumbereach timeyouusethephone.Usingthisoptionyoucanalso changeyourSIMPINnumber. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. IfyouenterthewrongSIMPINmorethan3times,youwill needtocontactyourAT&TCustomerServiceRepresentative togetthePUKcodeforyourdevice. 1. EachtimeyouenterawrongSIMPINnumberthe phonewilldisplayhowmanyattemptsyouhave remaining. ta PreventanotheruserfromusingyourSIMcardtomake unauthorizedcallsorfromaccessinginformationstoredon yourSIMcardbyprotectingtheinformationusingaPINcode. rie Set up SIM card lock General 2. TapSet up SIM card lock. 3. TapLock SIM card,enteryourSIMPINcode,thentap OK. Note: YoumustactivateLockSIMcardbeforeyoucanchange yourSIMPINcode. 4. TapChange SIM PIN. 5. EnteryouroldSIMPINcodeandtapOK. 6. EnteryournewSIMPINcodeandtapOK. 3. EnterthenewPUKcodethatyoureceivedfromyour AT&TCustomerServiceRepresentativeinthePUK code field. 4. EnteranewPINcodeintheEnter a new PINfieldand tapOK. 5. EnterthenewPINcodeagainintheConfirm your new PIN fieldandtapOK. Note: WhileyourSIMPINislocked,youwillstillbeableto makeEmergencycallsifnecessary. 7. Re-typeyournewSIMPINcodeandtapOK. 2. Afterthethirdincorrectattempt,SIM is now disabled, Enter PUK code to continue. Contact carrier for details displaysandyourSIMcardislocked. 155 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential General 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Security. Device Administrators TheDeviceAdministrationfeatureallowsyoutoselectoneor moreadministrationapplicationsthatcontrolyourdevicefor securitypurposes(forexample,ifyourphoneislostof stolen).Theseapplicationsenforceremoteorlocaldevice securitypolicies. Someofthefeaturesadeviceadministrationapplication mightcontrolare: •Settingthenumberoffailedpasswordattemptsbeforethe deviceisrestoredtofactorysettings. General 2. TapDevice administrators. Unknown sources Thisfeatureallowsyoutodownloadandinstallnon-Market applications. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. General 2. TapUnknown sources. Acheckmarkisdisplayedtoindicateitisactive. Warning! Enablingthisoptioncausesyourphoneandpersonal datatobemorevulnerabletoattackbyapplications fromunknownsources. •Automaticallylockingthedevice. •Restoringfactorysettingsonthedevice. ➔ Settings➔ 3. Selectadeviceadministratorandfollowtheprompts.If nodeviceadministratorsarelisted,youcandownload themfromthePlayStore. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapMake passwords visibletocreateacheckmarkand enableordisablethedisplayofpasswordcharacters. Note: Ifadeviceusesmultipleenabledadministration applications,thestrictestpolicyisenforced. ta Whenenabled,passwordcharactersdisplaybrieflyasyou touchthemwhileenteringpasswords. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. rie Make passwords visible By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings156 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential General on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Acheckmarkisdisplayedtoindicateitisactive. Trusted Credentials Caution! WhenyoudisableasystemCAcertificate,theDisable buttonchangestoEnable,soyoucanenablethe certificateagain,ifnecessary.Whenyouremovea user-installedCAcertificate,itispermanently deletedandmustbere-installed,ifneeded. rie 2. TapVerify apps. Thisfeatureallowsyoutoeitherblockorwarnyoubefore installingappsthatmaycauseharmtoyourphone. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. 4. ScrolltothebottomofthedetailsscreenandtapTurn offtodisableaSystemcertificateorRemovetoremove aUsercertificate. ta Verify apps Ifacertificateauthority(CA)certificategetscompromisedor forsomeotherreasonyoudonottrustit,youcandisableor removeit. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ Security. General 2. TapTrusted credentials. Thetrustedcredentialsscreenhastwotabs: • System: Displays CA certificates that are permanently installed in the ROM of your device. • User: Displays any CA certificates that you installed, for example, in the process of installing a client certificate. 3. TapaCAcertificatetoexamineitsdetails. 5. TapOKtoreturntothecertificatelist. Whenenabled,acheckmarkappearsinthecheckbox. Install from device storage Installencryptedcertificatesfromaninstalledmemorycard. Note: Youmusthaveinstalledamemorycardcontaining encryptedcertificatestousethisfeature. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Security. ➔ Settings➔ 2. TapInstall from device storage,thenchoosea certificateandfollowthepromptstoinstall. Ascrollingscreendisplaysthedetails. 157 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential General ➔ Settings➔ General 2. TapClear credentialstoremoveallcertificates. About Device • Legal information: This option displays information about Open source licenses, Google legal information, and Samsung legal information. This information clearly provides copyright and distribution legal information and facts as well as Google Terms of Service, Terms of Service for Android-powered Phones, and much more pertinent information as a reference. Read the information and terms, then press to return to the Settings menu. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ Security. Note: Thissettingonlyappearsifyouhaveinstalledencrypted certificates. ta Clearstoredcredentials. • Status: displays the Battery status, Battery level (percentage), Network, Signal strength, Mobile network type, Service state, Roaming status, Mobile network state, the phone number for this device (My phone number), IMEI number, IMEISV number, IP address, Wi-Fi MAC address, Bluetooth address, Serial number, Up time, and Device status. rie Clear credentials Thismenucontainslegalinformation,systemtutorial information,andotherphoneinformationsuchasthemodel number,firmwareversion,basebandversion,kernalversion, andsoftwarebuildnumber. Toaccessphoneinformation: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap General ➔ About device. ➔ Settings ➔ • Device name: displays the phone’s model name. General • Android version: displays the android version loaded on this handset. • Baseband version: displays the baseband version loaded on this handset. 2. Thefollowinginformationdisplays: • Software update: allows you to update your phone software, if available. For more information, refer to “Software Update” on page 159. • Model number: displays the phone’s model number. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) ChangingYourSettings158 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 3. AttheAT&T Software updateprompt,tapOKto continue. • Build number: displays the software, build number. 4. Thephoneautomaticallyupdatesthesoftware(if available),otherwise,whentheCurrent software is up to date promptisdisplayed,tapOK. Note: Baseband,kernalandbuildnumbersareusuallyused forupdatestothehandsetorsupport.Foradditional informationpleasecontactyourAT&Tservice representative. Software Update ta 5. Whenupdatingsoftware,oncetheupdatefileis downloaded,youcandelaytheupdateonthestart screenbypostponingitforacertainperiodoftime.If youwanttoresumetheupdatebeforetheselected time,tapContinue update. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Secure boot status: displays the status of the Secure boot. rie • SELinux status: displays the status of SELinux. SELinux is a set of security policies/modules which is applied to the device to improve the overall security. • Kernel version: displays the kernel version loaded on this handset. TheAT&TSoftwareUpdatefeatureenablesyoutouseyour phonetoconnecttothenetworkanduploadanynewphone softwaredirectlytoyourphone.Thephoneautomatically updateswiththelatestavailablesoftwarewhenyouaccess thisoption. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ General ➔ About device➔ Software update. General 2. TapCheck for updates. 159 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 8: Connections •Double tap:Quicklytapthescreentwiceonthewebpageto Accessing the Mobile Web ToaccesstheBrowser: 䡲 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheBrowserisyouraccesstothemobileweb.Thissection explainshowtonavigatetheBrowserandintroducesyouto thebasicfeatures. ThereareseveralwaystoZoominandoutonyourbrowser. Aftertappingonalinkorarticle,useoneofthesemethods: •Tilting:Tapandholdthescreenattwopointsthentiltthedevice backandforthtoreduceorenlargethescreen.Youmustfirst enablemotionintheSettingssection.Formoreinformation,refer to“Motions and Gestures” onpage133. ta Internet Zooming in and out of the Browser rie Thissectiondescribesthevariousconnectionsyourphone canmakeincludingaccessingtheInternetwithyour Browser,Wi-Fi,Bluetooth,andConnectingyourPC. zoominorout. •Pinching:Sweepinoppositedirectionsatthesametimetozoom FromtheHomescreen,tapInternet TheAT&T/YAHOO!mobilehomepagedisplays. Browser Options Navigating with the Browser 1. Toselectanitem,tapanentry. 2. Toscrollthroughawebsite,sweepthescreenwith yourfingerinanupordownmotion. 3. Sweepthescreenlefttorighttomovelaterallyacross awebpage. 4. Toreturntoapreviouspage,press 5. Tomoveforwardtoawebpage,press inorout(useapinching-inorpinching-outmotion). 1. Fromthehomepage,press toaccessthe followingoptions: • Home: displays the home web page. • New window: displays a new window so you can browse multiple URLs. For more information, refer to “Adding and Deleting Windows” on page 161. • Add bookmark: allows you to add a URL to your bookmark list By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections160 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Find on page: allows you to search in the current page. ToenteraURLandgotoaparticularwebsite,followthese steps: 1. TaptheURLfieldatthetopofyourscreen. 2. EntertheURLusingtheon-screenkeypad. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Desktop view: allows you to assign the browser to display the current page in the desktop view (to closely mimic the display as it would appear on a desktop computer). YoucanaccessawebsitequicklybyenteringtheURL. Websitesareoptimizedforviewingonyourphone. ta • Share page: allows you to share the page using Gmail or as a message. Enter a URL rie • Add shortcut to home screen: allows you to add a shortcut to your Home screen. • Save for offline reading: allows you to store the current page in memory so that it can be read later even if you loose your Internet connection. • Brightness: allows you to set the screen brightness. • Downloads: displays the download history. • Print: allows you to print the screen or web page on a Samsung printer using Wi-Fi. • Settings: allows you to modify your web settings. For more information, refer to “Browser Settings” on page 164. 161 Thewebsitedisplays. Search the Internet Toperformaninternetsearchusingkeywords,followthese steps: 1. FromtheGooglehomepage,taptheURLfield. 2. Enterthekeyword(s)tosearchusingtheon-screen keypadandtapGo. 3. Tapalinktoviewthewebsite. Adding and Deleting Windows YoucanhaveuptoeightInternetwindowsopenatonetime. Toaddanewwindow,followthesesteps: ➔ New window. 1. Fromyourbrowser,press Anewbrowserwindowisopened. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Going Incognito 2. Scrollacrosstheavailablewindowsandlocatethe incognitowindow. nexttotheincognitolistingtodeletethis 3. Tap window. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheincognitofeatureallowsyoutoviewInternetsites outsideofthenormalbrowsing.Pagesviewedinthis incognitowindowwon’tappearwithinyourbrowserhistory orsearchhistory,andnotraces(suchascookies)arelefton yourdevice. (Windows)➔ 4. Tap atthetoprightcornerofthewebpage thumbnailtodeletethewindow. ta 3. TapawindowlistingtoopenupthatInternetwindow. To exit from the incognito window: 1. Fromyourbrowserwindow,tap (New window). rie 2. Tap 2 (Windows)toseethumbnailsofallopen windows. Note: Anydownloadedfileswillbepreservedandwillstayonyour deviceafteryouexittheincognitomode. To add a new incognito window: 1. Fromyourbrowserwindow,tap (Incognito). Whilenavigatingawebsite,youcanbookmarkasiteto quicklyandeasilyaccessitatafuturetime.TheURLs (websiteaddresses)ofthebookmarkedsitesaredisplayedin theBookmarkspage.FromtheBookmarkspageyoucan alsoviewyourMostvisitedwebsitesandviewyourHistory. (Bookmarks). 1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap TheBookmarkspageisdisplayed. (Windows)➔ 2. Anewbrowserwindowdisplays. Note: Theincognitoiconappearsintheupper-leftofthenew browserwindowwhileyouareinthismode. Using Bookmarks todisplaythefollowingoptions: 2. Press • List/Thumbnail view: Select Thumbnail view (default) to view a thumbnail of the webpage with the name listed, or select List view to view a list of the bookmarks with Name and URL listed. • Create folder: Creates a new folder in which to store new bookmarks. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections162 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. Fromanywebpage,tap ➔ 2. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoentertheName,Address, andLocation. • Delete: Erases selected bookmarks. 3. TapSave. 4. Saved to bookmarkswillappearatthebottomofthe page. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3. Tapabookmarktoviewthewebpage,ortouchand holdabookmarkforthefollowingoptions: • Open: Opens the webpage of the selected bookmark. Adding Bookmarks ta • Move to folder: Selected bookmarks are moved to a selected folder. rie • Change order: Rearranges the current bookmarks. • Open in new window: Opens the webpage in a new window. Editing Bookmarks • Edit bookmark: Allows you to edit the name or URL of the bookmark. For more information, refer to “Editing Bookmarks” on page 163. 1. FromtheBookmarkspage,tapandholdthebookmark youwanttoedit. • Add shortcut to home screen: Adds a shortcut to the bookmarked webpage to your phone’s Home screen. 3. Usetheon-screenkeypadtoedittheName,Address, andLocation. • Share link: Allows you to share a URL address using many different options. • Copy link URL: Allows you to copy the URL address to use in a message. • Delete bookmark: Allows you to delete a bookmark. For more information, refer to “Deleting Bookmarks” on page 163. 4. TapSave. Deleting Bookmarks 1. FromtheBookmarkspage,tapandholdthebookmark youwanttodelete. 2. TapDelete bookmark. 3. AttheDeleteconfirmationwindow,tapOK. • Set as homepage: Sets the bookmark to your new homepage. 2. TapEdit bookmark. 163 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. Press 2. AttheClearprompt,tapOKtodeletethecookiesortap Canceltoexit. Using your History Saved Pages ta TheSavedpageslistprovidesyouwithalistofthewebsites thatyouhavesaved. 1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap ➔ Saved pages tab. AlistofyoursavedwebpagesisdisplayedwithName andURLaddress.Thewebpagesthathavebeenvisited themostwillappearatthetop. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Acookieisasmallfilewhichisplacedonyourphonebya websiteduringnavigation.Inadditiontocontainingsome site-specificinformation,itcanalsocontainsomepersonal information(suchasausernameandpassword)whichcan poseasecurityriskifnotproperlymanaged.Youcanclear thesecookiesfromyourphoneatanytime. ➔ Settings ➔ 1. FromtheHomewebpage,press Privacy and security ➔ Clear all cookie data. ➔ Clear history todeletetheHistorylist. rie Emptying the Cookies TheHistorylistprovidesyouwithalistofthemostrecently visitedwebsites.Theseentriescanbeusedtoreturnto previouslyunmarkedwebpages. ➔ History tab. 1. FromtheHomewebpage,tap Alistofyourmostrecentlyvisitedwebsitesis displayedwithNameandURLaddress. 2. TaponacategorysuchasToday,Last 7 days, orMost visited. 3. Tapanyentrytodisplaythewebpage. 2. Tapanyentrytodisplaythewebpage. Browser Settings Tomakeadjustmentsinyourbrowsersettings,followthese steps: ➔ ➔ Settings. 1. TapInternet 2. Thefollowingoptionsareavailable: General • Set home page: Sets the current home page for the Web browser. • Form auto-fill: allows you to fill in web forms with a single tap. • Auto-fill text: allows you to enter text to be used in the Form auto-fill feature. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections164 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Clear notifications: Deletes website notification access information. Accessibility on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Show security warnings: Notifies you if there is a security issue with the current website. • Clear history: Clears the browser navigation history. Tap OK to complete the process. • Enable notifications: Allows website notifications. Select Always on, On demand, or Off. ta • Clear cache: Deletes all currently cached data. Tap OK to complete the process. • Clear passwords: Deletes any previously stored usernames or passwords. Tap OK to complete the process. rie Privacy and security • Accept cookies: Allows sites, that require cookies, to save and read cookies from your device. • Force zoom: allows you to override the website’s request to control zoom. • Clear all cookie data: Deletes all current browser cookie files. • Text size: allows you to preview the text size, scale the text size using a slider bar, set the zoom amount on double tap, and minimize the font size using a slider bar. • Remember form data: Allows the device to store data from any previously filled out forms. Remove the checkmark to disable this function. • Clear form data: Deletes any stored data from previously filled out forms. Tap OK to complete the process. • Enable location: Allows websites to request access to your location. • Clear location access: Clears location access for all websites. Tap OK to complete the process. • Remember passwords: Stores usernames and passwords for visited sites. Remove the checkmark to disable this function. 165 • Inverted screen rendering: allows you to preview a website page, select Inverted rendering (black becomes white and vice versa), and adjust the Contrast using a slider bar. Advanced • Select search engine: allows you to set your default search engine to Google, Yahoo!, or Bing. • Open in background: New pages are launched in a separate page and displayed behind the current one. Remove the checkmark to disable this function. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Bandwidth management • Preload search results: Allows the browser to preload high confidence search results in the background to help speed up searches. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Enable plug-ins: Allows the download of plug-ins such as Adobe Flash. • Reset to default: Clears all browser data and resets all settings to default. ta • Allow multiple tabs per app: Allows you to use multiple navigation tabs per application. • Text encoding: Adjusts the current text encoding. rie • Enable JavaScript: Enables Javascript for the current Web page. Without this feature, some pages may not display properly. Remove the checkmark to disable this function. • Default storage: Allows you to set your default storage to Phone or Memory Card. • Page preloading: Allows the browser to preload pages in the background. • Website settings: View advanced settings for individual websites. • Load images: Allows web page images to be loaded along with the other text components of a loaded website. • Default zoom: Adjusts the zoom feature. Set to Far, Medium, or Close. • Open pages in overview: Shows an overview of newly opened web pages. • Auto-fit pages: Allows web pages to be resized to fit as much of the screen as possible. • Quick controls: allows you to open quick controls and hide the app and URL bars by swiping your thumb from the left or right edge of the screen. • Full screen: allows you to access Full screen mode and hide the status bar. • Block pop-ups: Prevents popup advertisement or windows from appearing onscreen. Remove the checkmark to disable this function. Labs By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections166 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Connect to a Wi-Fi Network Wi-Fi 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Turning Wi-Fi On ta 2. Tapthenetworkyouwanttoconnectto. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Wi-Fi(shortfor"wirelessfidelity"andsometimesreferredto aswifi)isatermusedforcertaintypesofWirelessLocal AreaNetworks(WLAN).Thesedevicetypesusean802.11 wirelessspecificationtotransmitandreceivewirelessdata. Wi-Ficommunicationrequiresaccesstoanexistingand accessibleWirelessAccessPoint(WAP).TheseWAPscan eitherbeOpen(unsecured)aswithinmostHotSpots,or Secured(requiringknowledgeoftheRouternameand password). ➔Settings ➔Wi-Fi. Thenetworknamesandsecuritysettings(Open networkorSecuredwithWEP)ofdetectedWi-Fi networksaredisplayedintheWi-Finetworkssection. rie About Wi-Fi Bydefault,yourdevice’sWi-Fifeatureisturnedoff.Turning Wi-Fionmakesyourdeviceabletodiscoverandconnectto compatiblein-rangeWAPs. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings. 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi field,toturnWi-FiON . Note: Whenyouselectanopennetwork,youwillbe automaticallyconnectedtothenetwork. 3. Enterawirelesspasswordifnecessary. Manually add your new network connection 1. TapAdd Wi-Fi network. 2. EntertheNetwork SSID.Thisisthenameofyour WirelessAccessPoint. 3. TaptheSecurityfieldandselectasecurityoption.This mustmatchthecurrentsecuritysettingonyourtarget WAP. 4. Ifsecured,youwillalsoneedtoenteryourWAP’s password. 167 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Turning Wi-Fi Off 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings. 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi field,toturnWi-FiOFF OFF . Note: UseofwirelessdataconnectionssuchasWi-Fiand Bluetoothcancauseanaddeddraintoyourbatteryand reduceyourusetimes. Manually Scan for a Wi-Fi Network 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 2. Tap Scan. ThefollowingiconsshowyourWi-Ficonnectionstatusata glance: ta DisplayswhenWi-Fiisconnected,active,and communicatingwithaWirelessAccessPoint (WAP). DisplayswhenWi-Fiisactivebutthereisa communicationissuewiththetargetWireless AccessPoint(WAP). on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Thenexttimeyourdeviceconnectstoapreviously accessedorsecuredwirelessnetwork,youarenot promptedtoentertheWAPkeyagain,unlessyoureset yourdevicebacktoitsfactorydefaultsettings. Wi-Fi Status Indicators rie 5. TapSavetostorethenewinformationandconnectto yourtargetWAP. ➔ Settings ➔ Wi-Fi. Wi-Fi Advanced Settings TheAdvancedWi-Fimenuallowsyoutosetupmanyofyour device’sWi-Fiservice,including: •Networknotificationwhenanopennetworkisavailable •SettingyourWi-Fisleeppolicy •CheckingforWi-FiInternetservice •AutomaticallyconnectingtoanAT&TWi-Fihotspotwhendetected •Viewingyourdevice’sMACandIPAddress AllavailableWi-Finetworksaredisplayed. Displayswhenconnectedtoanotherdeviceusing Wi-FiDirect.Formoreinformation,referto“Wi-Fi Direct” onpage169. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections168 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ToaccesstheAdvancedWi-Fimenu: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Settings ➔Wi-Fi. ➔ Advanced. Wi-FiDirectallowsdevice-to-deviceconnectionssoyoucan transferlargeamountsofdataoveraWi-Ficonnection. 8. Onceconnected,theotherdevicewillshowas ConnectedinyourlistofWi-FiDirectdevicesandthe iconwilldisplayatthetopofyourscreen. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: SeeyourserviceplanforapplicablechargesforWi-Fi Direct. ta 7. Theotherdevicehas2minutestotapAcceptforthe connectiontobemade. Wi-Fi Direct rie 2. Press 6. Oncethedeviceyouwanttoconnecttoisdisplayed, taponit. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings➔ Wi-Fi. 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightoftheWi-Fi field,toturnWi-FiON . 3. AtthebottomoftheWi-Fiscreen,taptheWi-Fi Direct button. 4. Repeatsteps 1 - 3ontheotherdeviceyouwantto connectwith.Thestepsonadifferentmodelofphone, maybedifferent. 5. Onyourphone,tapScan. ThedevicescansforotherWi-FiDirectdevices. 169 9. TochangeyourDevicename,press device. ➔ Rename 10. ForadditionalinformationaboutWi-FiDirect,press ➔ Help. Sharing Information with Connected Device ToshareVideos,Photos,orotherinformationwiththe connecteddevice,followthesesteps: 1. Viewtheinformationthatyouwanttoshare.For example,ifyouwanttoshareaphoto,findthephotoin yourcameraviewerorMy Filesfolder,thentapthe Share,Share via, orSend viaoption. 2. TaptheWi-Fi Directoption. 3. Taptheconnecteddevicename.Forexample, Android_49ba. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential AT&T Smart Wi-Fi Formoreinformationonhowtousethisapplication,goto www.att.com/smartwifi. ta NFC NFC(NearFieldCommunication)allowsdataexchangewhen youtouchyourdevicewithanothercompatibledevice.This isusedforapplicationssuchasSBeam.ToactivateNFCon yourdevice,see“NFC”onpage 121. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: Dependingontheotherdevicemodel,thepromptsand sharedfolderinformationmaydiffer. 5. FollowtheonscreeninstructionstouseAT&TWi-Fi. rie 4. Thefileistransferredandtheotherdevicewillreceive ascreennotificationthataWi-Fifilehasbeen received.ThefilecanbefoundinMy files ➔ sdcard0in theShareViaWififolder. WithAT&TSmartWi-Fi,youcanmaximizeyourbattery performance,maximizeyourdata,simplifyaccesstoAT&T HotSpotsandWi-Finetworks,automateyourWi-Fi connections,andtrackyourdatause. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔AT&T Smart Wi-Fi 2. ReadtheLicenseAgreementandtapAcceptto continue. 3. AttheWelcomescreen,tapOK. 4. AttheInitialSettingscreen,tapYesifyouwantAT&T SmartWi-Fitoautomaticallyconnecttoanyhotspot thatisavailableforpublicuse.Otherwise,tapNo. S Beam WhenSBeamisactivated,youcanbeamfilestoanother NFC-capabledevicebyholdingthedevicesclosetogether. YoucanbeamimagesandvideosfromyourGallery,music filesfromyourMusicPlayer,andmore.Formoreinformation, referto“S Beam” onpage121. Bluetooth About Bluetooth Bluetoothisashort-rangecommunicationstechnologythat allowsyoutoconnectwirelesslytoanumberofBluetooth devices,suchasheadsetsandhands-freecarkits,and Bluetooth-enabledhandhelds,computers,printers,and wirelessdevices.TheBluetoothcommunicationrangeis usuallyuptoapproximately30feet. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections170 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothON Whenactive, appearswithintheStatusarea. •Settingyourdevice’svisibility(or“discoverability”)forother on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op To turn Bluetooth off: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap TheBluetoothsettingsmenuallowsyoutosetupmanyof thecharacteristicsofyourdevice’sBluetoothservice, including: •EnteringorchangingthenameyourdeviceusesforBluetooth communicationanddescription ➔ Settings. ta To turn Bluetooth on: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap Bluetooth Settings rie Turning Bluetooth On and Off ➔ Settings. 2. TaptheON/OFFslider,locatedtotherightofthe Bluetoothfield,toturnBluetoothOFF OFF Bluetooth Status Indicators ThefollowingiconsshowyourBluetoothconnectionstatus ataglance: DisplayswhenBluetoothisactive. DisplayswhenBluetoothisconnected(paired)and communicating. 171 Bluetoothdevices To access the Bluetooth Settings menu: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ Settings. 2. VerifyyourBluetoothisON 3. TapBluetooth. To change your Bluetooth name: 1. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press Rename device. ➔ 2. Enteranewname. 3. TapOKtocompletetherenameprocess. To make your device visible: 1. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press time-out. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ➔Visible To show received files: FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,press Received files. ➔ 4. EnterthepasskeyorPINcode,ifneeded,andtapOK. 5. Theexternaldevicewillthenhavetoalsoacceptthe connectionandenteryourdevice’sPINcode. Oncesuccessfullypairedtoanexternaldevice, appearswithintheStatusarea. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 䡲 3. Tapadevicefromthelisttoinitiatepairing. ta 2. Selectatimethatyouwouldlikeyourdevicevisibility totime-out. 2. TapScan.Yourdevicewilldisplayalistofdiscovered in-rangeBluetoothdevices. rie • Making your device visible allows it to be detected by other devices for pairing and communication. AlistofallfilesreceivedfromBluetoothisdisplayed. To scan for Bluetooth devices: 1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive. 2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tapScantosearch forvisibleexternalBluetooth-compatibledevicessuch asheadsets,devices,printers,andcomputers. Note: Duetodifferentspecificationsandfeaturesofother Bluetooth-compatibledevices,displayandoperations maybedifferent,andfunctionssuchastransferor exchangemaynotbepossiblewithallBluetooth compatibledevices. Pairing Bluetooth Devices TheBluetoothpairingprocessallowsyoutoestablishtrusted connectionsbetweenyourdeviceandanotherBluetooth device.Whenyoupairdevices,theyshareapasskey, allowingforfast,secureconnectionswhilebypassingthe discoveryandauthenticationprocess. Note: PairingbetweentwoBluetoothdevicesisaone-time process.Onceapairinghasbeencreated,thedevices willcontinuetorecognizetheirpartnershipand exchangeinformationwithouthavingtore-entera passcodeagain. TopairyourdevicewithanotherBluetoothdevice: 1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections172 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 5. TapCall audiotoenableordisablecallaudiofromthe paireddevice. 6. TapMedia audiotoenableordisablemediaaudiofrom thepaireddevice. Sending Contacts via Bluetooth on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tapthepreviously paireddevice(fromthebottomofthepage). 3. TapUnpairtodeletethepaireddevice. 4. TapRenametochangethenameofthepaireddevice. ta Disconnectingapaireddevicebreakstheconnection betweenthedeviceandyourphone,butretainsthe knowledgeofthepairing.Atalaterpointwhenyouwishto reconnectthedevice,thereisnoneedtosetupthe connectioninformationagain. 1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive. rie Disconnecting a paired device 3. TapOKtoconfirmdisconnection. Note: Disconnectionsaremanuallydonebutoftenoccur automaticallyifthepaireddevicegoesoutofrangeof yourphoneoritispoweredoff. Deleting a paired device (unpair) Deletingadevicefromyourlistremovesits“connection record”anduponreconnectionwouldrequirethatyoureenterallthepreviouspairinginformation. 1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive. 2. FromtheBluetoothsettingspage,tap nexttothe previouslypaireddevice.Thisopenstheconnected device’smenuoptions. 173 Dependingonyourpaireddevices’settingsandcapabilities, youmaybeabletosendpictures,Contactinformation,or otheritemsusingaBluetoothconnection. Note: Priortousingthisfeature,Bluetoothmustfirstbe enabled,andtherecipient’sdevicemustbevisible. 1. VerifyyourBluetoothisactive. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tapContacts 3. Press ➔Import/Export ➔Share namecard via. 4. Tapeachcontactthatyouwouldliketosendvia Bluetooth.Agreencheckmarkwillappearnexttoeach entryyouselect. 5. TapDone. 6. TapBluetooth. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential PC Connections Note: IfyouareaWindowsXPuser,ensurethatyouhave WindowsXPServicePack3orhigherinstalledonyour computer.Also,ensurethatyouhaveSamsungKies2.0 orWindowsMediaPlayer10orhigherinstalledonyour computer. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 8. ABluetoothsharenotificationwillappearinyour notificationslist. Note: TosyncyourdevicetoyourPC,itishighly recommendedthatyouinstallSamsungKieswhichis availableathttp://www.samsung.com/kies(forWindows/ Mac). ta Note: TheexternalBluetoothdevicemustbevisibleand communicatingforthepairingtobesuccessful. rie 7. Selectthepaireddevicetosendthecontactsto. YoucanconnectyourdevicetoaPCusingyourPCdata cableusingvariousUSBconnectionmodes. Storage:allowsyoutousetheonboardstoragecapacityof thephonetostoreanduploadfiles.Thisoptionallowsyour computertodetectthephoneasaremovablestoragedrive. Kies air:thisapplicationallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPC wirelesslywithyourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthe sameWi-Finetwork. YoucanconnectyourdevicetoaPCasaremovablediskand accessthefiledirectory.Ifyouinsertamemorycardinthe device,youcanalsoaccessthefilesdirectoryfromthe memorycardbyusingthedeviceasamemorycardreader. Note: Thefiledirectoryofthememorycarddisplaysasa removabledisk,separatefromtheinternalmemory. Kies:allowsyoutomanagemusic,moviesandphotos.You canalsobackuppreciouscontactsandcalendars,download appsandpodcastsandautomaticallyupgradedevice firmware.Kiesconvenientlysyncsyourlifeacrossallyour devices. Connecting as a Storage Device By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Connections174 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 1. ConnecttheUSBcabletothedeviceandconnectthe cabletothecomputer.Afterafewseconds,apop-up windowdisplaysonthePCwhenconnected. 4. AttheInstallscreen,tapOk. 2. OnthePCpop-up,clickOpen device to view files. 6. FromtheKiesairhomescreen,tapStart. ta 3. CopyfilesfromthePCtothememorycard. 5. Followtheon-screeninstructionstodownloadthe updatedapplicationfromthePlayStore. rie AwebURLisdisplayedonyourphonescreen. Kies air 7. FromyourPC,entertheURLinyourwebbrowser. 8. Onyourphone,anAccessRequestpromptis displayed.TapAllowtocontinue. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op KiesairallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPCwirelesslywith yourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Fi network.Youcanviewandsharecalllogs,videos,photos, music,bookmarks,ringtones,andevensendSMSmessages fromyourPC. TousetheKiesair,followthesesteps: 1. SignontothesameWi-Finetworkfromyourphoneand fromyourPC. 2. Onyourphone,fromtheHomescreen,tap Kies air ➔ Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseKiesair,youwillneedtodownload theapplicationfromtheMarket. 10. FromyourPC,asecuritywarningmaybedisplayed askingifyouwanttorunthisapplication.ClickRunto continue. 11. OnyourPC,theKiesairscreenisdisplayed.Onyour phone,the iconappearsatthetopofyourscreen. 12. Followtheon-screeninstructionstoviewandshare informationbetweenyourphoneandPC. 13. ToexittheKiesairapplication,tapStoponyourphone, thencloseoutthewebbrowseronyourPC. 3. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready doneso. 9. TaptheRemember for todaycheckboxifyouwillbe usingKiesairwiththesamePClater. 175 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 9: Applications Note: Thismanualonlyaddressesapplicationsthathavebeen loadedonyourdeviceasofthedateofpurchase. Informationconcerningthirdpartyapplicationsthatyou maychoosetodownloadfromtheGooglePlayStoreor otherwiseshouldbeobtainedfromtheapplication providerdirectlyandnotfromSamsung. Tip: Toopenapplicationsquickly,addtheiconsoffrequentlyusedapplicationstooneoftheHomescreens.Fordetails, see“Customizing Your Home Screen”onpage 34. ??? ATT Applications AT&T Code Scanner rie ta AT&TCodeScannerallowsyoutoscantwo-dimensional(QR anddatamatrixcodes)andone-dimensional(UPCandEAN) barcodesfoundinmagazines,stores,andonline. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔AT&T Code Scanner on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thissectioncontainsadescriptionofeachapplicationthatis availableintheAppsMenu,itsfunction,andhowtonavigate throughthatparticularapplication.Iftheapplicationis alreadydescribedinanothersectionofthisusermanual, thenacrossreferencetothatparticularsectionisprovided. Note: ThefirsttimeyouusetheAT&TCodeScanner,youwill needtodownloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthe Market.WhentheMarketpagedisplays,tapUpdate.For moreinformation,referto“Play Store”onpage194. 2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouarenotalready signedon.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. 3. ReadtheTermsandConditionsandtapAcceptto continue. 4. AttheMyProfilescreen,tapOKtoallowyourlocation informationtobeusedortapDon’t Allowtobypass. 5. EnteryourinformationintheMyProfilesection. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications176 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 9. Positionyourphoneapproximately2-5inchesfromthe barcode.Ensurethatthebarcodeiscompletelywithin thewindow.Keepyourphonesteadyforbestresults. 10. Thescannerwillautomaticallyscanthebarcode.It maytakeseveralseconds. 11. Afterthescan,tapYestoopenthewebpagetoview theinformationonthebarcodethatwasscanned. AT&T DriveMode ??? on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 8. ReadthetutorialandtapNextuntilyouareattheend ofthetutorial.TapFinish. AT&TFamilyMapprovidespeaceofmindbybeingableto convenientlylocateafamilymemberfromyourwireless phoneorPCandknowthatyourfamily'slocationinformation issecureandprivate. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔AT&T FamilyMap ta 7. TapDone. AT&T FamilyMap rie 6. TapONtoactivateyourprofile.Thisallowsthe applicationtocustomizeyourresults.Forexample, yourzipcodemayhelptodeliveracouponfora restaurantinyourneighborhood.Youcantogglethe activationbuttonbetweenONandOFF. Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseAT&TFamilyMap,youwillneedto downloadtheapplicationfromtheMarket.Formore information,referto“Play Store”onpage194. 2. AttheAT&TFamilyMapSignInwebpage,enteryour PhoneNumberandPasswordintheappropriatefields andtapSubmit. Note: Tosignupforservice,visithttp://www.att.com/familymap formoreinformation. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructions. 177 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential AT&T Navigator AT&TLockerallowsyoutostore,share,andsyncallofyour photos,videos,anddocumentsinonesafe,convenient place;theAT&Tcloud.Formoreinformation,referto“AT&T Locker”onpage78. ThefirsttimethatyouuseAT&TNavigator,the necessaryfileswillbedownloaded.TheAT&T Navigatormainscreendisplays. 3. TapanAT&TNavigatorplanthatyouchooseto purchase. ta AT&T Locker rie 4. Followtheon-screeninstructions. AT&T Ready2Go on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op AT&TNavigatorprovidesyouwithaccesstoreal-timeGPSdrivenapplications.Theseprogramsnotonlyallowyouto achieveturn-by-turnnavigation,butalsoaccesslocal searches. Important! Youmusthaveadataplantousethisfeature. Note: Theseservicesrequirethepurchaseofasubscription. TolaunchtheAT&TNavigatorapplication,followthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔AT&T Navigator AT&T Smart Wi-Fi WithAT&TSmartWi-Fi,youcanmaximizeyourbattery performance,maximizeyourdata,simplifyaccesstoAT&T HotSpotsandWi-Finetworks,automateyourWi-Fi connections,andtrackyourdatause.Formoreinformation, referto“AT&T Smart Wi-Fi”onpage170. 2. ReadtheTerms of ServiceandtapAcceptto acknowledgethetermsofuse. AT&TReady2Goallowsyoutoquicklyandeasilysetupyour phonebyusingthewebbrowseronyourPC.Youcanset-up emailaccounts,importcontacts,setwallpaper,configureWiFiandmanymorefeatures.Formoreinformation,referto “Setting up your Phone with Ready2Go???”onpage12. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications178 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 10. Turnyourphonesidewaystothelandscapepositionto displaythescientificcalculator. Calendar on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. Enterthefirstnumberusingtheon-screennumeric keys. ta Withthisfeature,youcanusethephoneasacalculator.The calculatorprovidesthebasicarithmeticfunctions;addition, subtraction,multiplication,anddivision.TheCalculatoralso keepsahistoryofrecentcalculations. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Calculator 9. Press ➔One-handed operation ontosetthe displaysothatitiseasiertousethecalculatorwithone hand.Press ➔One-handed operation offtoturnit off. rie Calculator 3. Entertheoperationforyourcalculationbytappingthe correspondingon-screenarithmeticfunctionkey. 4. Enterthesecondnumber. ToaccesstheCalendar: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 5. Toviewtheresult,tapequals(=). locatedatthe 6. Toviewcalculatorhistory,tap topofthecalculatorbuttons.Ahistoryofyourpast againtodisplay calculationsisdisplayed.Tap thecalculatorkeypad. 7. Toclearthecalculatorhistory,press history. 8. Tochangethetextsize,press Small,Medium,orLarge. 179 WiththeCalendarfeature,youcanconsultthecalendarby day,week,ormonth,createevents,andsetanalarmtoact asareminder,ifnecessary. ➔Clear ➔Text size.Tap ➔Calendar 2. Tap (Show More)todisplaythesetabs: • Year: displays the Year view. • Month: displays the Month view. • Week: displays the Week view. • Day: displays the Day view. • List: displays the List view. • Task: allows you to search for tasks. 3. Tap event. (Create event)tocreateanewCalendar By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. TapFirst day of weekandselecteitherLocal default, Saturday, SundayorMonday. 5. TapCalendarstoselectthecalendaroptionsthatyou wantdisplayed. 5. TapHide declined eventstoactivatethisoption.Acheck markindicatesselection. 6. Press andselectoneofthefollowingoptions: • Go to: displays a specific date. 6. TapLock time zone(tolockeventtimebasedonyour currentuser-selectedtimezone).Selectatimezone fromwithintheSelect time zonefield. ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Delete: allows you to delete All events, All events before today, or an individual event. 4. TapTodaytodisplaythecurrentdateindicatedbya bluebox. • Search: allows you to search within your current events. 7. TapShow week numbertodisplaytheweeknumbers alongthesideoftheweekentries. • Sync: allows you to synchronize your calendar with one or all of your accounts. This option only appears when an account has been opened. 8. TapCalendarsandselectthetypeofgeneral synchronizationsettingsyouwant.Acheckmark indicatesselection. • Settings: displays a list of configurable settings. 7. Tap (Handwriting mode)toactivatehandwriting mode.Thisallowsyoutojotdownfreehandnotes usingyourSpenorfinger. Calendar Settings 1. FromanyCalendarview,press ➔Settings. 10. TapSet alerts & notifications toadjusttheevent notificationmethod.Choosefrom:Alert,Status bar notification,andOff. 11. TapSelect ringtonetoassignaringtonetoacalendar eventnotification. 2. TapMonth view stylesandselectanoption. 9. TapHandwriting settingsandconfigurehandwritingrelatedcalendarsettingssuchas:Firstdayofweek andShowweeknumber. 3. TapWeek viewandselectatype:TimelineorAnalog. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications180 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 14. TapNotifications while screen is offtodisplay notificationsonthefullscreenwhileitisturnedoff. 16. TapSwipe with two fingerstochangethewayevents aredisplayedwhenswiped. Camera Useyour8.0megapixelcamerafeaturetoproducephotosina JPEGformat.YourphonealsofunctionsasaCamcordertotake videos.Formoreinformation,referto“Camera”onpage89. ChatON Alarm Thisfeatureallowsyoutosetanalarmtoringataspecific time. ➔ 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock Alarm ➔ Create alarm .Thefollowingoptions display: • Time: tap (Up) or (Down) to set the new time for the alarm to sound. Tap AM or PM. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 15. TapQuick responsestoselectquickresponsesto emailingguests. TheClockapplicationallowsyoutoaccessalarms,viewthe WorldClock,setastopwatch,anduseatimer. ta 13. TapDefault reminder timetoassignadefaulttime frameforeventreminders. Clock rie 12. TapVibrationtosettheEventnotificationtoneto vibrate. • Alarm type: sets the way in which the alarm sounds when activated (Melody, Vibration, Vibration and melody, and Briefing). • More: displays the following additional options: – Alarm volume: drag the slider to adjust the alarm’s volume. WiththeChatONapplication,youcaninteractwithfriends andfamilywithtext,images,hand-writtennotesandvideo sharedinstantly.Youcanchatingroups,whileaWebclient willallowtheeasysharingofcontentandconversations betweenyourphoneandPC.Formoreinformation,referto “ChatON”onpage110. • Alarm repeat: use this option to set the repeating status for the alarm by tapping one the days that you want the alarm to sound. Tap the Repeat weekly checkbox to have the alarm repeat weekly. 181 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Tostopanalarmwhenitsounds,touchandsweepthe icontotheright. Setting the Snooze Feature 䡲 ToactivatetheSnoozefeatureafteranalarmsounds, touchandsweepthe ZZ icontotheleft.Snoozemust firstbesetinthealarmsettings.Formoreinformation, referto“Alarm”onpage181. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op when you are at a specific location. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on then follow the onscreen instructions to enter a location. 䡲 – Location alarm: when activated, the alarm only sounds Turning Off an Alarm ta alarm is activated. Select an option or tap Add for additional options. rie – Alarm tone: sets the sound file which is played when the – Snooze: use this option to set a Duration (3, 5, 10, 15, or 30 Minutes) and Snooze repeat (1, 2, 3, 5, or 10 Times). Tap the ON/OFF slider to activate. – Smart alarm: tracks body movements and calculates the best time for sounding the alarm. Place the phone somewhere on your bed then the phone's movement sensor (also known as accelerometer) is sensitive enough to work from any part of the bed. Set the Interval and the Tone. Tap the ON/OFF slider to activate. – Name: allows you to use a specific name for the alarm. The Deleting Alarms Todeleteanalarm,followthesesteps: 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock Alarm ➔ ➔ Delete. ➔ 2. Tapthealarmoralarmsyouwishtodelete.Agreen checkmarkwillappearnexttoeachselection.Tap Select alltodeleteallalarms. 3. TapDelete. name will appear on the display when the alarm activates. 2. TapSave tostorethealarmdetails. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications182 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. TapAdd citytoaddanothercitytotheWorldClock. rie WorldClockallowsyoutoviewthetimeofdayornightin otherpartsoftheworld.WorldClockdisplaystimein hundredsofdifferentcities,withinall24timezonesaround theworld. ➔ 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock World Clock.Theclockforyourtimezoneisdisplayed. World Clock 3. Scrollthroughthelistofcitiestofindthecityyouwant toadd,ortaptheSearchbarandusethekeypadto enteracitytosearchfor. 4. Tapthecityyouwanttoadd.Theclockforthatcitywill display. 5. TosetDaylightSavingstime,pressandholdacity, thentap DST settings. 6. SelectAutomatic,Off,or1 hour. 7. IfDaylightSavingsTimeisselected,asunsymbolon theWorldClocklistingwillappear. 183 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Deleting a World Clock Entry 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock World Clock ➔ ➔ Delete. ➔ 2. TheMinutesfieldishighlightedandsetto1minute. Usethekeypadtosetthenumberofminutesyouwant. 3. TaptheHoursfieldtosethoursifdesired.Asyoutap differentfields,theywillbecomehighlighted. 3. TapDelete. 4. TaptheSecondsfieldtosetseconds. 2. TapStarttostartthestopwatchandtapLaptomarka unitoftimeperlap. 3. TapStoptostopthestopwatch. 4. TapRestart tocontinueortapResettoerasealltimes recorded. Timer ta 5. TapStarttobeginthetimerandtapStoptopausethe timer. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Youcanusethisoptiontomeasureintervalsoftime. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock ➔ Stopwatch. rie Stopwatch 2. Pressandholdthecityclocksyouwishtodelete. Youcanusethisoptiontosetacountdowntimer.Useatimer tocountdowntoaneventbasedonapresettimelength (hours,minutes,andseconds). 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock ➔ Timer. 6. Afterstopping,tapRestart tocontinueortapResetto setthetimerbacktotheoriginalsetting. Desk clock YoucanusetheDeskclockwhenyouhaveadeskdockand youwantyourphonetodisplaythetime,day,date,location, andweatherconditionswhenitisdocked. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Clock ➔ Desk clock. ThedefaultDeskclockisdisplayed. 2. Tap todisplaytheDeskclockinfull-screenmode. 3. Tomakechanges,tap ➔ Settings. 4. Thefollowingoptionsaredisplayedwhileinfull-screen mode: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications184 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • Calendar: when this is checked, the calendar is displayed. Tap to uncheck. • Brightness: sets your Desk clock brightness by dragging the slider bar to the desired level. • Dock: allows you to set your Dock settings such as Dock sound, Audio output mode, Desk home screen display, and HDMI Audio output. Contacts Youcanmanageyourdailycontactsbystoringtheirname andnumberinyourAddressBook.AddressBookentriescan besortedbyname,entry,orgroup. YoucanalsosynchronizeyourphoneAddressBookwith AT&TAddressBook,thenetworkbackupservice. 185 DeviceHelpprovidesonlineinformationtohelpwithyour devicequestions. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔DeviceHelp TheAT&T Device Helpscreenisdisplayed. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • AccuWeather: when this is activated, the location, temperature, and weather condition is displayed. Touch and slide the slider to the right to turn it on DeviceHelp ta • Wallpaper: tap to select Desk clock wallpaper from Default, Gallery, or Same as home screen. Formoreinformation,referto“Contacts and Your Address Book”onpage65. rie • Hide status bar: when this is checked, the status bar is hidden from view. 2. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforaccessinghelpful information. Downloads TheDownloadsapplicationallowsyoutomanageallofyour downloadsfromthePlayStoreandtheBrowser. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Downloads Allofyourdownloadsarelisted. 2. TaptheInternet downloadstabtoseeallofthe downloadsyouhavemadefromtheBrowser. 3. TaptheOther downloads tabtoseeallother downloads. 4. TapSort by sizetoseeyourdownloadssortedinsize order. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. TapOKtotakeabriefinstructionaltourofGoogleEarth ortapNo thankstogostraighttotheapplication. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstouseGoogleEarth. Email Emailenablesyoutoreviewandcreateemailusingvarious emailservices.Youcanalsoreceivemessagealertswhen youreceiveanimportantemail.Formoreinformation,refer to“Using Email”onpage105. Flipboard TapSign Intologintoyourpreviouslycreatedprofile. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructions. Gallery on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheGoogleEarthapplicationallowsyoutotourtheplanet. Youcanexploreterrain,3Dbuildings,cities,andlandmarks. Youcanalsofindplacesandlocalbusinesses. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Earth ➔Flipboard 2. TapGet started,selectsomeon-screencategoriesand tapDonetocreateanewprofile. –or– ta Earth 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap rie 5. TapSort by datetoseeyourdownloadssortedintime order. Gmail Gmailisaweb-basedemailservice.Gmailisconfigured whenyoufirstsetupyourphone.Dependingonyour synchronizationsettings,Gmailcanautomatically synchronizewithyourGmailaccountontheweb.Formore information,referto“Using Gmail”onpage107. Thisapplicationcreatesapersonalizeddigitalmagazineout ofeverythingbeingsharedwithyou.Accessnewsstories, personalfeedsandotherrelatedmaterial.Flipthroughyour Facebooknewsfeed,tweetsfromyourTwitteraccount, photosfromfriendsandmuchmore. TheGalleryiswhereyouviewphotosandplaybackvideos. Forphotos,youcanalsoperformbasiceditingtasks,viewa slideshow,setphotosaswallpaperorcontactimage,and shareasapicturemessage.Formoreinformation,referto “Gallery”onpage86. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications186 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Kies air Google + Local LocalisanapplicationthatusesGoogleMapsandyour locationtohelpyoufindRestaurants,Cafes,Bars, Attractions,andotherbusinesses.Youcanalsoaddyourown locations. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Local on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Google+makesmessagingandsharingwithyourfriendsa loteasier.YoucansetupCirclesoffriends,visittheStream togetupdatesfromyourCircles,useMessengerforfast messagingwitheveryoneinyourCircles,oruseInstant Uploadtoautomaticallyuploadvideosandphotostoyour ownprivatealbumonGoogle+.Formoreinformation,refer to“Google +”onpage109. Internet KiesairallowsyoutosyncyourWindowsPCwirelesslywith yourphoneprovidedtheyarebothonthesameWi-Fi network.Formoreinformation,referto“Kies air”onpage 175. ta TheGoogleSearchapplicationisthesameon-screen InternetsearchenginethatisontheGoogleSearchBaron yourmainHomescreen.Formoreinformation,referto “Google Search Bar”onpage26. rie Google Allofthebusinesscategoriesthatareclosetoyouwill bedisplayed. 3. Taponabusinessthatyouwanttoseethedetailsfor. 4. Thebusinessdetailssuchasaddress,phone,website, andlocationaredisplayed.Youcanalsoseereviews fromaroundthewebandfromGoogleusers. Openthewebbrowsertostartsurfingtheweb.Thebrowser isfullyoptimizedandcomeswithadvancedfunctionalityto enhancetheInternetbrowsingfeatureonyourphone.For moreinformation,referto“Internet”onpage160. 2. Tapononeofthebusinesscategoriestosearchfora particularbusiness. 187 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ToreceivebetterGPSsignals,avoidusingyourdeviceinthe followingconditions: •insideabuildingorbetweenbuildings on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Important! BeforeusingGoogleMapsyoumusthaveatleast anactivedata(3G)connection.TheMaps applicationdoesnotcovereverycountryorcity. Note: SelectingUse GPS satellitesallowsyoutolocateplaces ofinterestatthestreet-level.However,thisalsorequires aclearviewoftheskyandusesmorebatterypower. ta Dependingonyourlocation,youcanviewbasic,custom,and satellitemapsandlocalbusinessinformation,including locations,contactinformation,anddrivingdirections.You canalsopostpublicmessagesaboutalocationandtrack yourfriends. rie Maps Enabling a Location Source BeforeyouuseGoogleMapsandfindyourlocationorsearch forplacesofinterest,youmustenablealocationsource.To enablethelocationsourceyoumustenablethewireless network,orenabletheGPSsatellites. ➔ 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Settings Location services. 2. TaptheUse GPS satellitesfield.Agreencheckmarkwill displaynexttothefield. •inatunnelorundergroundpassage •inpoorweather •aroundhigh-voltageorelectromagneticfields •inavehiclewithtintedwindows Using Maps 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Maps Amapwilldisplaywithyourlocationintheverycenter. 2. Press todisplaythefollowingoptions: • Clear Map: allows you to remove all markings and layers from the map. • Make available offline: allows you to save a selected area to you My places folder where you can view it later. • Settings: the following Map options are available: By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications188 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential tiles when not using WiFi and to clear the cache that holds the map tiles. – Location settings: allows you to manage the settings for your SamsungMediaHubisyouronestopforthehottestmovie andTVcontent.Youcanrentorpurchaseyourfavorite contentandwatchfromtheconvenienceofanywhere.For moreinformation,referto“Media Hub”onpage78. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Background location reporting, Location history, Latitude location sharing, and Check-ins. Media Hub – Offline and cache: allows you to set options to pre-fetch map • Help: displays the Google Mobile Help web page where you can receive help on Google Maps. ta on the screen. rie – Display: allows you to display the Zoom Buttons and Scale Bar – Labs: this is a testing ground for experimental features that aren’t ready for primetime. They may change, break or disappear at any time. Click on a Lab to enable or disable it. – What’s New: allows you to see the latest changes in Play Store and update your app. – About: displays general information about Google maps such as Version, Platform, Locale, Total data sent, Total data received, Free memory, etc. – Feedback: allows you to send feedback to Google. – Terms, Privacy & Notices: displays the Terms and Conditions, Privacy Policy, Legal Notices information, and Web History. Select the desired information from the pop-up menu. 189 Messages TheAT&TMessagesappbringsyourtexts,calls,and voicemailmessagestogetherintoasingleconversation threadandisaccessiblebyphoneorcomputer.Formore information,referto“Messages App”onpage110. Messaging Youcansendandreceivedifferenttypesofmessages.For moreinformation,referto“Messaging”onpage98. Messenger Messengerallowsyoutobringgroupsoffriendstogetherinto asimplegroupconversation.Whenyougetanew conversationinMessenger,Google+sendsanupdatetoyour phone.Formoreinformation,referto“Messenger”onpage 109. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Music Hub Music Player MusicPlayerallowsyoutoplaymusicfilesthatyouhave storedonyourphoneandmemorycard.Youcanalsocreate playlists.Formoreinformation,referto“Music Player”on page81. My Files • Android: the Android folder stores files that are used in Android applications. • Application: this folder contains app info for S Memo. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheMusicHubappletsyouuploadyourmusiccollectionto thecloud,streamandpurchasesongsfromanextensive catalog,andlistentopersonalradio.Formoreinformation, referto“Music Hub”onpage80. 3. Thefollowingfoldersmaydisplay: • Alarms: this folder contains any alarm files you may have. ta Thisapplicationallowsyoutoshareyourphones’smobile dataconnectionviaUSBorasaportableWi-Fihotspot.For moreinformation,referto“Tethering & portable hotspot”on page119. 2. Tapsdcard0toseethecontentsofyourinternalSD card. rie Mobile Hotspot • Bluetooth: this folder stores files sent via a Bluetooth device. • DCIM: this is the default location for pictures and videos taken by the device. Tap DCIM ➔ Camera to view the picture or video files. For more information, refer to “Viewing Pictures” on page 87. Also, see “Viewing Videos” on page 87. • Download: this folder contains downloads you have made. • Movies: this folder contains your Video and Movie files. • Music: this folder contains your Music files. MyFilesallowsyoutomanageyoursounds,images,videos, bluetoothfiles,Androidfiles,andothermemorycarddatain oneconvenientlocation. ➔All 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔My Files files. • Notifications: this folder contains all of the notifications you have received. • Pictures: this folder contains your photos. • Podcasts: this folder contains all of your podcasts. • Ringtones: this folder contains any ringtones you have purchased. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications190 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential myAT&T ➔myAT&T 4. TapUpdate. ThemyAT&Tapplicationallowsyoutomanageyourown AT&Taccount.Youcanreviewandpayyourbill,check minutesanddatausage,upgradetoanewdevice,orchange yourrateplan. Note: ThefirsttimeyouusemyAT&T,youwillneedto downloadtheupdatedapplicationfromthePlayStore. WhenthePlayStorepagedisplays,tapUpdate.Formore information,referto“Play Store”onpage194. 5. Followtheon-screeninstructions. Using myAT&T 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔myAT&T ThemyAT&Tpageisdisplayed. 2. ReadtheTermsandConditionsandtapAcceptto continue. 3. EnteryourUser ID andPasswordusingtheonscreen keypad,thentapLogin. 4. Followtheon-screeninstructions. 191 3. AftersigningintoyourGoogleAccount,thePlayStore displaysthemyAT&Tapplication.Taptheapplication. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 4. IfyouhaveanexternalSDcardinserted,tapextSdCard toseethecontentsofyourexternalSDcard(memory card). 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap 2. SignintoyourGoogleAccount.Ifyouhaven’tsetupan account,see“Creating a New Google Account”on page 13. ta Note: Differentfoldersmayappeardependingonhowyour phoneisconfigured. Initial Setup rie • S Note: this folder contains all the the S Notes you have written. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Note: Forvoice-guidednavigation,youneedtoinstalltext-tospeechsupportfromthePlayStore. • Recent Destinations: allows you to access information on previous destinations you have used. This option only appears after you have entered one or more destinations. 4. Followtheon-screeninstructions. •inatunnelorundergroundpassage •inpoorweather •aroundhigh-voltageorelectromagneticfields •inavehiclewithtintedwindows Launching Navigation • Map: takes you to the map location of your present location using GPS. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ToreceivebetterGPSsignals,avoidusingyourdeviceinthe followingconditions: •insideabuildingorbetweenbuildings • Go home: takes you to your home address. The first time you are prompted to enter it. ta Navigationisaninternet-connectedGPSnavigationsystem withvoiceguidance.Youcantypeorspeakyourdestination. • Type destination: allows you to use the keypad to enter your destination. rie Navigation 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Navigation Obtaining Driving Directions 2. ReadtheNavigationinformationpageandtapAccept tocontinueorDon’t accepttoexit. 3. Selectoneofthefollowingoptions: • Speak destination: allows you to speak your destination. Yourphone’sbuilt-inGPShardwareallowsyoutogetrealtimedrivingdirectionstoselectedlocationsor establishmentsbasedonyourcurrentlocation. Using a Physical Address 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Navigation . 2. TapeitherSpeak DestinationorType Destination. 3. Iftypingintheaddress,entertheaddress,City,and Stateusingthekeypad.Asyoutype,possible addresseswillbedisplayed.Tapononewhenyousee theaddressyouwant. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications192 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 5. Asyoudrivetheroutedisplaywillbeupdatedandyou willreceivevoice-guidednavigationdirections. 6. Tap foradditionaloptions. Paper Artist ThePhoneapplicationallowsyoutoaccessthedialer keypad,calllogs,andfavorites.Formoreinformation,refer to“Call Functions”onpage47. Play Books WithGooglePlayBooks,youcanfindmorethan3million freee-booksandhundredsofthousandsmoretobuyinthe eBookstore. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Play Books on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: YouwillneedtobesignedontoyourGoogleaccount beforedownloadingapplicationsfromthePlayStore.For moreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. Phone ta 4. Ifspeakingtheaddress,theVoiceguidancescreenis displayed.Forvoice-guidednavigationyouneedto installtext-to-speechsupportfromthePlayStore.Tap InstalltoinstalltheapplicationortapSkiptoexit. rie Theroutewillbedisplayed. 2. LogontoyourGoogleaccount.Formoreinformation, referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionsforusingthePlay Booksapplication. Play Magazines PaperArtistprovidesaccesstoanin-devicegraphics program.Youcanstartfromanemptycanvasorimporta picturefromyourGallerytogetyoustarted. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Paper Artist 2. Followtheon-screeninstructions. WithGooglePlayMagazines,youcansubscribetoyour favoritemagazinesandhavethemavailabletoreadonyour phoneatanytimeoranyplace. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Play Magazines 193 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 4. ReadtheGooglePlayTermsofServiceandtapAccept. 6. Tapamagazinetoseemoreinformationand subscribe. 7. Followtheon-screeninstructionstosubscribetoa magazine. Play Movies & TV Play Store on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 5. Sweepthescreentotheleftorrighttoview Categories,Featured,TopSelling,andNewArrivals. to WithGooglePlayMusic,youcanplaymusicthatyouhave addedtoyourmusicfileaswellasanymusicyoucopied fromyourPC.Whileoffline,youcanlistentomusicyouhave copiedfromyourPC.Formoreinformation,referto“Google Play Music”onpage84. ta 3. AttheWelcome!display,taptheshopicon browsethefullcatalog. Play Music rie 2. LogontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. WithGooglePlayMovies&TV,youcanrentthousandsof differentmoviesandtelevisionshows.Youcanwatch instantly,ordownloadyourmovieorshowforofflineviewing atalatertime.Formoreinformation,referto“Play Movies & TV”onpage86. PlayStoreprovidesaccesstodownloadableapplicationsand gamestoinstallonyourphone.PlayStorealsoallowsyouto providefeedbackandcommentsaboutanapplication,orflag anapplicationthatmightbeincompatiblewithyourphone. BeforeusingthePlayStoreyoumusthaveaGoogleAccount. Formoreinformation,referto“Using Gmail”onpage107. 1. FromthemainHomescreen,tapPlay Store 2. SignintoyourGoogleaccount. 3. Thefirsttimeyousignin,thePlayStoreTermsof Servicewillbedisplayed.TapAccepttocontinueor Declinetoexit. 4. TapApps,Games,orAT&Ttodownloadorpurchase gamesorapplications.Youcanalsodownloadupdates toexistingapplications. 5. Followontheon-screeninstructions. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications194 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 2. EnteryourEmailinformation(ifdesired)andtouch Donetocompletetheprocess. –or– TouchSkiptoignorethisregistration. ThemainPolarisOfficescreendisplays. 3. Followtheon-screeninstructionstousePolarisOffice. S Note S Suggest Thisapplicationprovideson-screenrecommendationsfor applicationsthatarespecificallysupportedandmadeforuse onyourdevice. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Polaris OfficeMobileforAndroidisaMicrosoftOffice compatibleofficesuite.Thisapplicationprovidesacentral placeformanagingyourdocumentsonlineoroffline.The applicationcanalsoopenAdobePDF(PortableDocument Format)files. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Polaris Office 4.0 ➔TutorialfromthemainSNotescreento 3. Tap learnmoreabouttheapplication,thenfollowtheonscreeninstructions. ta ® rie Polaris Office 4.0 Note: Accesstothisfeaturerequiresthatyoualreadybe loggedintoyourSamsungaccountapplication.For moreinformation,referto“Creating a Samsung Account”onpage12. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ S Suggest. 2. Readthetermsandconditions. 3. PlaceacheckmarkintheAgreefieldthentapAgree. Usethisapplicationtocreatenoteswithproductivitytools thatturnhandwritingintotypedtextandcorrectdrawn shapes,lines,andformulastomakethemperfect. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔ S Note 5. Followtheon-screendownloadandinstallation instructions. 2. ReadtheinformationattheLearn about application pop-upandtapOK. 4. Selectanapplicationfromoneoftheavailable categories(Picks,Categories,Games,Friends,and Info. 195 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 11. Speakintothephoneandfollowtheon-screen instructions. Settings on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 2. ReadtheSamsungDisclaimerthentapConfirmto continue. 10. AttheSVoicescreen,say“HiGalaxy”towakeup Svoice. ta WiththeSVoiceapplicationyoucanuseyourvoiceto performoperationsthatyouwouldnormallyhavetodoby handsuchasdialingaphonenumber,textingamessage, playingmusic,etc. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔S Voice 9. ReadtheinformationontheHelp screen,thentap Finish. rie S Voice 3. ReadtheVlingoTermsofServicethentapAgreeto continue. 4. ReadtheinformationontheAbout S Voicescreen,then tapNext. 5. ReadtheinformationontheSay what you want screen, thentapNext. 6. ReadtheinformationontheWake up S Voice screen, thentapNext. 7. ReadtheinformationontheHandwriting screen,then tapNext. Talk GoogleTalkisafreeWindowsandweb-basedapplicationfor instantmessagingofferedbyGoogle.Conversationlogsare automaticallysavedtoaChatsareainyourGmailaccount. Thisallowsyoutosearchachatlogandstoretheminyour Gmailaccounts.Formoreinformation,referto“Google Talk” onpage108. 8. ReadtheinformationontheEdit what you said screen, thentapNext. Thiswidgetnavigatestothesoundandphonesettingsfor yourphone.Itincludessuchsettingsas:display,security, memory,andanyextrasettingsassociatedwithyourphone. Formoreinformation,referto“Changing Your Settings”on page113. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications196 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Voice Recorder • Delete: allows you to delete 1 or more voice recordings. Tap the recordings to delete and tap Delete. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheVoiceRecorderallowsyoutorecordanaudiofileupto oneminutelongandthenimmediatelyshareitusing AllSharePlay,Messaging,Gmail,orviaBluetooth.Recording timewillvarybasedontheavailablememorywithinthe phone. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Voice Recorder 5. Press todisplaythefollowingoptions: • Share via: allows you to share your recording using Bluetooth, Email, Gmail, Messaging, or Wi-Fi Direct. ta TheVideoPlayerapplicationplaysvideofilesstoredonyour memorycard.Formoreinformation,referto“Video Player” onpage85. 4. TapList todisplayalistofallyourvoice recordings.Tapavoicerecordingtoplayit. rie Video Player 2. Tostartrecording,tapRecord microphone. andspeakintothe – Storage: allows you to choose where your recordings will be saved. Select between Phone or memory card. – Recording quality: allows you to set the recording quality to High or Normal. – Limit for MMS: allows you to select On or Off. If you Limit for MMS by selecting On, you will be assured that the recording can be sent in a message. – Contextual filename: (requires GPS tagging) allows you to adjust the filename based on contextual information such as your current GPS location. 3. DuringtherecordingprocessyoucaneithertapStop tostopandsavetherecordingorPause to temporarilyhalttherecording.Afterpausing,tap Record toresumerecording.Oncetheaudio recordinghasstopped,themessageisautomatically saved.TapCancel tocanceltherecording withoutsaving. • Settings: the following settings are available: 197 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential • End: allows you to close the application. • More: After tapping More, sweep your screen to the left to see additional options such as News, Shopping, Videos, Blogs, Discussions, and Books. YouTube YouTube™isavideosharingwebsiteonwhichuserscan uploadandsharevideos.Thesiteisusedtodisplayawide varietyofuser-generatedvideocontent,includingmovie clips,TVclips,andmusicvideos,aswellasvideocontent suchasvideoblogging,informationalshortsandother originalvideos. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op TheGoogleVoiceSearchapplicationallowsyoutosearchthe webusingonlyyourvoice. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔Voice Search . rie Voice Search • Places: Displays places and businesses in your local area pertaining to your search. recordings. For example, if your Default name is Voice, your recordings would be named Voice 001, Voice 002, Voice 003, etc. ta – Default name: allows you to choose the name prefix for your 2. WhentheGoogleVoiceSearchscreendisplays,speak thewordorwordsthatyouwouldliketosearchforon theinternet. 3. Ifthetimerexpiresandthemiciconchangesfromred togray,tapthemiciconandspeakthewordorwords thatyouwouldliketosearchforontheinternet. Resultsaredisplayedonyourphone. 4. Thefollowingoptionsareavailableatthebottomof yourscreen: • Web: After selecting a different option, tap Web to return to the original search results. • Images: Displays images for your search. Note: YouTubeisadata-intensivefeature.Itisrecommended thatyouupgradetoalargedataplantoavoidadditional datacharges. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔YouTube . tosearchforspecificvideos, 2. Tapthesearchfield scrolldowntobrowsethroughthemainpage thumbnails,orscrolltothebottomtoexploreadditional options. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications198 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 䡲 To configure YouTube Settings: Press andthentapSettingsandconfigurethe followingparameters: • General • Preloading – Preload subscriptions allows you to preload (or go get videos while on Wi-Fi and charging) your subscription videos. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 䡲 Press andthentapSettings➔General➔ High quality on mobile. videos containing restricted content. This option blocks these videos from appearing within your search results. Choose from: Don’t filter, Moderate, or Strict blocking. ta To watch a high quality video: – SafeSearch filtering allows you to configure block settings for rie 3. Toviewavideo,tapanavailablepreviewthumbnailor tapthetitlelink. – High quality on mobile, when enabled, allows you to start all videos in high quality mode while you are connected to a mobile network. – Caption font size allows you to set the font size used by on- – Preload watch later allows you to enable the preload function on selected videos so you can watch them later. Read the data usage information and tap OK to accept the terms. Note: PreloadingYouTubevideoswillusesomeofyour device’sstoragespaceandmayresultinadditional chargesifyourWi-Fiplanisnotunlimited. screen captions. Choose from: Small, Medium, Large, or Huge. – Uploads specifies network preferences for uploads. • Search – Clear search history allows you to clear previous YouTube searches from showing up in the YouTube search box. • About – Help: provides answers to most YouTube questions. – Feedback: allows you to provide user feedback to YouTube. – Google Mobile Terms of Service: displays the Google Mobile Terms of Service. 199 – YouTube Terms of Service: displays the YouTube terms of Service. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential YouTube application. 1. FromtheHomescreen,tap ➔YPmobile . on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Note: ItisnotnecessarytosignintotheYouTubesitetoview content.However,ifyouwishtosignintoaccess additionaloptions,accessthepageviatheWebbrowser andtapSign inatthetoprightcorner,enteryour YouTubeorGoogleusernameandpassword,andtap Sign in. YPmobile – YouTube Privacy Policy: displays the YouTube Privacy Policy. – Open source licenses: displays the Open source licenses – App version: displays the software version for the current Note: ThefirsttimeyouuseYP,youwillneedtodownloadthe updatedapplicationfromthePlayStore.WhenthePlay Storepagedisplays,tapUpdate or Installthenfollowthe onscreeninstructions.Formoreinformation,referto “Play Store”onpage194. ta Privacy Policy. rie – Google Mobile Privacy Policy: displays the Google Mobile 3. ReadtheEnd-UserLicenseAgreement(EULA)andtap Accepttocontinue. 4. YourlocationisfoundusingGPS.TapOKtoallow YPmobiletouseyourcurrentlocation. 5. TaptheFind a business nearby!field. 6. EnterinformationintheWhat:andNear:fieldsandtap Search. 7. Resultswillbedisplayed. 8. Tap toseethelocationsmarkedwithpinsonthe map. TheYellowpagesMobileapplicationprovidesquickandready accesstobusinesses,maplocations,andstorageofyour favoritesearches.Thisapplicationallowsyoutotapintolocal businesses,locations,andevents,connectingyoutoyour searchinreal-time. 2. SignontoyourGoogleaccountifyouhavenotalready doneso.Formoreinformation,referto“Creating a New Google Account”onpage13. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) Applications200 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential 9. Pinchthemapscreeninwardstozoomoutorpinchit outwardstozoomin. ta todisplayadditionaloptions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op rie 11. Tap 10. Tapapintoreadinformationaboutthelocation. 201 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 10: Health and Safety Information Do cell phones pose a health hazard? rie ta Manypeopleareconcernedthatcellphoneradiationwill causecancerorotherserioushealthhazards.Theweightof scientificevidencehasnotlinkedcellphoneswithanyhealth problems. CellphonesemitlowlevelsofRadioFrequency(RF)energy. Overthepast15years,scientistshaveconductedhundreds ofstudieslookingatthebiologicaleffectsoftheradio frequencyenergyemittedbycellphones.Whilesome researchershavereportedbiologicalchangesassociated withRFenergy,thesestudieshavefailedtobereplicated. Themajorityofstudiespublishedhavefailedtoshowan associationbetweenexposuretoradiofrequencyfromacell phoneandhealthproblems. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ThisdeviceiscapableofoperatinginWi-Fi™modeinthe 2.4and5 GHzbands.TheFCCrequiresthatdevices operatingwithin5.15-5.25 GHzmayonlybeusedindoors, notoutside,inordertoavoidinterferencewithMobile SatelliteServices(MSS).Therefore,thisdeviceisrestricted frombeingusedoutdoorswhenoperatinginfrequencies between5.15-5.25 GHz. Thissectionoutlinesthesafetyprecautionsassociatedwith usingyourphone.Theterms“mobiledevice”or“cellphone” areusedinthissectiontorefertoyourphone.Read this information before using your mobile device. Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals TheU.S.FoodandDrugAdministration(FDA)haspublished informationforconsumersrelatingtoRadioFrequency(RF) exposurefromwirelessphones.TheFDApublication includesthefollowinginformation: ThelowlevelsofRFcellphonesemitwhileinuseareinthe microwavefrequencyrange.TheyalsoemitRFat substantiallyreducedtimeintervalswheninthestand-by mode.WhereashighlevelsofRFcanproducehealtheffects (byheatingtissue),exposuretolowlevelRFthatdoesnot produceheatingeffectscausesnoknownadversehealth effects. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation202 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta Theresultsofmoststudiesconductedtodatesayno.In addition,attemptstoreplicateandconfirmthefewstudies thathaveshownaconnectionhavefailed. Thescientificcommunityatlargethereforebelievesthatthe weightofscientificevidencedoesnotshowanassociation betweenexposuretoRadioFrequency(RF)fromcellphones andadversehealthoutcomes.Stillthescientificcommunity hassupportedadditionalresearchtoaddressgapsin knowledge.Someofthesestudiesaredescribedbelow. Interphone Study on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Veryhighlevelsofelectromagneticenergy,suchasisfound inX-raysandgammarays,canionizebiologicaltissues. Ionizationisaprocesswhereelectronsarestrippedaway fromtheirnormallocationsinatomsandmolecules.Itcan permanentlydamagebiologicaltissuesincludingDNA,the geneticmaterial. Research Results to Date: Is there a connection between RF and certain health problems? rie Thebiologicaleffectsofradiofrequencyenergyshouldnot beconfusedwiththeeffectsfromothertypesof electromagneticenergy. Theenergylevelsassociatedwithradiofrequencyenergy, includingbothradiowavesandmicrowaves,arenotgreat enoughtocauseionizationofatomsandmolecules. Therefore,RFenergyisatypeofnon-ionizingradiation. Othertypesofnon-ionizingradiationincludevisiblelight, infraredradiation(heat),andotherformsofelectromagnetic radiationwithrelativelylowfrequencies. WhileRFenergydoesnotionizeparticles,largeamountscan increasebodytemperaturesandcausetissuedamage.Two areasofthebody,theeyesandthetestes,areparticularly vulnerabletoRFheatingbecausethereisrelativelylittle bloodflowinthemtocarryawayexcessheat. 203 Interphoneisalargeinternationalstudydesignedto determinewhethercellphonesincreasetheriskofheadand neckcancer.AreportpublishedintheInternationalJournal ofEpidemiology(June,2010)comparedcellphoneusagefor morethan5,000peoplewithbraintumors(gliomaand meningioma)andasimilarnumberofhealthycontrols. ResultsofthisstudydidNOTshowthatcellphonescaused braincancer.Inthisstudy,mostpeoplehadnoincreasedrisk ofbraincancerfromusingcellphones.Forpeoplewiththe heaviestuseofcellphones(anaverageofmorethan½hour perday,everyday,forover10years)thestudysuggesteda By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta MOBI-KIDSisaninternationalstudyinvestigatingthe relationshipbetweenexposuretoradiofrequencyenergy fromcommunicationtechnologiesincludingcellphonesand braincancerinyoungpeople.Thisisaninternational multi-centerstudyinvolving14Europeanandnon-European countries.AdditionalinformationaboutMOBI-KIDScanbe foundat http://www.creal.cat/programes-recerca/en_projectes-creal/ view.php?ID=39. Surveillance, Epidemiology, and End Results (SEER) Program of the National Cancer Institute on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Interphoneisthelargestcellphonestudytodate,butitdid notanswerallquestionsaboutcellphonesafety.Additional researchisbeingconductedaroundtheworld,andtheFDA continuestomonitordevelopmentsinthisfield. International Cohort Study on Mobile Phone Users (COSMOS) Risk of Brain Cancer from Exposure to Radio Frequency Fields in Childhood and Adolescence (MOBI-KIDS) rie slightincreaseinbraincancer.However,theauthors determinedthatbiasesanderrorspreventedanyconclusions beingdrawnfromthisdata.Additionalinformationabout Interphonecanbefoundat http://www.iarc.fr/en/media-centre/pr/2010/pdfs/pr200_E.pdf. TheCOSMOSstudyaimstoconductlong-termhealth monitoringofalargegroupofpeopletodetermineifthere areanyhealthissueslinkedtolong-termexposuretoradio frequencyenergyfromcellphoneuse.TheCOSMOSstudy willfollowapproximately300,000adultcellphoneusersin Europefor20to30years.Additionalinformationaboutthe COSMOSstudycanbefoundat http://www.ukcosmos.org/index.html. TheNationalCancerInstitute(NCI)activelyfollowscancer statisticsintheUnitedStatestodetectanychangeinratesof newcasesforbraincancer.Ifcellphonesplayaroleinrisk forbraincancer,ratesshouldgoup,becauseheavycell phoneusehasbeencommonforquitesometimeintheU.S. Between1987and2005,theoverallage-adjustedincidence ofbraincancerdidnotincrease.Additionalinformationabout SEERcanbefoundat http://seer.cancer.gov/. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation204 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Steps to Reduce Exposure to Radio Frequency Energy Ifthereisariskfrombeingexposedtoradiofrequency energy(RF)fromcellphones-andatthispointwedonot knowthatthereis-itisprobablyverysmall.But,ifyouare concernedaboutavoidingevenpotentialrisks,youcantake afewsimplestepstominimizeyourRFexposure. •Reducetheamountoftimespentusingyourcellphone; on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Design cell phones in a way that minimizes any RF exposure to the user; and Reducing Exposure: Hands-Free Kits and Other Accessories ta AlthoughtheexistingscientificdatadonotjustifyFDA regulatoryactions,theFDAhasurgedthecellphoneindustry totakeanumberofsteps,includingthefollowing: • Support-needed research on possible biological effects of RF for the type of signal emitted by cell phones; rie Cell Phone Industry Actions • Cooperate in providing users of cell phones with the current information on cell phone use and human health concerns. TheFDAalsoisworkingwithvoluntarystandard-setting bodiessuchastheInstituteofElectricalandElectronics Engineers(IEEE),theInternationalCommissionon Non-IonizingRadiationProtection(ICNIRP),andothersto assurethatsafetystandardscontinuetoadequatelyprotect thepublic. 205 •Usespeakermodeoraheadsettoplacemoredistancebetween yourheadandthecellphone. Hands-Free Kits Hands-freekitsmayincludeaudioorBluetooth®headsets andvarioustypesofbody-wornaccessoriessuchas belt-clipsandholsters.Combinationsofthesecanbeusedto reduceRFenergyabsorptionfromcellphones. Headsetscansubstantiallyreduceexposurebecausethe phoneisheldawayfromtheheadintheuser'shandorin approvedbody-wornaccessories.Cellphonesmarketedin theU.S.arerequiredtomeetRFexposurecompliance requirementswhenusedagainsttheheadandagainstthe body. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta Thescientificevidencedoesnotshowadangertoanyusers ofcellphonesfromRFexposure,includingchildrenand teenagers.ThestepsadultscantaketoreduceRFexposure applytochildrenandteenagersaswell. •Reducetheamountoftimespentonthecellphone; •Usespeakermodeoraheadsettoplacemoredistancebetween theheadandthecellphone. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op BecausetherearenoknownrisksfromexposuretoRF emissionsfromcellphones,thereisnoreasontobelievethat accessorieswhichclaimtoshieldtheheadfromthose emissionsreducerisks.Someproductsthatclaimtoshield theuserfromRFabsorptionusespecialphonecases,while othersinvolvenothingmorethanametallicaccessory attachedtothephone. Children and Cell Phones rie BecausetherearenoknownrisksfromexposuretoRF emissionsfromcellphones,thereisnoreasontobelievethat hands-freekitsreducerisks.Hands-freekitscanbeusedfor convenienceandcomfort.Theyarealsorequiredbylawin manystatesifyouwanttouseyourphonewhiledriving. Cell Phone Accessories that Claim to Shield the Head from RF Radiation Studieshaveshownthattheseproductsgenerallydonot workasadvertised.Unlike“hands-free”kits,theseso-called “shields”mayinterferewithproperoperationofthephone. Thephonemaybeforcedtoboostitspowertocompensate, leadingtoanincreaseinRFabsorption. Somegroupssponsoredbyothernationalgovernmentshave advisedthatchildrenbediscouragedfromusingcellphones atall.Forexample,TheStewartReportfromtheUnited KingdommadesucharecommendationinDecember2000. Inthisreport,agroupofindependentexpertsnotedthatno evidenceexiststhatusingacellphonecausesbraintumors orotherilleffects.Theirrecommendationtolimitcellphone usebychildrenwasstrictlyprecautionary;itwasnotbased onscientificevidencethatanyhealthhazardexists. AdditionalinformationonthesafetyofRFexposuresfrom varioussourcescanbeobtainedfromthefollowing organizations(updated10/1/2010): •FCCRFSafetyProgram: http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation206 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential http://www.osha.gov/SLTC/radiofrequencyradiation/. (Note:Thiswebaddressiscasesensitive.) •NationalInstituteforOccupationalSafetyandHealth(NIOSH): •WorldHealthOrganization(WHO): http://www.who.int/peh-emf/en/. •InternationalCommissiononNon-IonizingRadiationProtection: http://www.icnirp.de. •HealthProtectionAgency: http://www.hpa.org.uk/Topics/Radiation/. •USFoodandDrugAdministration: http://www.fda.gov/Radiation-EmittingProducts/ RadiationEmittingProductsandProcedures/ HomeBusinessandEntertainment/CellPhones/default.htm. 207 TheseFCCRFexposurelimitsarederivedfromthe recommendationsoftwoexpertorganizations:theNational CouncilonRadiationProtectionandMeasurement(NCRP) andtheInstituteofElectricalandElectronicsEngineers (IEEE).Inbothcases,therecommendationsweredeveloped byscientificandengineeringexpertsdrawnfromindustry, government,andacademiaafterextensivereviewsofthe scientificliteraturerelatedtothebiologicaleffectsofRF energy. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/. Yourwirelessphoneisaradiotransmitterandreceiver.Itis designedandmanufacturednottoexceedtheexposure limitsforRadioFrequency(RF)energysetbytheFederal CommunicationsCommission(FCC)oftheU.S.Government. •OccupationalSafetyandHealthAdministration(OSHA): Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information ta http://www.epa.gov/radtown/wireless-tech.html. rie •EnvironmentalProtectionAgency(EPA): TheRFexposurelimitsetbytheFCCforwirelessmobile phonesemploysaunitofmeasurementknownasthe SpecificAbsorptionRate(SAR).TheSARisameasureofthe rateofabsorptionofRFenergybythehumanbody expressedinunitsofwattsperkilogram(W/kg).TheFCC requireswirelessphonestocomplywithasafetylimitof1.6 wattsperkilogram(1.6W/kg). By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op SARtestsareconductedusingstandardoperatingpositions acceptedbytheFCCwiththephonetransmittingatits highestcertifiedpowerlevelinalltestedfrequencybands. AlthoughtheSARisdeterminedatthehighestcertified powerlevel,theactualSARlevelofthephonewhile operatingcanbewellbelowthemaximumreportedvalue. Thisisbecausethephoneisdesignedtooperateatmultiple powerlevelssoastouseonlythepowerrequiredtoreach thenetwork.Ingeneral,thecloseryouaretoawirelessbase stationantenna,thelowerthepoweroutputofthephone. Useofotheraccessoriesmaynotensurecompliancewith FCCRFexposureguidelines.TheFCChasgrantedan EquipmentAuthorizationforthismobiledevicewithall reportedSARlevelsevaluatedasincompliancewiththeFCC RFexposureguidelines.ThismobilephonehasanFCCID number:A3LSMN900A[ModelNumber:SM-N900A]andthe specificSARlevelsforthismobilephonecanbefoundatthe followingFCCwebsite:http://www.fcc.gov/oet/ea/. TheSARinformationforthisdevicecanalsobefoundon Samsung’swebsite:http://www.samsung.com/sar. rie TheFCCSARlimitincorporatesasubstantialmarginofsafety togiveadditionalprotectiontothepublicandtoaccountfor anyvariationsinmeasurements. Beforeanewmodelphoneisavailableforsaletothepublic, itmustbetestedandcertifiedtotheFCCthatitdoesnot exceedtheSARlimitestablishedbytheFCC.Testsforeach modelphoneareperformedinpositionsandlocations(e.g.at theearandwornonthebody)asrequiredbytheFCC.For body-wornoperation,thisphonehasbeentestedandmeets FCCRFexposureguidelineswhenusedwithanaccessory thatcontainsnometalandthatpositionsthemobiledevicea minimumof1.0cmfromthebody. SARinformationonthisandothermodelphonescanbe accessedonlineontheFCC'swebsitethroughhttp:// transition.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/sar.html.Tofindinformationthat pertainstoaparticularmodelphone,thissiteusesthephone FCCIDnumberwhichisusuallyprintedsomewhereonthe caseofthephone.Sometimesitmaybenecessaryto removethebatterypacktofindthenumber.Onceyouhave theFCCIDnumberforaparticularphone,followthe instructionsonthewebsiteanditshouldprovidevaluesfor typicalormaximumSARforaparticularphone.Additional SARinformationcanalsobeobtainedat http://www.fcc.gov/encyclopedia/specific-absorption-rate-sarcellular-telephones. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation208 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y thattowhichthereceiverisconnected. •Consultthedealeroranexperiencedradio/TVtechnicianforhelp. Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS) on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thisdevicecomplieswithpart15oftheFCCRules. Operationissubjecttothefollowingtwoconditions:(1)This devicemaynotcauseharmfulinterference,and(2)this devicemustacceptanyinterferencereceived,including interferencethatmaycauseundesiredoperation. ta Pursuanttopart15.21oftheFCCRules,youarecautioned thatchangesormodificationsnotexpresslyapprovedby Samsungcouldvoidyourauthoritytooperatethedevice. •Reorientorrelocatethereceivingantenna. •Increasetheseparationbetweentheequipmentandreceiver. •Connecttheequipmentintoanoutletonacircuitdifferentfrom rie FCC Part 15 Information to User Note:Thisequipmenthasbeentestedandfoundtocomply withthelimitsforaClassBdigitaldevice,pursuanttopart 15oftheFCCRules.Theselimitsaredesignedtoprovide reasonableprotectionagainstharmfulinterferenceina residentialinstallation.Thisequipmentgenerates,usesand canradiateradiofrequencyenergyand,ifnotinstalledand usedinaccordancewiththeinstructions,maycauseharmful interferencetoradiocommunications. Smart Practices While Driving On the Road - Off the Phone Theprimaryresponsibilityofeverydriveristhesafe operationofhisorhervehicle. However,thereisnoguaranteethatinterferencewillnot occurinaparticularinstallation.Ifthisequipmentdoes causeharmfulinterferencetoradioortelevisionreception, whichcanbedeterminedbyturningtheequipmentoffand on,theuserisencouragedtotrytocorrecttheinterference byoneormoreofthefollowingmeasures: Thisdeviceisdesignedtoreceivewirelessemergencyalerts fromtheCommercialMobileAlertingSystem("CMAS"; whichmayalsobeknownasthePersonalLocalizedAlerting Network("PLAN")).Ifyourwirelessproviderhaschosento participateinCMAS/PLAN,alertsareavailablewhileinthe provider'scoveragearea.Ifyoutraveloutsideyourprovider's coveragearea,wirelessemergencyalertsmaynotbe available.Formoreinformation,pleasecontactyourwireless provider. 209 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Ifyouconsideracallnecessaryandappropriate,followthese tips: •Useahands-freedevice; rie ta •Secureyourphonewithineasyreach; •Placecallswhenyouarenotmoving; •Plancallswhenyourcarwillbestationary; •Donotengageinstressfuloremotionalconversations; •Letthepersonwithwhomyouarespeakingknowthatyouare on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Responsibledriversunderstandthatnosecondarytask shouldbeperformedwhiledrivingwhetheritbeeating, drinking,talkingtopassengers,ortalkingonamobilephone -unlessthedriverhasassessedthedrivingconditionsandis confidentthatthesecondarytaskwillnotinterferewiththeir primaryresponsibility.Do not engage in any activity while driving a moving vehicle which may cause you to take your eyes off the road or become so absorbed in the activity that your ability to concentrate on the act of driving becomes impaired.Samsungiscommittedtopromotingresponsible drivingandgivingdriversthetoolstheyneedtounderstand andaddressdistractions. Check the laws and regulations on the use of mobile devices and their accessories in the areas where you drive. Always obey them. The use of these devices may be prohibited or restricted in certain areas. For example, only hands-free use may be permitted in certain areas. Beforeansweringcalls,consideryourcircumstances.Letthe callgotovoicemailwhendrivingconditionsrequire. Remember,drivingcomesfirst,notthecall! drivingandwillsuspendthecallifnecessary; •Donottakenotesorlookupphonenumberswhiledriving; Noticeregardinglegalrestrictionsonmountingthisdevicein anautomobile: Lawsinsomestatesmayprohibitmountingthisdeviceonor nearthewindshieldofanautomobile.Inotherstates,thelaw maypermitmountingthisdeviceonlyinspecificlocationsin theautomobile.Besuretoconsultthestateandlocallawsor ordinanceswhereyoudrivebeforemountingthisdevicein anautomobile.Failuretocomplywiththeserestrictionscould resultinfines,penalties,orotherdamages. Nevermountthisdeviceinamannerthatwillobstructthe driver'sclearviewofthestreetandtraffic. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation210 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Formoreinformation,gotohttp://www.ctia.org. Battery Use and Safety •Do not place your battery in or near a heat source.Excessive on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Important! Handle and store batteries properly to avoid injury or damage.Mostbatteryissuesarisefromimproper handlingofbatteriesand,particularly,fromthe continueduseofdamagedbatteries. Liquidscangetintothephone'scircuits,leadingtocorrosion. Evenwhenthephoneappearstobedryandappearstooperate normally,thecircuitrycouldslowlycorrodeandposeasafety hazard.Ifthephoneand/orbatterygetwet,havethemchecked byyourserviceproviderorcontactSamsung,eveniftheyappear tobeworkingproperly. ta Never watch videos, such as a movie or clip, or play video games while operating a vehicle. •Do not let the phone or battery come in contact with liquids. rie Never use wireless data services such as text messaging, Web browsing, or e-mail while operating a vehicle. •Do not disassemble, crush, puncture, shred, or otherwise attempt to change the form of your battery.Donotputahigh degreeofpressureonthebattery.Thiscancauseleakageoran internalshort-circuit,resultinginoverheating. heatingcandamagethephoneorthebatteryandcouldcausethe phoneorthebatterytoexplode.Donotdryawetordampbattery withanapplianceorheatsourcesuchasamicrowaveoven,hair dryer,iron,orradiator.Avoidleavingyourphoneinyourcarin hightemperatures. •Do not dispose of the phone or the battery in a fire.Thephone orthebatterymayexplodewhenoverheated. •Do not handle a damaged or leaking battery.Donotletleaking batteryfluidcomeincontactwithyoureyes,skinorclothing.For safedisposaloptions,contactyournearestSamsung-authorized servicecenter. 211 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential •Never use any charger or battery that is damaged in any way. •Do not allow the battery to touch metal objects.Accidental Use of a non-Samsung-approved battery or charger may present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage, or other hazard. Samsung'swarrantydoesnotcoverdamagetothephone causedbynon-Samsung-approvedbatteriesand/or chargers. •Do not use incompatible cell phone batteries and chargers. Somewebsitesandsecond-handdealersnotassociatedwith reputablemanufacturersandcarriers,mightbeselling incompatibleorevencounterfeitbatteriesandchargers. Consumersshouldpurchasemanufactureror carrier-recommendedproductsandaccessories.Ifunsureabout whetherareplacementbatteryorchargeriscompatible,contact themanufacturerofthebatteryorcharger. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op short-circuitingcanoccurwhenametallicobject(coin,key, jewelry,clip,orpen)causesadirectconnectionbetweenthe+ and-terminalsofthebattery(metalstripsonthebattery),for examplewhenyoucarryasparebatteryinapocketorbag. Short-circuitingtheterminalsmaydamagethebatteryorthe objectcausingtheshort-circuiting. WARNING! ta battery,especiallyonahardsurface,canpotentiallycause damagetothephoneandbattery.Ifyoususpectdamagetothe phoneorbattery,takeittoaservicecenterforinspection. rie •Avoid dropping the cell phone.Droppingthephoneorthe •Misuse or use of incompatible phones, batteries, and charging devices could result in damage to the equipment and a possible risk of fire, explosion, or leakage, leading to serious injuries, damages to your phone, or other serious hazard. Important! UseonlySamsung-approvedbatteries,and rechargeyourbatteryonlywith Samsung-approvedchargerswhichare specificallydesignedforyourphone. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation212 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Recyclingprogramsforyourmobiledevice,batteries,and accessoriesmaynotbeavailableinyourarea. We'vemadeiteasyforyoutorecycleyouroldSamsung mobiledevicebyworkingwithrespectedtake-back companiesineverystateinthecountry. Drop It Off http://www.epa.gov/epawaste/partnerships/plugin/cellphone/ index.htmorathttp://www.call2recycle.org/. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Properdisposalofyourmobiledeviceanditsbatteryisnot onlyimportantforsafety,itbenefitstheenvironment. Batteriesmustberecycledordisposedofproperly. Consumersmayalsorecycletheirusedmobiledeviceor batteriesatmanyretailorcarrier-providedlocations wheremobiledevicesandbatteriesaresold.Additional informationregardingspecificlocationsmaybefoundat: ta Samsungcaresfortheenvironmentandencouragesits customerstorecycleSamsungmobiledevicesandgenuine Samsungaccessories. Samsung-brandeddevicesandbatterieswillbeaccepted attheselocationsfornofee. rie Samsung Mobile Products and Recycling YoucandropoffyourSamsung-brandedmobiledevice andbatteriesforrecyclingatoneofournumerous SamsungRecyclingDirect(SM)locations.Alistofthese locationsmaybefoundat: Mail It In TheSamsungMobileTake-BackProgramwillprovide Samsungcustomerswithafreerecyclingmailinglabel. Justgoto http://fun.samsungmobileusa.com/recycling/index.jsp. Disposeofunwantedelectronicsthroughanapproved recycler. Tofindthenearestrecyclinglocation,gotoourwebsite: www.samsung.com/recyclingdirect Orcall,(877)278-0799. http://pages.samsung.com/us/recyclingdirect/ usactivities_environment_samsungrecyclingdirect_locations.jsp 213 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Display / Touch-Screen on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Warning! Neverdisposeofbatteriesinafirebecausetheymay explode. ta Disposeofyourmobiledeviceandbatteriesinaccordance withlocalregulations.Insomeareas,thedisposalofthese itemsinhouseholdorbusinesstrashmaybeprohibited.Help usprotecttheenvironment-recycle! FORCONNECTIONTOASUPPLYNOTINNORTH AMERICA,USEANATTACHMENTPLUGADAPTOR OFTHEPROPERCONFIGURATIONFORTHE POWEROUTLET. THISPOWERUNITISINTENDEDTOBE CORRECTLYORIENTEDINAVERTICALOR HORIZONTALORFLOORMOUNTPOSITION. rie Follow local regulations regarding disposal of mobile devices and batteries UL Certified Travel Charger TheTravelChargerforthisphonehasmetapplicableUL safetyrequirements.Pleaseadheretothefollowingsafety instructionsperULguidelines: FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE INSTRUCTIONS OUTLINED MAY LEAD TO SERIOUS PERSONAL INJURY AND POSSIBLE PROPERTY DAMAGE. Pleasenotethefollowinginformationwhenusingyour mobiledevice: WARNING REGARDING DISPLAY Thedisplayonyourmobiledeviceismadeofglassor acrylicandcouldbreakifyourmobiledeviceis droppedorifitreceivessignificantimpact.Donotuse ifscreenisbrokenorcrackedasthiscouldcause injurytoyou. IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS - SAVE THESE INSTRUCTIONS. DANGER - TO REDUCE THE RISK OF FIRE OR ELECTRIC SHOCK, CAREFULLY FOLLOW THESE INSTRUCTIONS. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation214 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential GPS CertainSamsungmobiledevicescanuseaGlobalPositioning System(GPS)signalforlocation-basedapplications.AGPS usessatellitescontrolledbytheU.S.Governmentthatare subjecttochangesimplementedinaccordancewiththe DepartmentofDefensepolicyandthe2008FederalRadio navigationPlan(FRP).Changesmayaffecttheperformance oflocation-basedtechnologyonyourmobiledevice. EvenwithGPS,whenyoumakeanemergencycall: •Alwaystelltheemergencyresponderyourlocationtothebestof yourability;and 215 responderinstructsyou. Navigation ta Maps,directions,andothernavigation-data,includingdata relatingtoyourcurrentlocation,maycontaininaccurateor incompletedata,andcircumstancescananddochangeover time.Insomeareas,completeinformationmaynotbe available.Therefore, you should always visually confirm that the navigational instructions are consistent with what you see before following them. All users should pay attention to road conditions, closures, traffic, and all other factors that may impact safe driving or walking. Always obey posted road signs. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Ifyourmobiledevicehasatouch-screendisplay, pleasenotethatatouch-screenrespondsbesttoa lighttouchfromthepadofyourfingeroranon-metallic stylus.Usingexcessiveforceorametallicobjectwhen pressingonthetouch-screenmaydamagethe temperedglasssurfaceandvoidthewarranty.For moreinformation,pleaserefertothe“Standard LimitedWarranty”. •Remainonthemobiledeviceforaslongastheemergency rie WARRANTY DISCLAIMER: PROPER USE OF A TOUCH-SCREEN MOBILE DEVICE Emergency Calls Thismobiledevice,likeanywirelessmobiledevice,operates usingradiosignals,wirelessandlandlinenetworks,aswell asuser-programmedfunctions,whichcannotguarantee connectioninallconditions,areas,orcircumstances. Therefore,youshouldneverrelysolelyonanywireless mobiledeviceforessentialcommunications(medical emergencies,forexample).Beforetravelinginremoteor underdevelopedareas,plananalternatemethodof contactingemergencyservicespersonnel.Remember,to By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential To make an emergency call: 1. Ifthephoneisnoton,switchiton. 2. FromtheHomescreen,tap ta Yourmobiledeviceisaproductofsuperiordesignand craftsmanshipandshouldbetreatedwithcare.The suggestionsbelowwillhelpyoufulfillanywarranty obligationsandallowyoutoenjoythisproductformany years: .Thedialeris Keep your Samsung Mobile Device away from: Liquids of any kind displayed. 3. Keyintheemergencynumberforyourpresentlocation (forexample,911orotherofficialemergencynumber). Emergencynumbersvarybylocation. 4. Tapthe Care and Maintenance on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Emergencycallsmaynotbepossibleonallwirelessmobile devicenetworksorwhencertainnetworkservicesand/or mobiledevicefeaturesareinuse.Checkwithlocalservice providers. maybetheonlymeansofcommunicationatthesceneofan accident;donotcutoffthecalluntilgivenpermissiontodo so. rie makeorreceiveanycalls,themobiledevicemustbe switchedonandinaserviceareawithadequatesignal strength. key. Donotusethemobiledevicewithawethand.Doingso maycauseanelectricshocktoyouordamagetothe mobiledevice. Ifcertainfeaturesareinuse(callblocking,forexample),you mayfirstneedtodeactivatethosefeaturesbeforeyoucan makeanemergencycall.ConsultyourUserManualandyour localcellularserviceprovider.Whenmakinganemergency call,remembertogiveallthenecessaryinformationas accuratelyaspossible.Rememberthatyourmobiledevice Keepthemobiledevicedry.Precipitation,humidity,and liquidscontainmineralsthatwillcorrodeelectronic circuits.Ifthemobiledevicedoesgetwet,donot acceleratedryingwiththeuseofanoven,microwave,or dryer,becausethismaydamagethemobiledeviceand couldcauseafireorexplosion. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation216 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Responsible Listening Avoidtemperaturesbelow0°C/32°Forabove45°C/ 113°F. Caution! Avoid potential hearing loss. Donotexposeyourmobiledevicetodust,dirt,orsand. Cleaning solutions Donotuseharshchemicals,cleaningsolvents,orstrong detergentstocleanthemobiledevice.Wipeitwithasoft clothslightlydampenedinamildsoap-and-water solution. Shock or vibration Donotdrop,knock,orshakethemobiledevice.Rough handlingcanbreakinternalcircuitboards. Paint Damagetohearingoccurswhenapersonisexposedtoloud soundsovertime.Theriskofhearinglossincreasesas soundisplayedlouderandforlongerdurations.Prolonged exposuretoloudsounds(includingmusic)isthemost commoncauseofpreventablehearingloss.Somescientific researchsuggeststhatusingportableaudiodevices,suchas portablemusicplayersandcellphones,athighvolume settingsforlongdurationsmayleadtopermanent noise-inducedhearingloss. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Dust and dirt ta Donottrytodryyourmobiledeviceinamicrowaveoven. Doingsomaycauseafireorexplosion. rie Microwaves Extreme heat or cold Donotpaintthemobiledevice.Paintcanclogthe device’smovingpartsorventilationopeningsandprevent properoperation. Thisincludestheuseofheadphones(includingheadsets, earbuds,andBluetooth®orotherwirelessdevices). Exposuretoveryloudsoundhasalsobeenassociatedin somestudieswithtinnitus(aringingintheear), hypersensitivitytosound,anddistortedhearing.Individual susceptibilitytonoise-inducedhearinglossandpotential hearingproblemvaries.Additionally,theamountofsound producedbyaportableaudiodevicevariesdependingonthe natureofthesound,thedevicesettings,andtheheadphones 217 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential thatareused.Asaresult,thereisnosinglevolumesetting thatisappropriateforeveryoneorforeverycombinationof sound,settings,andequipment. •Limittheamountoftimeyoulisten.Asthevolumeincreases,less Youshouldfollowsomecommonsenserecommendations whenusinganyportableaudiodevice: •Alwaysturnthevolumedownbeforepluggingtheearphonesinto anaudiosource. suchasrockconcerts,thatmightcausetemporaryhearingloss. Temporaryhearinglossmightcauseunsafevolumestosound normal. ta rie •Donotlistenatanyvolumethatcausesyoudiscomfort.Ifyou on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op •Setthevolumeinaquietenvironmentandselectthelowest timeisrequiredbeforeyouhearingcouldbeaffected. •Avoidusingheadphonesafterexposuretoextremelyloudnoises, volumeatwhichyoucanhearadequately. •Beawarethatyoucanadapttohighervolumesettingsovertime, notrealizingthatthehighervolumemaybeharmfultoyour hearing. •Whenusingheadphones,turnthevolumedownifyoucannot hearthepeoplespeakingnearyouorifthepersonsittingnextto youcanhearwhatyouarelisteningto. •Donotturnthevolumeuptoblockoutnoisysurroundings.Ifyou Youcanobtainadditionalinformationonthissubjectfromthe followingsources: American Academy of Audiology 11730PlazaAmericanDrive,Suite300 Reston,VA20190 Voice:(800)222-2336 Email:info@audiology.org Internet: http://www.audiology.org/Pages/ default.aspx choosetolistentoyourportabledeviceinanoisyenvironment, usenoise-cancellingheadphonestoblockoutbackground environmentalnoise.Byblockingbackgroundenvironmentnoise, noisecancellingheadphonesshouldallowyoutohearthemusic atlowervolumesthanwhenusingearbuds. experienceringinginyourears,hearmuffledspeech,or experienceanytemporaryhearingdifficultyafterlisteningtoyour portableaudiodevice,discontinueuseandconsultyourdoctor. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation218 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Operating Environment on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Internet: http://www.nidcd.nih.gov/ 1-888-232-6348TTY rie Email:nidcdinfo@nih.gov Internet: http://www.cdc.gov/niosh/topics/noise/ default.html NationalInstitutesofHealth 31CenterDrive,MSC2320 Bethesda,MD20892-2320 Email:cdcinfo@cdc.gov ta National Institute on Deafness and Other Communication Disorders National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) 395EStreet,S.W.,Suite9200 PatriotsPlazaBuilding Washington,DC20201 MostmodernelectronicequipmentisshieldedfromRadio Frequency(RF)signals.However,certainelectronic equipmentmaynotbeshieldedagainsttheRFsignalsfrom yourwirelessmobiledevice.Consultthemanufacturerto discussalternatives. Voice:1-800-35-NIOSH (1-800-356-4674) 1-800-CDC-INFO(1-800-232-4636) OutsidetheU.S.513-533-8328 Remembertofollowanyspecialregulationsinforceinany area,andalwaysswitchyourmobiledeviceoffwheneveritis forbiddentouseit,orwhenitmaycauseinterferenceor danger.Whenconnectingthemobiledeviceoranyaccessory toanotherdevice,readitsuser'sguidefordetailedsafety instructions.Donotconnectincompatibleproducts. Using Your Mobile Device Near Other Electronic Devices 219 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y Ifyouuseanyotherpersonalmedicaldevices,consultthe manufacturerofyourdevicetodetermineifitisadequately shieldedfromexternalRFenergy.Yourphysicianmaybeable toassistyouinobtainingthisinformation.Switchyour mobiledeviceoffinhealthcarefacilitieswhenany regulationspostedintheseareasinstructyoutodoso. Hospitalsorhealthcarefacilitiesmaybeusingequipment thatcouldbesensitivetoexternalRFenergy. Vehicles on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Personswhohavesuchdevices: •ShouldALWAYSkeepthemobiledevicemorethansix(6)inches fromtheirimplantablemedicaldevicewhenthemobiledeviceis turnedON; Other Medical Devices ta Aminimumseparationofsix(6)inchesshouldbemaintained betweenahandheldwirelessmobiledeviceandan implantablemedicaldevice,suchasapacemakeror implantablecardioverterdefibrillator,toavoidpotential interferencewiththedevice. rie Implantable Medical Devices •Shouldnotcarrythemobiledeviceinabreastpocket; •Shouldusetheearoppositetheimplantablemedicaldeviceto minimizethepotentialforinterference; •ShouldturnthemobiledeviceOFFimmediatelyifthereisany reasontosuspectthatinterferenceistakingplace; •Shouldreadandfollowthedirectionsfromthemanufacturerof yourimplantablemedicaldevice.Ifyouhaveanyquestionsabout usingyourwirelessmobiledevicewithanimplantablemedical device,consultyourhealthcareprovider. Formoreinformationsee:http://www.fcc.gov/oet/rfsafety/rffaqs.html#. RFsignalsmayaffectimproperlyinstalledorinadequately shieldedelectronicsystemsinmotorvehicles.Checkwith themanufactureroritsrepresentativeregardingyourvehicle beforeusingyourmobiledeviceinamotorvehicle.You shouldalsoconsultthemanufacturerofanyequipmentthat hasbeenaddedtoyourvehicle. Posted Facilities Switchyourmobiledeviceoffinanyfacilitywhereposted noticesrequireyoutodoso. Potentially Explosive Environments Switchyourmobiledeviceoffwheninanyareawitha potentiallyexplosiveatmosphereandobeyallsignsand instructions.Sparksinsuchareascouldcauseanexplosion By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation220 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta TheU.S.FederalCommunicationsCommission(FCC)has establishedrequirementsfordigitalwirelessmobiledevices tobecompatiblewithhearingaidsandotherassistive hearingdevices. Whenindividualsemployingsomeassistivehearingdevices (hearingaidsandcochlearimplants)usewirelessmobile devices,theymaydetectabuzzing,humming,orwhining noise.Somehearingdevicesaremoreimmunethanothers tothisinterferencenoise,andmobiledevicesalsovaryinthe amountofinterferencetheygenerate. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Usersareremindedoftheneedtoobserverestrictionsonthe useofradioequipmentinfueldepots(fuelstorageand distributionareas),chemicalplants,orwhereblasting operationsareinprogress.Areaswithapotentiallyexplosive atmosphereareoften,butnotalways,clearlymarked.They includebelowdeckonboats,chemicaltransferorstorage facilities,vehiclesusingliquefiedpetroleumgas(suchas propaneorbutane),areaswheretheaircontainschemicals orparticles,suchasgrain,dust,ormetalpowders,andany otherareawhereyouwouldnormallybeadvisedtoturnoff yourvehicleengine. When your Device is Wet FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices rie orfireresultinginbodilyinjuryorevendeath.Usersare advisedtoswitchthemobiledeviceoffwhileatarefueling point(servicestation). Theratingsarenotguarantees.Resultswillvarydepending ontheuser'shearingdeviceandhearingloss.Ifyourhearing devicehappenstobevulnerabletointerference,youmaynot Donotturnonyourdeviceifitiswet.Ifyourdeviceis alreadyon,turnitoffandremovethebatteryimmediately(if thedevicewillnotturnofforyoucannotremovethebattery, leaveitas-is).Then,drythedevicewithatowelandtakeit toaservicecenter. Thewirelesstelephoneindustryhasdevelopedarating systemforwirelessmobiledevicestoassisthearingdevice usersfindmobiledevicesthatmaybecompatiblewiththeir hearingdevices.Notallmobiledeviceshavebeenrated. Mobiledevicesthatareratedhavetheratingontheirboxor alabellocatedonthebox. 221 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential hearingaidmeetstheM2levelratingandthewireless mobiledevicemeetstheM3levelrating,thesumofthetwo valuesequalsM5. M-Ratings:WirelessmobiledevicesratedM3orM4meet FCCrequirementsandarelikelytogeneratelessinterference tohearingdevicesthanmobiledevicesthatarenotlabeled. M4isthebetter/higherofthetworatings.M-ratingsreferto enablingacousticcouplingwithhearingaidsthatdonot operateintelecoilmode. Underthestandard,thisshouldprovidethehearingaiduser withnormalusewhileusingthehearingaidwiththe particularwirelessmobiledevice.Asumof6ormorewould indicateexcellentperformance. rie ta beabletousearatedmobiledevicesuccessfully.Tryingout themobiledevicewithyourhearingdeviceisthebestwayto evaluateitforyourpersonalneeds. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op However,thesearenotguaranteesthatalluserswillbe satisfied.Tratingsworksimilarly. T-Ratings:MobiledevicesratedT3orT4meetFCC requirementsandarelikelytogeneratelessinterferenceto hearingdevicesthanmobiledevicesthatarenotlabeled.T4 isthebetter/higherofthetworatings.T-ratingsreferto enablinginductivecouplingwithhearingaidsoperatingin telecoilmode. Hearingdevicesmayalsoberated.Yourhearingaid manufacturerorhearinghealthprofessionalmayhelpyou findthisrating.Higherratingsmeanthatthehearingdevice isrelativelyimmunetointerferencenoise. M3+M2=5 T3+T2=5 Underthecurrentindustrystandard,AmericanNational StandardsInstitute(ANSI)C63.19,thehearingaidand wirelessmobiledeviceratingvaluesareaddedtogetherto indicatehowusabletheyaretogether.Forexample,ifa By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation222 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta FCC Notice FCC Notice and Cautions ThemobiledevicemaycauseTVorradiointerferenceifused incloseproximitytoreceivingequipment.TheFCCcan requireyoutostopusingthemobiledeviceifsuch interferencecannotbeeliminated.Vehiclesusingliquefied petroleumgas(suchaspropaneorbutane)mustcomplywith theNationalFireProtectionStandard(NFPA-58).Foracopy ofthisstandard,contacttheNationalFireProtection Association. Cautions on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Thisphonehasbeentestedandratedforusewithhearing aidsforsomeofthewirelesstechnologiesthatituses. However,theremaybesomenewerwirelesstechnologies usedinthisphonethathavenotbeentestedyetforusewith hearingaids. Keepthemobiledeviceandallitspartsandaccessoriesout ofthereachofsmallchildren. rie TheHACratingandmeasurementprocedurearedescribedin theAmericanNationalStandardsInstitute(ANSI)C63.19 standard. HAC for Newer Technologies Itisimportanttotrythedifferentfeaturesofthisphone thoroughlyandindifferentlocations,usingyourhearingaid orcochlearimplant,todetermineifyouhearanyinterfering noise.Consultyourserviceproviderorthemanufacturerof thisphoneforinformationonhearingaidcompatibility.Ifyou havequestionsaboutreturnorexchangepolicies,consult yourserviceproviderorphoneretailer. Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile Device Yourmobiledeviceisnotatoy.Donotallowchildrentoplay withitbecausetheycouldhurtthemselvesandothers, damagethemobiledevice,ormakecallsthatincreaseyour mobiledevicebill. Anychangesormodificationstoyourmobiledevicenot expresslyapprovedinthisdocumentcouldvoidyour warrantyforthisequipmentandvoidyourauthorityto operatethisequipment.Onlyuseapprovedbatteries, antennas,andchargers.Theuseofanyunauthorized accessoriesmaybedangerousandvoidthemobiledevice warrantyifsaidaccessoriescausedamageoradefecttothe mobiledevice. 223 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential •Onlyqualifiedpersonnelshouldservicethemobiledeviceor •Switchyourmobiledeviceoffbeforeboardinganaircraft.Theuse on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op installthemobiledeviceinavehicle.Faultyinstallationorservice maybedangerousandmayinvalidateanywarrantyapplicableto thedevice. inflateswithgreatforce.Donotplaceobjects,includinginstalled orportablewirelessequipmentnearorintheareaovertheair bagorintheairbagdeploymentarea.Ifwirelessequipmentis improperlyinstalledandtheairbaginflates,seriousinjurycould result. ta Other Important Safety Information •Forvehiclesequippedwithanairbag,rememberthatanairbag rie Althoughyourmobiledeviceisquitesturdy,itisacomplex pieceofequipmentandcanbebroken.Avoiddropping, hitting,bending,orsittingonit. •Ensurethatanymobiledevicesorrelatedequipmentinstalledin yourvehiclearesecurelymounted. •Checkregularlythatallwirelessmobiledeviceequipmentinyour vehicleismountedandoperatingproperly. •Whenusingaheadsetindryenvironments,staticelectricitycan buildupintheheadsetandcauseasmallquickstaticelectrical shock.Tominimizetheriskofelectrostaticdischargefromthe headsetavoidusingtheheadsetinextremelydryenvironmentsor touchagroundedunpaintedmetalobjecttodischargestatic electricitybeforeinsertingtheheadset. •Donotstoreorcarryflammableliquids,gases,orexplosive •Failuretoobservetheseinstructionsmayleadtothesuspension ordenialofcellphoneservicestotheoffender,orlegalaction,or both. •Whileusingyourdevice,leavesomelightsonintheroomanddo notholdthescreentooclosetoyoureyes. •Seizuresorblackoutscanoccurwhenyouareexposedtoflashing lightswhilewatchingvideosorplayinggamesforextended periods.Ifyoufeelanydiscomfort,stopusingthedevice immediately. materialsinthesamecompartmentasthemobiledevice,its parts,oraccessories. ofwirelessmobiledevicesinaircraftisillegalandmaybe dangeroustotheaircraft'soperation.Checkwithappropriate authoritiesbeforeusinganyfunctionofamobiledevicewhileon anaircraft. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) HealthandSafetyInformation224 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op performactions,suchaspressingkeys,drawingcharactersona touchscreenwithyourfingers,orplayinggames,youmay experienceoccasionaldiscomfortinyourhands,neck,shoulders, orotherpartsofyourbody.Whenusingyourdeviceforextended periods,holdthedevicewitharelaxedgrip,pressthekeyslightly, andtakefrequentbreaks.Ifyoucontinuetohavediscomfort duringoraftersuchuse,stopuseandseeaphysician. •Reduceriskofrepetitivemotioninjuries.Whenyourepetitively •Ifyourdevicehasacameraflashorlight,donotusetheflashor lightclosetotheeyesofpeopleorpets.[122011] 225 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Section 11: Warranty Information Phone 1Year Batteries 1Year Case/Pouch/Holster 90Days OtherPhoneAccessories 1Year What is not covered? on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op SAMSUNGTELECOMMUNICATIONSAMERICA,LLC (“SAMSUNG”)warrantsthatSAMSUNG’shandsetsand accessories(“Products”)arefreefromdefectsinmaterial andworkmanshipundernormaluseandserviceforthe periodcommencinguponthedateofpurchasebythefirst consumerpurchaserandcontinuingforthefollowing specifiedperiodoftimeafterthatdate: ta What is covered and for how long? ThisLimitedWarrantydoesnotcover:(a)defectsordamage resultingfromaccident,misuse,abnormaluse,abnormal conditions,improperstorage,exposuretoliquid,moisture, dampness,sandordirt,neglect,orunusualphysical, electricalorelectromechanicalstress;(b) scratches,dents andcosmeticdamage,unlesscausedbySAMSUNG; (c) defectsordamageresultingfromexcessiveforceoruse ofametallicobjectwhenpressingonatouchscreen; (d) equipmentthathastheserialnumberorthe enhancementdatacoderemoved,defaced,damaged, alteredormadeillegible;(e) ordinarywearandtear; (f) defectsordamageresultingfromtheuseofProductin conjunctionorconnectionwithaccessories,products,or ancillary/peripheralequipmentnotfurnishedorapprovedby SAMSUNG;(g) defectsordamageresultingfromimproper testing,operation,maintenance,installation,service,or adjustmentnotfurnishedorapprovedbySAMSUNG; (h) defectsordamageresultingfromexternalcausessuchas collisionwithanobject,fire,flooding,dirt,windstorm, lightning,earthquake,exposuretoweatherconditions,theft, blownfuse,orimproperuseofanyelectricalsource; (i) defectsordamageresultingfromcellularsignalreception rie Standard Limited Warranty ThisLimitedWarrantyisconditioneduponproperuseofthe Product. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation226 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential rie ta remainderoftheoriginalLimitedWarrantyontheoriginal Productorforninety(90)days,whicheverislonger.All replacedProducts,parts,components,boardsand equipmentshallbecomethepropertyofSAMSUNG.Exceptto anyextentexpresslyallowedbyapplicablelaw,transferor assignmentofthisLimitedWarrantyisprohibited. What must you do to obtain warranty service? ToobtainserviceunderthisLimitedWarranty,youmust returntheProducttoanauthorizedphoneservicefacilityin anadequatecontainerforshipping,accompaniedbythe salesreceiptorcomparableproofofsaleshowingthe originaldateofpurchase,theserialnumberoftheProduct andtheseller’snameandaddress. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ortransmission,orvirusesorothersoftwareproblems introducedintotheProduct;or(j) Productusedorpurchased outsidetheUnitedStates.ThisLimitedWarrantycovers batteriesonlyifbatterycapacityfallsbelow80%ofrated capacityorthebatteryleaks,andthisLimitedWarrantydoes notcoveranybatteryif(i) thebatteryhasbeenchargedbya batterychargernotspecifiedorapprovedbySAMSUNGfor chargingthebattery;(ii) anyofthesealsonthebatteryare brokenorshowevidenceoftampering;or(iii) thebatteryhas beenusedinequipmentotherthantheSAMSUNGphonefor whichitisspecified. What are SAMSUNG’s obligations? Duringtheapplicablewarrantyperiod,providedtheProduct isreturnedinaccordancewiththetermsofthisLimited Warranty,SAMSUNGwillrepairorreplacetheProduct,at SAMSUNG’ssoleoption,withoutcharge.SAMSUNGmay,at SAMSUNG’ssoleoption,userebuilt,reconditioned,ornew partsorcomponentswhenrepairinganyProduct,ormay replacetheProductwitharebuilt,reconditionedornew Product. Youshouldkeepaseparatebackupcopyofanycontentsof theProductbeforedeliveringtheProducttoSAMSUNGfor warrantyservice,assomeorallofthecontentsmaybe deletedorreformattedduringthecourseofwarrantyservice. Repaired/replacedcases,pouchesandholsterswillbe warrantedforaperiodofninety(90)days.Allotherrepaired/ replacedProductswillbewarrantedforaperiodequaltothe ToobtainassistanceonwheretodelivertheProduct,please callSAMSUNGCustomerCareat1-888-987-4357.If SAMSUNGdeterminesthatanyProductisnotcoveredbythis LimitedWarranty,youmustpayallparts,shipping,andlabor chargesfortherepairorreturnofsuchProduct. 227 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op ALLIMPLIEDWARRANTIES,INCLUDINGWITHOUT LIMITATION,IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY ANDFITNESSFORAPARTICULARPURPOSE,ARELIMITEDTO THEDURATIONOFTHISLIMITEDWARRANTY.INNOEVENT SHALLSAMSUNGBELIABLEFORDAMAGESINEXCESSOF THEPURCHASEPRICEOFTHEPRODUCTORFOR,WITHOUT LIMITATION,COMMERCIALLOSSOFANYSORT;LOSSOF USE,TIME,DATA,REPUTATION,OPPORTUNITY,GOODWILL, PROFITSORSAVINGS;INCONVENIENCE;INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,CONSEQUENTIALORPUNITIVEDAMAGES;OR DAMAGESARISINGFROMTHEUSEORINABILITYTOUSETHE PRODUCT.SOMESTATESANDJURISDICTIONSDONOT ALLOWLIMITATIONSONHOWLONGANIMPLIEDWARRANTY LASTS,ORTHEDISCLAIMERORLIMITATIONOFINCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,SOTHEABOVELIMITATIONS ANDDISCLAIMERSMAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU. ORSUITABILITYOFANYTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOR EQUIPMENTUSEDINCONJUNCTIONWITHTHEPRODUCT,OR THEABILITYTOINTEGRATEANYSUCHSOFTWAREOR EQUIPMENTWITHTHEPRODUCT,WHETHERSUCH THIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOREQUIPMENTISINCLUDEDWITH THEPRODUCTDISTRIBUTEDBYSAMSUNGOROTHERWISE. RESPONSIBILITYFORTHEQUALITY,CAPABILITIES, OPERATIONS,PERFORMANCEANDSUITABILITYOFANY SUCHTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOREQUIPMENTRESTS SOLELYWITHTHEUSERANDTHEDIRECTVENDOR,OWNER ORSUPPLIEROFSUCHTHIRD-PARTYSOFTWAREOR EQUIPMENT. ta THISLIMITEDWARRANTYSETSOUTTHEFULLEXTENTOF SAMSUNG’SRESPONSIBILITIES,ANDTHEEXCLUSIVE REMEDYREGARDINGTHEPRODUCTS. rie What are the limits on SAMSUNG’s liability? ThisLimitedWarrantygivesyouspecificlegalrights,andyou mayalsohaveotherrightsthatvaryfromstatetostate. SAMSUNGMAKESNOWARRANTIESORREPRESENTATIONS, EXPRESSORIMPLIED,STATUTORYOROTHERWISE,ASTO THEQUALITY,CAPABILITIES,OPERATIONS,PERFORMANCE NothingintheProductinstructionsorinformationshallbe construedtocreateanexpresswarrantyofanykindwith respecttotheProducts.Noagent,employee,dealer, representativeorresellerisauthorizedtomodifyorextend thisLimitedWarrantyortomakebindingrepresentationsor claims,whetherinadvertising,presentationsorotherwise, onbehalfofSAMSUNGregardingtheProductsorthisLimited Warranty. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation228 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential C on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Anysuchdisputeshallnotbecombinedorconsolidatedwith adisputeinvolvinganyotherperson’sorentity’sProductor claim,andspecifically,withoutlimitationoftheforegoing, shallnotunderanycircumstancesproceedaspartofaclass action.Thearbitrationshallbeconductedbeforeasingle arbitrator,whoseawardmaynotexceed,informoramount, thereliefallowedbytheapplicablelaw.Thearbitrationshall beconductedaccordingtotheAmericanArbitration Association(AAA)CommercialArbitrationRulesapplicableto consumerdisputes.Thisarbitrationprovisionisentered pursuanttotheFederalArbitrationAct.ThelawsoftheState ofTexas,withoutreferencetoitschoiceoflawsprinciples, shallgoverntheinterpretationoftheLimitedWarrantyandall disputesthataresubjecttothisarbitrationprovision.The arbitratorshalldecideallissuesofinterpretationand applicationofthisarbitrationprovisionandtheLimited Warranty. Foranyarbitrationinwhichyourtotaldamageclaims, exclusiveofattorneyfeesandexpertwitnessfees,are $5,000.00orless(“SmallClaim”),thearbitratormay,ifyou prevail,awardyourreasonableattorneyfees,expertwitness feesandcostsaspartofanyaward,butmaynotgrant SAMSUNGitsattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesorcosts unlessitisdeterminedthattheclaimwasbroughtinbad faith.InaSmallClaimcase,youshallberequiredtopayno morethanhalfofthetotaladministrative,facilityand arbitratorfees,or$50.00ofsuchfees,whicheverisless,and SAMSUNGshallpaytheremainderofsuchfees. Administrative,facilityandarbitratorfeesforarbitrationsin whichyourtotaldamageclaims,exclusiveofattorneyfees andexpertwitnessfees,exceed$5,000.00(“LargeClaim”) shallbedeterminedaccordingtoAAArules.InaLargeClaim case,thearbitratormaygranttotheprevailingparty,or apportionamongtheparties,reasonableattorneyfees, expertwitnessfeesandcosts.Judgmentmaybeenteredon thearbitrator’sawardinanycourtofcompetentjurisdiction. ta ALLDISPUTESWITHSAMSUNGARISINGINANYWAYFROM THISLIMITEDWARRANTYORTHESALE,CONDITIONOR PERFORMANCEOFTHEPRODUCTSSHALLBERESOLVED EXCLUSIVELYTHROUGHFINALANDBINDINGARBITRATION, ANDNOTBYACOURTORJURY. rie What is the procedure for resolving disputes? 229 Thisarbitrationprovisionalsoappliestoclaimsagainst SAMSUNG’semployees,representativesandaffiliatesifany suchclaimarisesfromtheProduct’ssale,conditionor performance. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta Severability IfanyportionofthisLimitedWarrantyisheldtobeillegalor unenforceable,suchpartialillegalityorunenforceabilityshall notaffecttheenforceabilityoftheremainderoftheLimited Warranty. rie Precautions for Transfer and Disposal Ifdatastoredonthisdeviceisdeletedorreformattedusing thestandardmethods,thedataonlyappearstoberemoved onasuperficiallevel,anditmaybepossibleforsomeoneto retrieveandreusethedatabymeansofspecialsoftware. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op You may opt out of this dispute resolution procedure by providing notice to SAMSUNG no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of the Product. To opt out, you must send notice by e-mail to optout@sta.samsung.com, with the subject line: “Arbitration Opt Out.” You must include in the opt out e-mail (a) your name and address; (b) the date on which the Product was purchased; (c) the Product model name or model number; and (d) the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number, as applicable, if you have it (the IMEI or MEID or Serial Number can be found (i) on the Product box; (ii) on the Product information screen, which can be found under “Settings;” (iii) on a label on the back of the Product beneath the battery, if the battery is removable; and (iv) on the outside of the Product if the battery is not removable). Alternatively, you may opt out by calling 1-888-987-4357 no later than 30 calendar days from the date of the first consumer purchaser’s purchase of the Product and providing the same information. These are the only two forms of notice that will be effective to opt out of this dispute resolution procedure. Opting out of this dispute resolution procedure will not affect the coverage of the Limited Warranty in any way, and you will continue to enjoy the benefits of the Limited Warranty. Toavoidunintendedinformationleaksandotherproblemsof thissort,itisrecommendedthatthedevicebereturnedto Samsung’sCustomerCareCenterforanExtendedFile System(EFS)Clearwhichwilleliminateallusermemoryand returnallsettingstodefaultsettings.Pleasecontactthe Samsung Customer Care Center fordetails. Important! Pleaseprovidewarrantyinformation(proofof purchase)toSamsung’sCustomerCareCenterin ordertoprovidethisserviceatnocharge.Ifthe warrantyhasexpiredonthedevice,chargesmay apply. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation230 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y 1.GRANT OF LICENSE.Samsunggrantsyouthefollowing rightsprovidedthatyoucomplywithalltermsandconditions ofthisEULA:Youmayinstall,use,access,displayandrun onecopyoftheSoftwareonthelocalharddisk(s)orother permanentstoragemediaofonecomputerandusethe Softwareonasinglecomputeroramobiledeviceatatime, andyoumaynotmaketheSoftwareavailableoveranetwork whereitcouldbeusedbymultiplecomputersatthesame time.YoumaymakeonecopyoftheSoftwareinmachine readableformforbackuppurposesonly;providedthatthe backupcopymustincludeallcopyrightorotherproprietary noticescontainedontheoriginal. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Noreproductioninwholeorinpartallowedwithoutprior writtenapproval.Specificationsandavailabilitysubjectto changewithoutnotice.[111611] ta Phone:1-800-SAMSUNG Phone:1-888-987-HELP(4357) Thisdevicerequirestheuseofpreloadedsoftwareinits normaloperation.BYUSINGTHEDEVICEORITSPRELOADED SOFTWARE,YOUACCEPTTHETERMSOFTHISEULA.IFYOU DONOTACCEPTTHESETERMS,DONOTUSETHEDEVICEOR THESOFTWARE. rie SamsungTelecommunicationsAmerica,LLC 1301E.LookoutDrive Richardson,Texas75082 End User License Agreement for Software CertainitemsoftheSoftwaremaybesubjecttoopensource licenses.Theopensourcelicenseprovisionsmayoverride someofthetermsofthisEULA.Wemaketheapplicable opensourcelicensesavailabletoyouontheLegalNotices sectionoftheSettingsmenuofyourdevice. IMPORTANT.READCAREFULLY:ThisEndUserLicense Agreement("EULA")isalegalagreementbetweenyou (eitheranindividualorasingleentity)andSamsung ElectronicsCo.,Ltd.("Samsung")forsoftware,ownedby Samsunganditsaffiliatedcompaniesanditsthirdparty suppliersandlicensors,thataccompaniesthisEULA,which includescomputersoftwareandmayincludeassociated media,printedmaterials,"online"orelectronic documentationinconnectionwithyouruseofthisdevice ("Software"). 231 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta 5.SOFTWARE UPDATES.Samsungmayprovidetoyouor makeavailabletoyouupdates,upgrades,supplementsand add-oncomponents(ifany)oftheSoftware,includingbug fixes,serviceupgrades(partsorwhole),productsordevices, andupdatesandenhancementstoanysoftwarepreviously installed(includingentirelynewversions),(collectively “Update”)afterthedateyouobtainyourinitialcopyofthe SoftwaretoimprovetheSoftwareandultimatelyenhance youruserexperiencewithyourdevice.ThisEULAappliesto allandanycomponentoftheUpdatethatSamsungmay providetoyouormakeavailabletoyouafterthedateyou obtainyourinitialcopyoftheSoftware,unlessweprovide othertermsalongwithsuchUpdate.TouseSoftware providedthroughUpdate,youmustfirstbelicensedforthe SoftwareidentifiedbySamsungaseligiblefortheUpdate. AftertheUpdate,youmaynolongerusetheSoftwarethat formedthebasisforyourUpdateeligibility.Theupdated Softwareversionmayaddnewfunctionsand,insome limitedcases,maydeleteexistingfunctions. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 3.LIMITATIONS ON END USER RIGHTS.Youmaynotreverse engineer,decompile,disassemble,orotherwiseattemptto discoverthesourcecodeoralgorithmsof,theSoftware (exceptandonlytotheextentthatsuchactivityisexpressly permittedbyapplicablelawnotwithstandingthislimitation), ormodify,ordisableanyfeaturesof,theSoftware,orcreate derivativeworksbasedontheSoftware.Youmaynotrent, lease,lend,sublicenseorprovidecommercialhosting serviceswiththeSoftware. servicesortechnologiestoyouandwillnotdisclosethis informationinaformthatpersonallyidentifiesyou.Atall timesyourinformationwillbetreatedinaccordancewith Samsung’sPrivacyPolicy,whichcanbeviewedat: http://account.samsung.com/membership/pp. rie 2.RESERVATION OF RIGHTS AND OWNERSHIP.Samsung reservesallrightsnotexpresslygrantedtoyouinthisEULA. TheSoftwareisprotectedbycopyrightandotherintellectual propertylawsandtreaties.Samsungoritssuppliersownthe title,copyrightandotherintellectualpropertyrightsinthe Software.TheSoftwareislicensed,notsold. 4.CONSENT TO USE OF DATA.YouagreethatSamsungandits affiliatesmaycollectandusetechnicalinformationgathered aspartoftheproductsupportservicesrelatedtothe Softwareprovidedtoyou,ifany,suchasIMEI(yourdevice’s uniqueidentificationnumber),devicenumber,modelname, customercode,accessrecording,yourdevice’scurrentSW version,MCC(MobileCountryCode),MNC(MobileNetwork Code).Samsunganditsaffiliatesmayusethisinformation solelytoimprovetheirproductsortoprovidecustomized By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation232 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Withthe“AutomaticUpdate”functionenabled(asinthe defaultsettingintheSystemUpdatemenuintheSetting), yourdevicedownloadssomeUpdatesautomaticallyfrom timetotime.Yourdevicewill,however,askforyourconsent beforeinstallinganyUpdateIfyouchoosetodisablethe “AutomaticUpdate”function,thenyoucancheckthe availabilityofnewUpdatesbyclickingonthe“Check Update”menuintheSetting.Werecommendthatyoucheck availabilityofanynewUpdatesperiodicallyforoptimaluseof yourdevice.Ifyouwanttoavoidanyuseofnetworkdatafor theUpdatedownloads,thenyoushouldchoosethe“Wi-Fi Only”optionintheSetting.(Regardlessoftheoptionyou choose,the“AutomaticUpdate”functiondownloadsUpdates onlythroughWi-Ficonnection.) network,whichmayresultinadditionalchargesdepending onyourpaymentplan.Inaddition,yourenjoymentofsome featuresoftheSoftwaremaybeaffectedbythesuitability andperformanceofyourdevicehardwareordataaccess. 7.SOFTWARE TRANSFER.YoumaynottransferthisEULAor therightstotheSoftwaregrantedhereintoanythirdparty unlessitisinconnectionwiththesaleofthemobiledevice whichtheSoftwareaccompanied.Insuchevent,thetransfer mustincludealloftheSoftware(includingallcomponent parts,themediaandprintedmaterials,anyupgrades,this EULA)andyoumaynotretainanycopiesoftheSoftware. Thetransfermaynotbeanindirecttransfer,suchasa consignment.Priortothetransfer,theenduserreceivingthe SoftwaremustagreetoalltheEULAterms. rie WhiletheUpdatewillbegenerallyavailable,insomelimited circumstances,theSoftwareupdateswillonlybeofferedby yournetworkcarrier,andsuchSoftwareupdateswillbe governedbyyourcontractualrelationshipwithyournetwork carrier. 9.TERMINATION.ThisEULAiseffectiveuntilterminated.Your rightsunderthisLicensewillterminateautomaticallywithout noticefromSamsungifyoufailtocomplywithanyofthe 6.SomefeaturesoftheSoftwaremayrequireyourdeviceto haveaccesstotheinternetandmaybesubjectto restrictionsimposedbyyournetworkorinternetprovider. UnlessyourdeviceisconnectedtotheinternetthroughWi-Fi connection,theSoftwarewillaccessthroughyourmobile 8.EXPORT RESTRICTIONS.Youacknowledgethatthe Softwareissubjecttoexportrestrictionsofvariouscountries. Youagreetocomplywithallapplicableinternationaland nationallawsthatapplytotheSoftware,includingallthe applicableexportrestrictionlawsandregulations. 233 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential C ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 10.DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY.UNLESSSEPARATELYSTATED INAWRITTENEXPRESSLIMITEDWARRANTY ACCOMPANYINGYOURDEVICE,ALLSOFTWAREPROVIDED BYSAMSUNGWITHTHISMOBILEDEVICE(WHETHER INCLUDEDWITHTHEDEVICE,DOWNLOADED,OR OTHERWISEOBTAINED)ISPROVIDED"ASIS"ANDONAN "ASAVAILABLE"BASIS,WITHOUTWARRANTIESOFANYKIND FROMSAMSUNG,EITHEREXPRESSORIMPLIED.TOTHE FULLESTEXTENTPOSSIBLEPURSUANTTOAPPLICABLE LAW,SAMSUNGDISCLAIMSALLWARRANTIESEXPRESS, IMPLIED,ORSTATUTORY,INCLUDING,BUTNOTLIMITEDTO, IMPLIEDWARRANTIESOFMERCHANTABILITY,SATISFACTORY QUALITYORWORKMANLIKEEFFORT,FITNESSFORA PARTICULARPURPOSE,RELIABILITYORAVAILABILITY, ACCURACY,LACKOFVIRUSES,QUIETENJOYMENT,NON INFRINGEMENTOFTHIRDPARTYRIGHTSOROTHER VIOLATIONOFRIGHTS.SOMEJURISDICTIONSDONOT ALLOWEXCLUSIONSORLIMITATIONSOFIMPLIED WARRANTIES,SOTHEABOVEEXCLUSIONSORLIMITATIONS MAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU.NOADVICEORINFORMATION, WHETHERORALORWRITTEN,OBTAINEDBYYOUFROM SAMSUNGORITSAFFILIATESSHALLBEDEEMEDTOALTER THISDISCLAIMERBYSAMSUNGOFWARRANTYREGARDING THESOFTWARE,ORTOCREATEANYWARRANTYOFANY SORTFROMSAMSUNG. 11.THIRD-PARTY APPLICATIONS.Certainthirdparty applicationsmaybeincludedwith,ordownloadedtothis mobiledevice.Samsungmakesnorepresentations whatsoeveraboutanyoftheseapplications.SinceSamsung hasnocontroloversuchapplications,youacknowledgeand agreethatSamsungisnotresponsiblefortheavailabilityof suchapplicationsandisnotresponsibleorliableforany content,advertising,products,services,orothermaterials onoravailablefromsuchapplications.Youexpressly acknowledgeandagreethatuseofthirdpartyapplicationsis atyoursoleriskandthattheentireriskofunsatisfactory quality,performance,accuracyandeffortiswithyou.Itisup toyoutotakeprecautionstoensurethatwhateveryouselect touseisfreeofsuchitemsasviruses,worms,Trojanhorses, andotheritemsofadestructivenature.Referencesonthis mobiledevicetoanynames,marks,products,orservicesof anythird-partiesareprovidedsolelyasaconveniencetoyou, anddonotconstituteorimplyanendorsement,sponsorship, orrecommendationof,oraffiliationwiththethirdpartyorits productsandservices.YouagreethatSamsungshallnotbe rie termsandconditionsofthisEULA.Uponterminationofthis EULA,youmustceasealluseoftheSoftwareanddestroyall copies,fullorpartial,oftheSoftware. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation234 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential rie ta membershipregistration(“SamsungAccount”),andyour rightsandobligationswillbesetforthinseparateSamsung Accounttermsandconditionsandprivacypolicies.Thereare non-SamsungAccountapplicationsandservicesthatrequire yourconsenttotheirseparatetermsandconditionsand privacypolicies.Youexpresslyacknowledgeandagreethat youruseofsuchapplicationsandserviceswillbesubjectto theapplicabletermsandconditionsandprivacypolicies. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op responsibleorliable,directlyorindirectly,foranydamageor loss,includingbutnotlimitedtoanydamagetothemobile deviceorlossofdata,causedorallegedtobecausedby,or inconnectionwith,useoforrelianceonanysuchthirdparty content,products,orservicesavailableonorthroughany suchapplication.Youacknowledgeandagreethattheuseof anythird-partyapplicationisgovernedbysuchthirdparty applicationprovider'sTermsofUse,LicenseAgreement, PrivacyPolicy,orothersuchagreementandthatany informationorpersonaldatayouprovide,whetherknowingly orunknowingly,tosuchthird-partyapplicationprovider,will besubjecttosuchthirdpartyapplicationprovider'sprivacy policy,ifsuchapolicyexists.SAMSUNGDISCLAIMSANY RESPONSIBILITYFORANYDISCLOSUREOFINFORMATIONOR ANYOTHERPRACTICESOFANYTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATION PROVIDER.SAMSUNGEXPRESSLYDISCLAIMSANY WARRANTYREGARDINGWHETHERYOURPERSONAL INFORMATIONISCAPTUREDBYANYTHIRDPARTY APPLICATIONPROVIDERORTHEUSETOWHICHSUCH PERSONALINFORMATIONMAYBEPUTBYSUCHTHIRD PARTYAPPLICATIONPROVIDER. 12.SAMSUNG APPLICATIONS.CertainSamsungapplications andservicesmaybeincludedwith,ordownloadedto,this mobiledevice.ManyofthemrequireSamsungServices 235 13.LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.SAMSUNGWILLNOTBELIABLE FORANYDAMAGESOFANYKINDARISINGOUTOFOR RELATINGTOTHEUSEORTHEINABILITYTOUSETHE SOFTWAREORANYTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATION,ITS CONTENTORFUNCTIONALITY,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITED TODAMAGESCAUSEDBYORRELATEDTOERRORS, OMISSIONS,INTERRUPTIONS,DEFECTS,DELAYIN OPERATIONORTRANSMISSION,COMPUTERVIRUS,FAILURE TOCONNECT,NETWORKCHARGES,IN-APPPURCHASES, ANDALLOTHERDIRECT,INDIRECT,SPECIAL,INCIDENTAL, EXEMPLARY,ORCONSEQUENTIALDAMAGESEVENIF SAMSUNGHASBEENADVISEDOFTHEPOSSIBILITYOFSUCH DAMAGES.SOMEJURISDICTIONSDONOTALLOWTHE EXCLUSIONORLIMITATIONOFINCIDENTALOR CONSEQUENTIALDAMAGES,SOTHEABOVEEXCLUSIONSOR LIMITATIONSMAYNOTAPPLYTOYOU.NOTWITHSTANDING By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential rie ta 15.APPLICABLE LAW.ThisEULAisgovernedbythelawsof thejurisdictionwhereyouarearesidentor,ifaresidentof theUnitedStates,bythelawsofthestateofTexas,without regardtoitsconflictoflawprovisions.ThisEULAshallnotbe governedbytheUNConventiononContractsforthe InternationalSaleofGoods,theapplicationofwhichis expresslyexcluded. 16.DISPUTE RESOLUTION. on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op THEFOREGOING,SAMSUNGELECTRONICCO.'STOTAL LIABILITYTOYOUFORALLLOSSES,DAMAGES,CAUSESOF ACTION,INCLUDINGBUTNOTLIMITEDTOTHOSEBASEDON CONTRACT,TORT,OROTHERWISE,ARISINGOUTOFYOUR USEOFTHESOFTWAREORTHIRDPARTYAPPLICATIONSON THISMOBILEDEVICE,ORANYOTHERPROVISIONOFTHIS EULA,SHALLNOTEXCEEDTHEAMOUNTPURCHASERPAID SPECIFICALLYFORTHISMOBILEDEVICEORANYSUCH THIRDPARTYAPPLICATIONTHATWASINCLUDEDWITHTHIS MOBILEDEVICE.THEFOREGOINGLIMITATIONS, EXCLUSIONS,ANDDISCLAIMERS(INCLUDINGSECTIONS10, 11,12AND13)SHALLAPPLYTOTHEMAXIMUMEXTENT PERMITTEDBYAPPLICABLELAW,EVENIFANYREMEDY FAILSITSESSENTIALPURPOSE. 14.U.S. GOVERNMENT END USERS RESTRICTED RIGHTS.The Softwareislicensedonlywith"restrictedrights"andas "commercialitems"consistingof"commercialsoftware" and"commercialsoftwaredocumentation"withonlythose rightsasaregrantedtoallotherenduserspursuanttothe termsandconditionsherein.AllProductsareprovidedonly with"restrictedrights"withonlythoserightsasaregranted toallotherenduserspursuanttothetermsandconditions herein.AllSoftwareandProductsareprovidedsubjectto FederalAcquisitionRegulation(FAR)52.227.19. (a)Non-UnitedStatesresidents.Ifadispute,controversyor differencearisinginanywayfromthisEULAoryouruseof theSoftwareisnotamicablysettled,itshallbesubjecttothe non-exclusivejurisdictionofthecourtsofthejurisdiction whereyouarearesident.Notwithstandingtheforegoing, Samsungmayapplyforinjunctiveremedies(oranequivalent typeofurgentlegalrelief)inanyjurisdiction. (b)UnitedStatesresidents.ALLDISPUTESWITHSAMSUNG ARISINGINANYWAYFROMTHISEULAORYOURUSEOFTHE SOFTWARESHALLBERESOLVEDEXCLUSIVELYTHROUGH FINALANDBINDINGARBITRATION,ANDNOTBYACOURTOR JURY.Anysuchdisputeshallnotbecombinedor consolidatedwithanyotherperson’sorentity’sclaimor dispute,andspecifically,withoutlimitationoftheforegoing, shallnotunderanycircumstancesproceedaspartofaclass By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation236 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential rie ta exclusiveofattorneyfeesandexpertwitnessfees,exceed $5,000.00("LargeClaim")shallbedeterminedaccordingto AAArules.InaLargeClaimcase,thearbitratormaygrantto theprevailingparty,orapportionamongtheparties, reasonableattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesandcosts. Judgmentmaybeenteredonthearbitrator'sawardinany courtofcompetentjurisdiction.Thisarbitrationprovisionalso appliestoclaimsagainstSamsung’semployees, representativesandaffiliatesifanysuchclaimarisesfrom thelicensingoruseoftheSoftware.Youmayoptoutofthis disputeresolutionprocedurebyprovidingnoticetoSamsung nolaterthan30calendardaysfromthedateofthefirst consumerpurchaser’spurchaseofthisdevice.Tooptout, youmustsendnoticebye-mailto optout@sta.samsung.com,withthesubjectline:"Arbitration OptOut."Youmustincludeintheoptoute-mail(a)your nameandaddress;(b)thedateonwhichthedevicewas purchased;(c)thedevicemodelnameormodelnumber;and (d)theIMEIorMEIDorSerialNumber,asapplicable,ifyou haveit(theIMEIorMEIDorSerialNumbercanbefound(i)on thedevicebox;(ii)onthedeviceinformationscreen,which canbefoundunder"Settings;"(iii)onalabelonthebackof thedevicebeneaththebattery,ifthebatteryisremovable; and(iv)ontheoutsideofthedeviceifthebatteryisnot on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op action.Thearbitrationshallbeconductedbeforeasingle arbitrator,whoseawardmaynotexceed,informoramount, thereliefallowedbytheapplicablelaw.Thearbitrationshall beconductedaccordingtotheAmericanArbitration Association(AAA)CommercialArbitrationRulesapplicableto consumerdisputes.Thisarbitrationprovisionisentered pursuanttotheFederalArbitrationAct.ThelawsoftheState ofTexas,withoutreferencetoitschoiceoflawsprinciples, shallgoverntheinterpretationoftheEULAandalldisputes thataresubjecttothisarbitrationprovision.Thearbitrator shalldecideallissuesofinterpretationandapplicationofthis arbitrationprovisionandtheEULA.Foranyarbitrationin whichyourtotaldamageclaims,exclusiveofattorneyfees andexpertwitnessfees,are$5,000.00orless("Small Claim"),thearbitratormay,ifyouprevail,awardyour reasonableattorneyfees,expertwitnessfeesandcostsas partofanyaward,butmaynotgrantSamsungitsattorney fees,expertwitnessfeesorcostsunlessitisdeterminedthat theclaimwasbroughtinbadfaith.InaSmallClaimcase, youshallberequiredtopaynomorethanhalfofthetotal administrative,facilityandarbitratorfees,or$50.00ofsuch fees,whicheverisless,andSamsungshallpaythe remainderofsuchfees.Administrative,facilityandarbitrator feesforarbitrationsinwhichyourtotaldamageclaims, 237 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential y ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op removable).Alternatively,youmayoptoutbycalling 1-888-987-4357nolaterthan30calendardaysfromthe dateofthefirstconsumerpurchaser'spurchaseofthe deviceandprovidingthesameinformation.Thesearethe onlytwoformsofnoticethatwillbeeffectivetooptoutof thisdisputeresolutionprocedure.Optingoutofthisdispute resolutionprocedurewillnotaffectyouruseofthedeviceor itspreloadedSoftware,andyouwillcontinuetoenjoythe benefitsofthislicense. 17.ENTIRE AGREEMENT; SEVERABILITY.ThisEULAisthe entireagreementbetweenyouandSamsungrelatingtothe Softwareandsupersedesallpriororcontemporaneousoral orwrittencommunications,proposalsandrepresentations withrespecttotheSoftwareoranyothersubjectmatter coveredbythisEULA.IfanyprovisionofthisEULAisheldto bevoid,invalid,unenforceableorillegal,theotherprovisions shallcontinueinfullforceandeffect.[050113] By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) WarrantyInformation238 are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta Sign Up Now Section 12: Samsung Product Registration rie Customize your Samsung device experience on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op • Activate product warranty • Access to a personalized My Samsung Mobile account • No monthly fees Get More • Latest info on promotions, events and special ofers on related products • Review Samsung products and share your opinion • Great deals on downloads Register now at www.samsung.com/register Scan this code to go directly to the registration page. 239 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential Index on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op AT&T Navigator178 AT&T Smart Wi-Fi170 ta ManagingAddressBookContacts 75 ServiceDialingNumbers77 UsingContactsList68 Address Book Options72 Adobe PDF195 Air view135 Airplane mode116,138 Alarm181 Android Beam121 Applications UsingtheCamcorder94 UsingtheCamera89 WorldClock183 Applications settings managing151 runningservices152 AT&T Code Scanner176 AT&T FamilyMap177 AT&T Locker178 AT&T Music Playlists83 Back key27 Backing up your data150 Battery charging9 Installing7 LowBatteryIndicator11 Battery Use & Safety211 Bigger Font Setting148 Blocking Mode146 On146 Bluetooth OutgoingHeadsetCondition60, 141 Sendingcontacts173 Books PlayBooks193 rie Abc mode43 About Device158 Accounts145 Add accounts145 Adding a New Contact IdleScreen66 Address Book65 AddingaNewContact66 AddingPausestoContact Numbers67 CopyingacontacttothePhone76 CopyingContactstoPhone76 CopyingContactstoSIMCard75 DeletingAddressBookEntries77 DeletingContactsfromSIMcard 76 DialingaNumber68 Favorites75 FindinganAddressBookEntry69 GroupSettings74 Calculator179 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 240 and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential C 241 ta Code Scanner176 Commercial Mobile Alerting System (CMAS)209 Contacts65 Cookies Emptying164 Creating a Playlist83 rie UsingtheSpeakerphone57 ViewingAllCalls51 ViewingMissedCalls51 Call rejection140 Camcorder94 CamcorderOptions95 ShootingVideo94 Camcorder Options CamcorderOptionsafteraVideois Taken97 Camera89 CameraOptions90 TakingPictures89 Camercorder TakingPicturesDuringVideo95 Care and Maintenance216 Changing Your Settings113 Charging battery9 ChatON110 AddingaBuddy111 Register110 Using111 Children and Cell Phones206 Clock181 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Calendar179 Calibration135 Call Functions47 3-WayCalling(Multi-PartyCalling) 56 AddressBook50 AdjustingtheCallVolume54 AnsweringaCall50 CallBackMissedCall52 CallDuration54 CallLog51 CallWaiting58 CorrectingtheNumber48 DialingaRecentNumber48 EndingaCall48 InternationalCall47 MakingaCall47 ManualPauseDialing47 OptionsDuringaCall54 PuttingaCallonHold55 Savingarecentcallnumberto AddressBook52 SearchingforaNumberin AddressBook58 Dialing Options51 Display icons23 UsingNegativeColors148 Display / Touch-Screen214 Do cell phones pose a health hazard? 202 Downloads185 Draft Messages99 Driving Mode127 Earth186 Email105 CreatingaCorporateEmail Account106 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential F Caption199 Changing148 Family Map177 FCC Hearing Aid Compatibility (HAC) Regulations for Wireless Devices221 FCC Notice and Cautions223 Featured Apps186 Flipboard186 Font Size Editing74 Removingacontact74 Group Settings EditingaCallerGroup74 ta Handwriting feature44 Health and Safety Information202 Home key27 Home screen mode126 Hotspot Guru170 Hotspots116,117,119,170 rie Gallery86 viewingpictures87 viewingvideos87 Gestures133 BrowseImage28 Directcall28 Mute/pause29 Overview28 Zoom28 Getting Started6 SettingUpYourPhone6 Voicemail13 Gmail107 Google Earth186 Google Maps188 Google Play Music84 Google Voice Typing44 Google voice typing settings128 GPS215 Group Addingacontact74 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op CreatingAdditionalEmail Accounts106 SwitchingBetweenEmail Accounts107 Emergency Calls215 Making48 WithSIM48 WithoutSIM48 Entering Text41 ChangingtheTextEntryMode42 Using123SymMode43 UsingAbcMode43 UsingSwype44,45 UsingSymbol/NumericMode43 Exposure to Radio Frequency (RF) Signals202 Icons Indicator23 Icons, description23 In-Call Options54 Incognito162 CreateWindow162 ExitWindow162 International Call47 Internet160 Joining Contacts70 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 242 and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential L Maps188 Media Hub78 Memory Card40 Memory Card Installation8 Menu 243 Messenger109,189 microSD card8,40 Installing8 Removing8 microSDHC card8,40 Mobile Hotspot119 Mobile Web160 EnteringTextintheMobileWeb Browser161 NavigatingwiththeMobileWeb 160 UsingBookmarks162 Mono AudioSetup149 Motion134 Motions133 Movies86 Multi Window Activate/Deactivate31 Customizing32 IncreaseAppWindowSize34 MaximizeApp34 PanelRelocation31 RearrangeApps32 ta on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Landscape42 Language and input128 Language and keyboard settings selectlocale128 Local187 Location services137 Location services settings123 Lock Screen SayWake-UpCommand124 Shortcuts124 key27 Menu Navigation27 Message Reply112 Message Options99 Message Search103 Messaging AddingaSignature105 BlockUnknownSenders105 CreatingandSendingText Messages98 Deletingamessage102 Draft99 Gmail107 Handwriting44 Locked100 Options99 ScheduledMessages100 Settings103 SigningintoEmail105 SigningintoGmail107 Spam100 SplitView103 TypesofMessages98 rie Keyboard Input Methods128 Keyboard settings129 Keypad ChangingTextInput42 Kies via Wi-Fi119 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential myAT&T191 ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Navigation192 commandkeys27 context-sensitivemenus27 termsused27 touchgestures27 Navigator178 Nearby devices121 Negative Colors148 NFC On87 Operating Environment219 Other Important Safety Information 224 RearView18 SideView17 SwitchingOn/Off11 Pictures86 Gallery86 Sharing87 Places193 Play Books193 Play Movies & TV86 Play Music84 Play Store194 Pointer speed133 Polaris Office 4.0195 Polaris® Office195 Power Saving Mode147 Powering Off11 On11 Privacy settings factorydatareset150 RemovingApps32 RestoringApps32 RunningMultipleApps33 SwitchArrangement33 TabRepositioning31 Using30 Multimedia78 Music File Extensions 3GP81 AAC81 AAC+81 eAAC+81 M4A81 MP381 MP481 WMA81 Music Hub80 MakingaPurchase81 Music Player81 addingmusic84 creatingaplaylist83 removingmusic84 Mute55,58 My Files190 PC Connections174 Personal Localized Alerting Network (PLAN)209 Phone FrontView16 icons23 QWERTY keypad42 Ready2Go12 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 244 and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential S S Beam121 On87 SharingMultiplePictures88 SharingPictures87 S Note195 S Pen Functionality19 Settings136 S Suggest195 S Voice196 SetWake-UpCommand124 SafeSearch Filtering199 Samsung Mobile Products and Recy245 ta Assigning100 Speakerphone Key57 Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) Certification Information207 Standard Limited Warranty226 Stopwatch184 Swap56 SWYPE enteringtextusing44,45 Swype CellularData132 Swype Keypad Settings131 Swype Settings45 Symbol/Numeric mode43 Synchronization settings auto-sync123 Synchronizing Accounts145 rie cling213 scientific calculator179 SD Card40 Security137,138,150 Security settings deviceadministration156 trustedcredentials157 Service Dialing Numbers77 Settings113 SIM card installation7 Installing6 Smart Practices While Driving209 Smart screen135 Smart Switch15 Smart Wi-Fi170 Snooze182 Software Update159 Spam BlockUnknownSenders105 ManuallyRegisteraNumber105 RegisteraPhrase105 Settings105 Spam Messages100 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Reducing Exposure Hands-FreeKitsandOther Accessories205 Reject list53 Reset factorydata150 Responsible Listening217 Restricting Children's Access to Your Mobile device223 Tethering119 Text Input Abcmode43 Methods42 numericmode43 symbolmode43 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential U YouTube198 HighQuality199 SafeSearchFiltering199 Settings199 YPmobile (Yellowpages mobile)200 rie ta Video Player85 Voice control136 Voice Mail Accessing14 FromAnotherPhone14 Setup13 Voice Recorder197 Volume138 on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op Timer184 AutomaticAnswering60,141 Touch Screen12 Lock/Unlock12 Transferring Large Files87 Travel Charger9 Using10 TTY Mode63,144 UL Certified Travel Charger214 Understanding Your Phone15 FeaturesofYourPhone15 FrontView16 RearView18 SideViews17 Unmute55 USB settings massstoragedevice174 USB Tethering119 Using Favorites AddingFavorites163 DeletingaFavorite163 EditingFavorites163 Warranty Information226 Web160 Widgets Gmail186 Settings196 VoiceRecorder197 Wi-Fi167 usingKiesviaWi-Fi122 Wi-Fi Direct114,169 Wi-Fi Settings114 World Clock DeletinganEntry184 World clock183 By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 246 and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential ta rie on fid en tia D l a raf nd t Pr op 1.Allfunctionality,descriptions,ideas,drawings,features, specificationsandotherinformationprovidedinthis documentare(i)Samsung'sproprietaryandconfidential information,(ii)subjecttothenon-disclosureagreement regardingProjectHandProjectB,(iii)providedfordiscussion purposeonly,and(iv)shallnotbedisclosedbytherecipient toanythirdparty. LegalNotice 2.Samsungreservestherighttomakechangestothis document,atanytime,withoutobligationonSamsungto providenotificationofsuchchange. 3.Nothinginthisdocumentgrantstotherecipientany licenseorrightinortoinformationormaterialsprovidedin thisdocument,oranyintellectualpropertytherein. SAMSUNGPROPRIETARYANDCONFIDENTIAL 4.THISDOCUMENTANDANYINFORMATIONCONTAINED HEREINAREPROVIDEDON"ASIS"BASISWITHOUT WARRANTYOFANYKIND,EITHERIMPLIEDOREXPRESSED. By accessing this document, the recipient agrees and acknowledges that all contents and information in this document (i) are confidential and proprietary information of Samsung, (ii) shall be subject to the non-disclosure regarding project H 247 and Project B, and (iii) shall not be disclosed by the recipient to any third party. Samsung Proprietary and Confidential
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.7 Linearized : No Encryption : Standard V4.4 (128-bit) User Access : Print, Extract, Print high-res Author : wcarlisl Create Date : 2013:08:12 13:55:46Z Modify Date : 2013:09:03 15:38:34-04:00 SPDF : 1112 Has XFA : No XMP Toolkit : Adobe XMP Core 5.2-c001 63.139439, 2010/09/27-13:37:26 Format : application/pdf Creator : wcarlisl Title : H.book Creator Tool : FrameMaker 9.0 Metadata Date : 2013:09:03 15:38:34-04:00 Enhanced : By PDF Enhancer 3.1/Win Spdf : 1112 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 10.1.1 (Windows) Document ID : uuid:855d2ea9-06ca-478b-8cdb-3fec143fdb46 Instance ID : uuid:a1548929-9c4f-455a-8bee-47f351a76e08 Page Layout : SinglePage Page Mode : UseOutlines Page Count : 254EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools